The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutResolution - 2024-R0347 - PW Contract 18109, With Winston Electric Inc., Dba Acme Electric Company - 08/13/2024Resolution No. 2024-R0347 Item No. 6.11 August 13, 2024 RESOLUTION BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK: THAT the Mayor of the City of Lubbock is hereby authorized and directed to execute for and on behalf of the City of Lubbock, Public Works Contract No. 18109 for West Lubbock water system expansion early procurement as per ITB 24-18109-KM, by and between the City of Lubbock and Winston Electric, Inc. dba Acme Electric Company, Texas, and related documents. Said Contract is attached hereto and incorporated in this resolution as if fully set forth herein and shall be included in the minutes of the City Council. Passed by the City Council on Au�ust 13, 2024 __ __ � ARK W. MC RAYER, M OR ATTEST: Courtney az, ity Secretary APPROVED AS TO CONTENT: �°� � ` Erik Rejino, Assistant City Manager APPROVED AS TO FORM: � elli Leisure, Senior Assistant City Attorney ccdocslRES.Public Works Contract 18109 W. Lubbock water system expansion 8.7.24 R�� ISFn BID SUBMITTAL FORM UNIT PRICE BID CONTRACT DATE: June 25, 2024 PROJECT NUMBER: ITB 24-18109-KM, West Lubbock Water System Expansion Early Procurement Bid of W�nston Electric, Inc. dba Acme Electric Company (hereinafter cal(ed Bidder) To the Honorable Mayor and City Council City of Lubbock, Texas (hereinafter called Owner) Ladies and Gentlemen: The Bidder, in compliance with your tnvitation to Bid for the construction of the referenced project, having carefully examined the plans, specifications, instructions to bidders, notice to bidders and all other related contract documents and the site of the intended work, and being familiar with all of the conditions surrounding the construction of the intended project including the availability of materials and labor, hereby intends to furnish all labor, materials, and supplies; and to construct the project in accordance with the plans, specifications and contract documents, within the time set forth therein and at the price stated. The bidder binds himself on acceptance of his bid to execute a contract and any required bonds, according to the accompanying forms, for performing and completing the said work within the time stated and for the prices stated. Low Voltage Distribution No Transformers will be included in this proposal Transformer Manufacturer Low Voltage Switchboard Square D Manufacturer Panelboard Manufacturer No Panelboards will be included in this proposal Low Voltage VFD Danfoss Manufacturer Generator Manufacturer Cummins ATS Manufacturer Cummins/ASCO : .. . • . . ••. . :.. • . . . .. . . �. � _ � . . - ---- - �. -- - - - . � iii _ - - ii .. ... .. _.- „ �. .�. .. . .. .. . . . Bidder understands and agrees that this bid submittal shall be completed and submitted in accordance with instruction number 29 of the General Instructions to Bidders. Due to generator lead times exceeding the 730 calendar days Acme takes exception to the bid requirements above. Acme excludes any liquidated damages. City of Lubbock, TX Public Works ITB 24-18109-KM West Lubbock Water System Expansion Early Procurement Winston Electric, Inc. dba Acme Electric Company of Lubbock, TX QTY Unit Extended # Items +/- U� Price Cost Base Bid #1-1 Furnish, test, deliver and provide competent 1 LS No Bid No Bid service technician for Low Voltage Distribtuion Transformers, complete as specified herein. # 1-2 Furnish, test, deliver and provide competent service technician for Low Voltage Switchboards, complete as specified herein. #1-3 Furnish, test, deliver and provide competent service technician for Panelboards, complete as specified herein. 1 LS 1 LS 3 EA $118,000.00 No Bid $118,000.00 No Bid # 1-4 Furnish, test, deliver and provide competent service technician for three low voltage variable frequency drives fully compatible with the proposed pumping units PS 17-P 1 through PS 17- P3 with a guaranteed efficiency greater than 95% at 100% speed and 100% load and 94% at 75% speed complete as specified herein. #1-5 Cost for witnessed tests of Variable frequency drives for by two representatives of the Owner # 1-6 Furnish, test, deliver and provide competent service technician for one three phase generator with a rated capacity of 1500 kW/1875kVA and a power factor of 0.80, complete as specified herein. # 1-7 Furnish, test and deliver one sound enclosure compatible with Pay Item 6 with noise attenuation to 70dB at 23 feet, complete as specified herein. # 1-8 Cost for witnessed tests of Packaged Engine Generator for Pump Station 17 by two representatives of the Owner $130,900.00 LS $28,700.00 LS $1,117,700.00 LS $575,600.00 LS $63,300.00 $392,700.00 $28,700.00 $1,117,700.00 $575,600.00 $63,300.00 City of Lubbock, TX Public Works ITB 24-18109-KM West Lubbock Water System Expansion Early Procurement Winston Electric, Inc. dba Acme Electric Company of Lubbock, TX QTY Unit Extended # Items +/- U� Price Cost #1-9 Furnish, test, deliver and provide competent 1 LS $90,600.00 $90,600.00 service technician for Low Voltage Automatic Transfer Switches, complete as specified herein. # 1-10 Equipment procurement package completely as shown in the plans and specifications excluding Pay Items: 1-9. 1 LS 1 LS $63,300.00 $63,300.00 #1-11 Add (+) or Deduct (-) 1 Provision is made for Offeror to include an addition or deduction in his proposal, if he wishes, to reflect any last-minute adjustments in price. This addition or subtraction will be applied to pay item 10. No Bid Total (Items 1-1 through 1-11): No Bid $2,449,900.00 REVISED Bidder understands that t{�e Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any formality in the bidd ing. The Bidder agrees that this bid shall be good and may not be withdrawn for a period of 60 calendar days after the scheduled closing time for receiving bids. The undersigned Ridder hereby declares that he has visited the site of the work and has carefully examined the plans, specifications and cont►•act documents pertaining to the work covered by this bid, and he further agrees to commence work on or before the date specified in the written notice to proceed, and to substantially complete the work on which he has bid; as provided in the contract documents. Bidders are required, whether or not a payment or performance bond is required, to submit a cashier's check or certified check issued by a bank satisfactory to the City of Lubbock, or a bid bond from a reliable surety company, �ayable without recourse to the order of the City of Lubbock in an amount not less than five percent (5%) of the total amount of the bid submitted as a guarantee that bidder will enter into a contract, obtain al) required insurance policies, and execute all necessary bonds (if required) within l0 business days after notice of award of the contract to him. Clarifications: 1. Acme is only including the equipment (1- Switchboard, 3- VFDs, 1- ATS, and 1- Generator) delivery and testing as per specs. No labor is included to install, unload, set in-place, etc. 2. Fuel for generator is excluded. 3. Generator lead times are 4-6 weeks for submittal and 104+ weeks after submittals are approved. These are estimated and subject to change. Notes: 1. Value Engineering options are available if owner/engineer would be interested. 2. There may be options to shorten lead times of generator. We can get with the sales reps for more information. kF:v�sF:� Enclosed with this bid is a Cashier's Check or Certified Check for Dollars ($ ) or a Bid Bond in the sum ot 5% GAB DOIIaI'S �$ 5°k GAB ), Which it is agreed shall be collected and retained by the Owner as (iquidated damages in the event the bid is accepted by the Owner and the undersigned fails to execute the necessary contract documents, insurance certificates, and the required bond (if any) with the Owner within 10 business days after the date of receipt of written notification of acceptance of said bid; otherwise, said check or bond shall be returned to the undersigned upon demand. Bidder understands and agrees that the contract to be executed by Bidder shall be bound and include all contract documents made available to him for his inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders. Pursuant to Texas Local Government Code 252.043(g), a competitive sealed bid that has been opened may not be changed for the purpose of correcting an error in the bid price. THEREFORE, ANY CORRECTIONS TO THE BID PRICE MUST BE MADE ON THE BID SUBMITTAL FORM PRIOR TO BID OPENING. (Seal if Bidder is a Corporation) ATTEST: Secretary Bidder acknowledges receipt of the following addenda: Addenda No. #� Date osiosr2a Addenda No. #2 Date osi� �i2a Addenda No. Date Addenda No. Date M/WBE Firm: Date: osnsi2o2a Authorized Signature Barry Brown, Presidenl (Printed or Typed Name) Acme Electric Company Company 108 E 82nd St Address Lubbock Lubbock City, County Texas � 79404 State Zip Code Telephone: 8os _ �as-��2o F3X: 8� - 745-3102 FEDERAL TAX ID or SOCIAL SECURITY No. 75-1450152 EMAII.,: bbrown(a�acmee�ect.com BOND CHECK BEST RATING LICENSED IN TEXAS DATE BY: CONTRACT AWARD DATE: August 13, 2024 CITY OF LUBBOCK SPECIFICATIONS FOR West Lubbock Water System Expansion Early Procurement ITB 24-18109-KM CONTRACT 18109 PROJECT NUMBER: 92806.9241.30000 Plans & Specifications may be obtained from https://ci-lubbock-tx.bonfirehub.com/ Ub City of bock TEXAS CITY OF LUBBOCK Lubbock, Texas Page Intentionally Left Blank Addenda Page Intentionally Left Blank kAIL City of Lubbock ADDENDUM 1 Closing Extension ITB 24-18109-KM West Lubbock Water System Expansion Early Procurement DATE ISSUED: June 3, 2024 NEW CLOSING DATE: June 18, 2024 at 3:00 p.m. The following items take precedence over specifications for the above named Invitation to Bid (ITB). Where any item called for in the ITB documents is supplemented here, the original requirements, not affected by this addendum, shall remain in effect. Closing Date Extension Please change from Tuesday, June 4, 2024, at 2:00 PM CST to Tuesday, June 18, 2024 at 3:00 PM CST. All requests for additional information or clarification must be submitted in writing and directed to: Kiara Morgan City of Lubbock Purchasing and Contracts Management Office 1314 Ave K, Floor 9 Lubbock, Texas 79401 Questions may be emailed to kmorgangmylubbock.us Questions are preferred to be posted on https://ci-lubbock-tx.bonfirehub.com/ THANK YOU, T,P. CITY OF LUBBOCK Kiara Morgan Buyer III City of Lubbock Purchasing and Contracts Management Office It is the intent and purpose of the City of Lubbock that this request permits competitive proposals. It shall be the proposer's responsibility to advise the Director of Purchasing and Contract Management if any language_ requirements, etc., or any combinations thereof, inadvertently restricts or limits the requirements stated in this RFP to a single source. Such notification must be submitted in writing and must be received by the Director of Purchasing and Contract Management no later than five (5) business days prior to the close date. A review of such notifications will be made. AkiVr.City o, Lubbock iExA ADDENDUM 2 Opening Date Extension and Revised Bid Submittal Form 11 tIIF.31112 :. ►I West Lubbock Water System Expansion Early Procurement DATE ISSUED: June 17, 2024 NEW CLOSING DATE: June 25, 2024 at 2:00 p.m. The following items take precedence over specifications for the above named Invitation to Bid (ITB). Where any item called for in the ITB documents is supplemented here, the original requirements, not affected by this addendum, shall remain in effect. Opening Date Extension 1. The opening date has been extended to Tuesday, June 25, 2024 at 2:00 PM CST. Revised Bid Submittal Form 1. The bid submittal form has been revised. Please utilize the attached form when submitting your bid. This includes: a. Modifications to Substantial and Final completion times Questions and Answers 1. Please see attached. All requests for additional information or clarification must be submitted in writing and directed to: Kiara Morgan City of Lubbock Purchasing and Contracts Management Office 1314 Ave K, Floor 9 Lubbock, Texas 79401 Questions may be emailed to kmorgan2mylubbock.us Questions are preferred to be posted on https://ci-lubbock-tx.bonfirehub.com/ THANK YOU, CITY OF LUBBOCK Kiara Morgan Buyer III City of Lubbock Purchasing and Contracts Management Office It is the intent and purpose of the City of Lubbock that this request permits competitive proposals. It shall be the proposer's responsibility to advise the Director of Purchasing and Contract Management if any lane` requirements, etc., or any combinations thereof, inadvertently restricts or limits the requirements stated in this RFP to a single source. Such notification must be submitted in writing and must be received by the Director of Purchasing and Contract Management no later than five (5) business days prior to the close date. A review of such notifications will be made. REVISED BID SUBMITTAL FORM UNIT PRICE BID CONTRACT DATE: PROJECT NUMBER: ITB 24-18109-KM, West Lubbock Water System Expansion Early Procurement Bid of Bidder) (hereinafter called To the Honorable Mayor and City Council City of Lubbock, Texas (hereinafter called Owner) Ladies and Gentlemen: The Bidder, in compliance with your Invitation to Bid for the construction of the referenced project, having carefully examined the plans, specifications, instructions to bidders, notice to bidders and all other related contract documents and the site of the intended work, and being familiar with all of the conditions surrounding the construction of the intended project including the availability of materials and labor, hereby intends to furnish all labor, materials, and supplies; and to construct the proj ect in accordance with the plans, specifications and contract documents, within the time set forth therein and at the price stated. The bidder binds himself on acceptance of his bid to execute a contract and any required bonds, according to the accompanying forms, for performing and completing the said work within the time stated and for the prices stated. Low Voltage Distribution Transformer Manufacturer Low Voltage Switchboard Manufacturer Panelboard Manufacturer Low Voltage VFD Manufacturer Generator Manufacturer ATS Manufacturer Bidder hereby agrees to commence the work on the above project on a date to be specified in a written "Notice to Proceed" of the Owner and to substantially complete the project within 700 consecutive calendar days with final completion of the project within 730 consecutive calendar days as stipulated in the specification and other contract documents. Bidder hereby further agrees to pay to Owner as liquidated damages in the sum of $1000 for each consecutive calendar day after substantial completion and liquidated damages in the sum of $500 for each consecutive calendar day after final completion set forth herein above for completion of this project, all as more fully set forth in the General Conditions of the Agreement. Bidder understands and agrees that this bid submittal shall be completed and submitted in accordance with instruction number 29 of the General Instructions to Bidders. REVISED Bidder understands that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any formality in the bidding. The Bidder agrees that this bid shall be good and may not be withdrawn for a period of 60 calendar days after the scheduled closing time for receiving bids. The undersigned Bidder hereby declares that he has visited the site of the work and has carefully examined the plans, specifications and contract documents pertaining to the work covered by this bid, and he further agrees to commence work on or before the date specified in the written notice to proceed, and to substantially complete the work on which he has bid; as provided in the contract documents. Bidders are required, whether or not a payment or performance bond is required, to submit a cashier's check or certified check issued by a bank satisfactory to the City of Lubbock, or a bid bond from a reliable surety company, payable without recourse to the order of the City of Lubbock in an amount not less than five percent (5%) of the total amount of the bid submitted as a guarantee that bidder will enter into a contract, obtain all required insurance policies, and execute all necessary bonds (if required) within 10 business days after notice of award of the contract to him. REVISED Enclosed with this bid is a Cashier's Check or Certified Check for Dollars ($ ) or a Bid Bond in the sum of Dollars ($ ), which it is agreed shall be collected and retained by the Owner as liquidated damages in the event the bid is accepted by the Owner and the undersigned fails to execute the necessary contract documents, insurance certificates, and the required bond (if any) with the Owner within 10 business days after the date of receipt of written notification of acceptance of said bid; otherwise, said check or bond shall be returned to the undersigned upon demand. Bidder understands and agrees that the contract to be executed by Bidder shall be bound and include all contract documents made available to him for his inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders. Pursuant to Texas Local Government Code 252.043(g), a competitive sealed bid that has been opened may not be changed for the purpose of correcting an error in the bid price. THEREFORE, ANY CORRECTIONS TO THE BID PRICE MUST BE MADE ON THE BID SUBMITTAL FORM PRIOR TO BID OPENING. (Seal if Bidder is a Corporation) ATTEST: Secretary Bidder acknowledges receipt of the following addenda: Addenda No. Date Addenda No. Date Addenda No. Date Addenda No. Date Date: Authorized Signature (Printed or Typed Name) Company Address City, County State Zip Code Telephone: - Fax: - FEDERAL TAX ID or SOCIAL SECURITY No. EMAIL: M/WBE oman Black American ative merican Firm: Hispanic Asian Pacific Other (Specify) American American REVISED INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS I, the undersigned Bidder certify that the insurance requirements contained in this bid document have been reviewed by me and my Insurance Agent/Broker. If I am awarded this contract by the City of Lubbock, I will be able to, within ten (10) business days after being notified of such award by the City of Lubbock, furnish a valid insurance certificate to the City meeting all of the requirements defined in this bid. If the time requirement specified above is not met, the City has the right to reject this proposal and award the contract to another contractor. If you have any questions concerning these requirements, please contact the Director of Purchasing & Contract Management for the City of Lubbock at (806) 775-2572. SUSPENSION AND DEBARMENT CERTIFICATION Federal Law (A-102 Common Rule and OMB Circular A-110) prohibits non -Federal entities from contracting with or making sub -awards under covered transactions to parties that are suspended or debarred or whose principals are suspended or debarred. Covered transactions include procurement contracts for goods or services equal to or in excess of $25,000 and all non -procurement transactions (e.g., sub -awards to sub - recipients). Contractors receiving individual awards of $25,000 or more and all sub -recipients must certify that their organization and its principals are not suspended or debarred by a Federal agency. Before an award of $25,000 or more can be made to your firm, you must certify that your organization and its principals are not suspended or debarred by a Federal agency. I, the undersigned agent for the firm named below, certify that neither this firm nor its principals are suspended or debarred by a Federal agency. TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE SECTION 2252.152 The undersigned representative of the undersigned company or business, being an adult over the age of eighteen (18) years of age, pursuant to Texas Government Code, Chapter 2252, Section 2252.152, certify that the company named above is not listed on the website of the Comptroller of the State of Texas concerning the listing of companies that are identified under Section 806.051, Section 807.051 or Section 2253.153. I further certify that should the above -named company enter into a contract that is on said listing of companies on the website of the Comptroller of the State of Texas, which do business with Iran, Sudan or any Foreign Terrorist Organization, I will immediately notify the City of Lubbock Purchasing and Contract Department. TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE SECTION 2271.002 Company hereby certifies the following: 1. Company does not boycott Israel; and 2. Company will not boycott Israel during the term of the contract. The following definitions apply to this state statute: (1) 'Boycott Israel" means refusing to deal with, terminating business activities with, or otherwise taking any action that is intended to penalize, inflict economic harm on, or limit commercial relations specifically with Israel, or with a person or entity doing business in Israel or in an Israeli -controlled territory, but does not include an action made for ordinary business purposes; and (2) "Company" means an organization, association, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, or limited liability company, including a wholly owned subsidiary, majority -owned subsidiary, parent company, or affiliate of those entities or business associations that exists to make a profit. REVISED This Certification is required from a Company if the Company has 10 or more full-time employees and the contract for goods or services (which includes contracts formed through purchase orders) has a value of $100,000 or more that is to be paid wholly or partly from public funds of the governmental entity. TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE 2274 By entering into this Agreement, Contractor verifies that: (1) it does not, and will not for the duration of the contract, have a practice, policy, guidance, or directive that discriminates against a firearm entity or firearm trade association or (2) the verification required by Section 2274.002 of the Texas Government Code does not apply to the contract. If Contractor is a company with 10 or more full-time employees and if this Agreement has a value of at least $100,000 or more, Contractor verifies that, pursuant to Texas Government Code Chapter 2274, it does not have a practice, policy, guidance, or directive that discriminates against a firearm entity or firearm trade association; and will not discriminate during the term of the contract against a firearm entity or firearm trade association. Contractor represents and warrants that: (1) it does not, and will not for the duration of the contract, boycott energy companies or (2) the verification required by Section 2274.002 of the Texas Government Code does not apply to the contract. If Contractor is a company with 10 or more full-time employees and if this Agreement has a value of at least $100,000 or more, Contractor verifies that, pursuant to Texas Government Code Chapter 2274, it does not boycott energy companies; and will not boycott energy companies during the term of the Agreement. This verification is not required for an agreement where a governmental entity determines that these requirements are inconsistent with the governmental entity's constitutional or statutory duties related to the issuance, incurrence, or management of debt obligations or the deposit, custody, management, borrowing, or investment of funds. Agreement Example Review This sample Agreement has been reviewed and ( ) is acceptable ( ) is acceptable as noted REVISED Contractor Acknowledgement In compliance with this solicitation, the undersigned bidder, having examined the bid documents, instructions to bidders, documents associated with the invitation to bid, and being familiar with the conditions to be met has reviewed the above information regarding: • Insurance Requirements • Suspension and Debarment Certification • Texas Government Code Section 2252.152 • Texas Government Code Section 2271.002 • Texas Government Code 2274 An individual authorized to bind the company must sign the following section. Failure to execute this portion may result in bid rejection. By signing below, the terms stated have been reviewed and approved. Company Name: Signed By: Print Name and Title: Date: 0 11 L�bbGtityofock rExas Vendor Discussions as of 6/17/2024 Jun 13, 2024 8:57 AM CDT Due to the extended lead time of electrical distribution gear, we respectfully request the substantial completion for the project be extended to 700 consecutive calendar days to provide the contractor with enough time to install, startup, and hand the equipment over to the owner. Thank you for your consideration. Answer: Please see Addendum 2. Jun 13, 2024 7: 50 AM CDT Can the list of attendees be shared for the pre -bid meeting? Answer: No one attended the pre -bid. Plan Holders List Jun 13, 2024 7:51 AM CDT Can a list of plan holders be shared? Answer: Please see attached Due to the extended lead time of electrical distribution gear, we respectfully request the substantial completion for the project be extended to 700 consecutive calendar days to provide the contractor with enough time to install, startup, and hand the equipment over to the owner. Thank you for your consideration. Answer: Please see Addendum 2. The bid form allows 560 calendar days (80 weeks) to complete the project. Is it possible to delete this requirement? The feedback from my generator sales reps is that industry wide generators of this size are taking well over 100+ weeks after approved submittals. They are also very hesitant to quote any lead times due to the liquidated damages. Answer: Please see Addendum 2. On the Bid Submittal Form, it shows a line item for Low Voltage Distribution Transformer Manufacturer, and Panelboard Manufacturer. I could not find anything on the prints that show these. Can you confirm the only items on this bid will be: (1) Low Voltage Switchboard, (3) VFDs, (1) Generator, and (1) ATS. Answer: The major equipment items listed above correct. Factory witness testing for the VFDs is to be included as part of the bid form. Transformer and panelboard are not included as part of the bid. The issues we are facing are as follows: In Section 2.03-1, the ATS spec requires top entry/top exit. Asco can do that with the proposed ATS (see attached Asco drawing). In Section 2.03B, the ATS spec requires a multi -section switchboard. Drawing E-19 (attached) shows a side by side sectioned ATS. Asco's proposed ATS is not built this way. They have two sections that are located in the top and bottom of the cabinet (see attached Asco drawing). In Section 2.03E, the ATS spec states the ATS cannot exceed a footprint of 40"W x 52"D x 92"H and not require rear or side access. In order for Asco to meet the footprint, they have to provide the ATS in the attached drawing that is top entry/top exit. However, it does require need at least one side or rear access to make terminations. Can you send an RFI to see what the city and engineer want to do? Answer: Waiting on response from the department. City of Lubbock, TX ITB 24-18109-KM Document Takers Vendor Name Contact Name Contact Email Phone Number Address Date Downloaded ABB Grayson Kocsis grayson.kocsis@us.abb.com 2024-06-0407:39:34 Acme Electric Robby Brown robby@acmeelect.com 108E 82nd Lubbock Texas US 79404 2024-05-29 09:54:59 All American Surveying John Thompson jake@allamericansurveying.com 9407656765 111 N Dixon St. Gainesville Texas US 76240 2024-05-15 12:32:01 Allen Butler Construction, Inc. Keith Carroway keith@abci.us 806-441-4769 2416120th St. Lubbock Texas US 79423 2024-05-21 13:52:51 Ameresco, Inc. Sarah Price sprice@ameresco.com 4804999123 2355 E. Camelback Road Suite 410 Phoenix AZ US 85016 2024-06-05 12:53:48 AMTEK Austin Kaylan Wardlaw amtek.austin@amtekusa.com 2024-05-1510:18:45 Bath Group, LLC Allyson Trejo atrejo@bathgroup.com 13619922284 5656 S. Staples St. STE 110 Corpus Christi Texas US 78411 2024-05-29 14:18:18 BBR Printers Bo Pomu Bopomu@outlook.com 773-448-2212 2203 Elston Avenue Chicago Illinois US 60602 2024-06-12 00:09:23 BidJudge.com Bid Judge az@bidjudge.com PO Box 1022 Higley Arizona US 85236 2024-05-2018:19:26 BidNet Dwight Anderson gbs@bidnet.com 8006771997 15 british american blvd latham New York US 12110 2024-05-1611:04:13 Blackridge Research &consulting Venkatesh Siva venkatesh@blackridgeresearch.com 2024-05-1601:54:24 Bo Simon Inc Matt Stroever m.stroever@bosimoninc.com 6103607844 28700 US-87 S Canyon Texas US 79015 2024-05-1616:05:10 Cambridge LTD Brice Collins CAMBRIDGELTD@AOL.COM 2024-05-1711:37:25 CommTech, LLC Jay Jenkins jay@commtech.co 8063764444 834 SE 34th Ave Amarillo Texas US 79103 2024-06-03 16:43:38 Constructconnect Michael Stubbs content@constructconnect.com 8003642059 3825 Edwards Rd., Suite 800 Cincinnati Ohio US 45209 2024-05-22 11:05:59 Construction Bid Source, LLC Elizabeth Strycker liz@constructionbidsource.com 4084831517 PO Box 1735 Templeton ca US 93465 2024-05-2008:54:36 Core and Main Allison Trevino allison.trevino@coreandmain.com 408 E Co Road 7200 Lubbock Texas US 79404 2024-06-05 09:39:47 Cummins Sales and Service Charlie Schnieders charlie.a.schnieders@cummins.com 214-676-0179 1210 South Grandview Avenue Odessa Texas US 79761 2024-05-3114:28:32 Deerwood Construction roy Aguilar Raguilar@deerwoodinc.com 8062413478 P.O.Box 3009 Lubbock Texas US 79452 2024-05-15 15:19:54 Dodge Data & Analytics Dodge Reporter dodge.digital.operations@construction.com 8003936343 300 American Metro Blvd Hamilton NJ US 08619 2024-05-17 02:51:36 Dodge Data and Analytics April Hamilton april.hamilton@construction.com (877)784-9556 300 American Metro Blvd #185 Hamilton Township New Jersey US 08619 2024-05-18 01:46:14 Doug Holmes Construction, LLC Darlene Garrett darlene@dougholmesconstruction.com 8067811594 6901 69th St LUBBOCK Texas US 79424 2024-05-2814:08:10 eRepublic, Inc. Mary Lamoreaux mlamoreaux@erepublic.com 9169321300 100 Blue Ravine Rd. Folsom California US 95630 2024-05-15 14:27:07 Ferguson Waterworks Plant Division Tom Ellis tom.ellis@ferguson.com 5126351865 200 Park Central Blvd. Georgetown Texas US 78626 2024-06-12 07:20:28 GEM Technologies, Inc. Holly Archer harcher@gemtechnologiesinc.com 806-310-9505 8601 E Amarillo BLVD Amarillo Texas US 79108 2024-05-15 08:28:37 Harper Brothers Construction Lucas Menebroker lucas.menebroker@harperbro.com 2103190105 654 N. Sam Houston Parkway E Suite 330 Houston Texas US 77060 2024-05-27 10:24:27 HONESTO CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION STEVE HONESTO honestoconcrete@gmail.com 8065357950 1516 42ndst 1516 42ndst LUBBOCK Texas US 79412 2024-06-03 16:43:23 Hourglass Sandy Boxer sandbox.cmd@gmail.com 12152688872 12112 S Front Ave Chicago Illinois US 60628 2024-06-0101:09:12 Hugo Reed and Associates, Inc Nathan Rigler nrigler@hugoreed.com 8067635642 1601 Avenue N Lubbock Texas US 79401 2024-05-15 08:11:14 Izy Freights Logistics LLC Ismaila raji ismailaraji123@gmail.com 3156360350 4869 madyson ridge dr Fort Worth Texas US 76133 2024-05-28 02:38:50 Jay Martin Company, Inc. Deana Martin dmartin@hrmenv.com 817-571-9494 3825 Hillwood Way Bedford Texas US 76021 2024-05-2010:32:57 KSA Engineers, Inc. Clayton Scales cscales@ksaeng.com 8063351600 600 S. Tyler, Suite 1403 Amarillo Texas US 79101 2024-05-19 17:37:50 L.A. Fuller & Son's Construction Weldon Campbell weldon.campbell@fullerandsons.com 8063736049 Ext 117 9401 East Amarillo Blvd Amarillo Texas US 79120 2024-06-0416:16:11 LA Fuller and Sons Hunter Dunn hunter.dunn@fullerandsons.com 9401 E Amarillo, Blvd. Amarillo Texas US 79108 2024-06-1110:19:56 Lithos Engineering Adisa Husejnovic adisa@lithoseng.com 303.625.9502 2750 S. Wadsworth Blvd Denver Colorado US 80227 2024-06-07 12:48:11 McCarty Equipment Co. Nathan Rooslet Nrooslet@mccartyequipment.com 325-518-7140 1103 Industrial Blvd. abilene texas US 79601 2024-06-0413:07:28 McKee Utility Contractors, Inc Jason Buoy jason@mckeeutility.com 14055667833 2319 W. Main Prague Oklahoma US 74864 2024-05-15 08:19:51 MH Civil Constructors, Inc. Saul Hernandez bid@mh-civil.com 8063676043 PO Box 15623 Amarillo Texas US 79105 2024-05-15 08:14:13 Municipal Valve and Equipment Chris Schmid cschmid@municipalvalve.com 9722482600 4010 Billy Mitchell Addison Texas US 75001 2024-06-1008:23:09 North America Procurement Council Inc., PBC Eric Johnson sourcemanagement@napc.me 302-450-1923 PO Box 40445 Grand Junction Colorado US 81504 2024-05-2101:53:51 Parkhill Smith & Cooper C.C. Winkler mkt@parkhill.com 806.473.2200 4222 85th St Lubbock Texas US 79423 2024-06-07 08:47:16 Patterson Professional Services Dallas Slay dslay@pwg.services 9729774582 9963 US 377 Hwy COLLINSVILLE Texas US 76233 2024-05-15 13:47:17 Plummer Thomas Young tyoung@plummer.com 18067782345 1001 Main Street Suite 702 Lubbock Texas US 79401 2024-05-15 08:20:10 R&E DRAINAGE CONSTRUCTION david gutierrez management@hvmllc.org 2147893987 2648 Carmen Dr. Grand Prairie. TX 75052 GRAND PRAIRIE TX US 75052 2024-05-1612:00:33 Rink's Lease Service Randall Middleton randall@rinksls.com 18068947415 1707 FM300, Levelland, TX, USA Levelland Texas US 79336 2024-05-15 12:27:05 RUTS Construction, LLC Chris Campbell chris.c@rangeline.com 9406003036 1150 Blue Mound Road West Unit 821 Haslet Texas US 76052 2024-06-03 10:43:11 Smartprocure Inc Ron Bjornsson rbjornsson@smartprocure.us 2024-06-05 20:31:49 Smith Pump Company Eduardo Garcia Eduardog@smithpump.com 817-482-5291 4624 Martin Luther King Jr Fwy Fort Worth Texas US 76119 2024-05-3115:24:21 ssdfdf sfffg ghhj santoshi.meshram6@gmail.com 2024-05-23 06:13:02 Terracon Marcie Truby marcie.truby@terracon.com 806-500-5556 5847 50th street Lubbock Texas US 79424 2024-05-17 16:46:44 The PlanIT Room Cecilia Hernandez projects@theplanitroom.com 915.781.2900 1155 Westmoreland Ste 109 El Paso Texas El Paso County 79925 2024-05-1613:58:26 THE REYNOLDS COMPANY CHRIS CONMY cmconmy@reynco.com 2145602662 12900 Senlac Drive Farmers Branch Texas US 75234 2024-06-03 16:46:41 City of Lubbock, TX ITB 24-18109-KM Document Takers Vendor Name Contact Name Contact Email Phone Number Address Date Downloaded Thompson Pipe Group Darren Dunker ddunker@thompsonpipegroup.com 4693132479 1003 MacArthur Blvd Grand Prairie Texas US 75050 2024-06-03 16:39:05 TXWIN Perry L. Fowler plf@fowlertx.com 5128103969 P.O. Box 10062 Austin Texas US 78766 2024-05-30 07:47:20 Utility Contractors of America Jonathan Ziegner jonathan@ucatexas.com 18068632642 5805 County Road 7700 Lubbock Texas US 79424 2024-05-15 08:42:27 V-tech Environmental Services Polly Vann info@v-teches.com (806) 748-1700 1510 Buddy Holly Avenue Lubbock Texas US 79401 2024-05-2108:58:48 Warren Cat Tiffany Clemons tiffany.clemons@warrencat.com 2024-06-05 10:23:44 West Texas Chapter AGC Josue Williams abilene@wtagc.org 3256767447 3125 S. 27th Street Abilene Texas US 79605 2024-05-15 11:03:32 xiaoma bao cheng cbc19921215@gmail.com 2024-05-15 19:06:30 Zone Industries DBA Precision Pump Systems Ray Pena rpena@zoneindustries.com 7137838530 3303 Cypresswood Dr Spring Texas US 77388 2024-05-22 10:48:09 Page Intentionally Left Blank 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. S. 9. 10 11 12 13 14 NOTICE TO BIDDERS GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS BID SUBMITTAL — (must be submitted by published due date & time) 3-1. UNIT PRICE BID SUBMITTAL FORM 3-2. CITY OF LUBBOCK REFERENCE FORM 3-3. CITY OF LUBBOCK INSURANCE REQUIREMENT AFFIDAVIT 3-4. SAFETY RECORD QUESTIONNAIRE 3-5. SUSPENSION AND DEBARMENT CERTIFICATION 3-6. PROHIBITION ON CONTRACTS WITH COMPANIES BOYCOTTING ISRAEL VERIFICATION LIST OF SUB -CONTRACTORS PAYMENT BOND PERFORMANCE BOND CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE CONTRACT CONFLICT OF INTEREST QUESTIONNAIRE CHAPTER 176 CHAPTER 46. DISCLOSURE OF INTERESTED PARTIES GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT DAVIS BACON WAGE DETERMINATIONS SPECIAL CONDITIONS (IF APPLICABLE) SPECIFICATIONS 2 Page Intentionally Left Blank NOTICE TO BIDDERS Pate Intentionally Left Blank City of Lubbock TEXAS ITB 24-18109-KM West Lubbock Water System Expansion Larly Procurement 1. NOTICE TO BIDDERS 1.1. Bidders may submit responses electronically by uploading required documents at the City of Lubbock's partner website, Bonfire. This Invitation to Bid is for your convenience in submitting a bid for the specified project. If submitting electronically, do not submit paper documents. If you choose to submit in hard copy, submit one original paper copy of your submittal to the office of the Director of Purchasing and Contract Management: Physical: Marta Alvarez, Director of Purchasing and Contract Management City of Lubbock 13 14 Avenue K, 9th Floor Lubbock, Texas 79401 Mailing: Marta Alvarez, Director of Purchasing and Contract Management City of Lubbock P.O. Box 2000 Lubbock, Texas 79457 MARK ENVELOPE WITH THE SOLICITATION NUMBER, TITLE, AND DUE DATE/TIME 1.2. Bids will be opened in the office of the Director of Purchasing and Contract Management, Citizens Tower, 1314 Avenue K, Floor 9, Lubbock, Texas, 79401, and via teleconference as shown below at 2:00 PM on June 4, 2024 or as changed by the issuance of formal addenda to all planholders, to furnish all labor and materials and perform all work for the construction of the above referenced. 1.3. After the expiration of the time and date above first written, said sealed bids will be opened in the office of the Director of Purchasing and Contract Management and publicly read aloud. Bids will be opened via teleconference if date/time stamped on or before the deadline stated at the office listed above. The Zoom meeting information is as follows: Website: hltps://us02web.zoom.us/j/89897443462?pwd=cOlTcGsyTmxKZjdoMWtZcG9HODVOZz09 Meeting ID: 898 9744 3462 Passcode: 1314 1.4. It is the sole responsibility of the bidder to ensure that his bid is actually received by the office of the Director of Purchasing and Contract Management for the City of Lubbock, before the expiration of the date above first written. Any bid received after the date and hour specified will be rejected and returned unopened to the bidder. 1.5. Mailing of a bid does not ensure that the bid will be delivered on time or delivered at all. If bidder does not hand deliver bid, we suggest that he/she use some sort of delivery service that provides a receipt. The City of Lubbock assumes no responsibility for errant delivery of bids, including those relegated to a courier agent who fails to deliver in accordance with the time and receiving point specified. 1.6. Although bids may be submitted electronically, hard copy bids will be accepted in person, by United States Mail, by United Parcel Service, or by private courier service. THE CITY WILL NOT ACCEPT FAX BIDS. 1.7. Bids may be withdrawn prior to the above scheduled time set for closing. Alteration made before ITB opening must be initialed by bidder guaranteeing authenticity. 1.8. Bids are due at 2:00 PM on June 4, 2024, and the City of Lubbock Council members will consider the bids on June 25, 2024, at the Citizens Tower, 1314 Avenue K, Lubbock, Texas, or as soon thereafter as may be reasonably convenient, subject to the right to reject any or all bids and waive any formalities. The successful bidder will be required to furnish a performance bond in accordance with Chapter 2253, Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $100,000 and the successful bidder will be required to furnish a payment bond in accordance with Chapter 2253, Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $50,000. Said statutory bonds shall be issued by a company carrying a current Best Rating of "A" or better. THE BONDS MUST BE IN A FORM ACCEPTABLE TO THE CITY ATTORNEY. NO WORK ON THE CONTRACT SHOULD COMMENCE BEFORE THE BONDS ARE PROVIDED AND APPROVED. 1.9 NOTICE TO PROCEED WILL BE ISSUED 30 DAYS FOLLOWING THE AWARD OF THE CONTRACT BY THE LUBBOCK CITY COUNCIL. 1.10. Please allow time to upload required documentation. 24hrs in advance is recommended. 1.11. The estimated budget for this project is $2,500,000 1.12. Bidders are required, whether or not a payment or performance bond is required, to submit a cashier's or certified check issued by a bank satisfactory to the City of Lubbock, or a proposal bond from a reliable surety company, payable without recourse to the order of the City of Lubbock in an amount not less than 5% of the total amount of the proposal submitted as a guarantee that bidder will enter into a contract and execute all necessary bonds within ten (10) business days after notice of award of the contract to the bidder. FAILURE OF THE BIDDER TO INCLUDE BID SECURITY WITH THE BID SUBMITTAL SHALL CONSTITUTE A NONRESPONSIVE BID AND RESULT IN DISQUALIFICATION OF THE BID SUBMITTAL. 1.13. Copies of plans and specifications may be obtained at bidder's expense from the City of Lubbock Purchasing and Contract Management office. Plans and specifications can be viewed online and downloaded from https:Hci-lbbock-tx.bonfirehub.com/portal/ at no cost. In the event of a large file size, please be patient when downloading or viewing. BUSINESSES WITHOUT INTERNET ACCESS may use computers available at most public libraries. 1.14. Bidders may view the plans and specifications without charge at The Reproduction Company, 2102 Avenue Q, Lubbock, Texas 79405 or at hltp://pr.thereproductioncompany.com/ . ONE SET OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS MAY BE OBTAINED, AT THE CITY'S EXPENSE, FROM THE REPRODUCTION COMPANY WITH A $100 REFUNDABLE DEPOSIT, Phone: (806) 763-7770. Deposit Checks shall be made PAYABLE TO THE CITY OF LUBBOCK, and will be refunded if documents are returned in good condition within Sixty (60) days of the opening of bids. Additional sets of plans and specifications may be obtained at the Bidder's expense. 1.15. It shall be each bidder's sole responsibility to inspect the site of the work and to inform bidder regarding all local conditions under which the work is to be done. It shall be understood and agreed that all such factors have been thoroughly investigated and considered in the preparation of the bid submitted. 2. PRE -BID MEETING 2.10. For the purpose of familiarizing bidders with the requirements, answering questions, and issuing addenda as needed for the clarification of the Invitation to Bid (ITB) documents, a non -mandatory pre -bid meeting will be held May 23, 2024 at 10:00 a.m., via teleconference. The Zoom meeting information is as follows: Website: https://us02web.zoom.us/j/82647964914?pwd=bUxYZFFBYXdfUjRXQm5ZcIUONUsOdz09 Meeting ID: 826 4796 4914 Passcode: 1314 2.11. All persons attending the meeting will be asked to identify themselves and the prospective bidder they represent. 2.12. It is the bidder's responsibility to attend the pre -bid meeting though the meeting is not mandatory. The City will not be responsible for providing information discussed at the pre -bid meeting to bidders who do not attend the pre -bid meeting. 3. Attention of each bidder is particularly called to the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages included in the contract documents on file in the office of the Purchasing and Contract Management Office of the City of Lubbock, which document is specifically referred to in this notice to bidders. Each bidders attention is further directed to Texas Government Code, Chapter 2258, Prevailing Wage Rates, and the requirements contained therein concerning the above wage scale and payment by the contractor of the prevailing rates of wages as heretofore established by owner in said wage scale. 4. The City of Lubbock hereby notifies all bidders that in regard to any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement, minority and women business enterprises will be afforded equal opportunities to submit bids in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, sex, disability, or national origin in consideration for an award. 5. The City of Lubbock does not discriminate against persons with disabilities. City of Lubbock pre -proposal meetings and proposal openings are available to all persons regardless of disability. If you require special assistance, please contact the Purchasing and Contract Management Office at (806) 775-2572 write to Post Office Box 2000, Lubbock, Texas 79457 at least 48 hours in advance of the meeting. CITY OF LUBBOCK, Marta Alvarez DIRECTOR OF PURCHASING & CONTRACT MANAGEMENT Page Intentionally Left Blank GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page Intentionally Left Blank GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1. BIDDER INQUIRIES AND CLARIFICATION OF REQUIREMENTS 1.1 It is the intent and purpose of the City of Lubbock that this request permit competitive bids. It shall be the bidder's responsibility to advise the Purchasing and Contract Management Office if any language, requirements, etc., or any combinations thereof, inadvertently restricts or limits the requirements stated in this ITB to a single source. Such notification must be submitted in writing and must be received by the City of Lubbock Purchasing and Contract Management Office no later than five (5) calendar days before the bid closing date. A review of such notifications will be made. 1.2 NO BIDDER SHALL REQUEST ANY INFORMATION VERBALLY. ALL REQUESTS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION OR CLARIFICATION CONCERNING THIS INVITATION TO BID (ITB) MUST BE SUBMITTED IN WRITING NO LATER THAN FIVE (5) CALENDAR DAYS PRIOR TO THE BID CLOSING DATE AND ADDRESSED TO: Kiara Morgan, Buyer IV City of Lubbock Purchasing and Contract Management Office 1314 Avenue K, Floor 9 Lubbock, Texas 79401 Fax: 806-775-2164 Email Kmorgan@mylubbock.us 2. TIME AND ORDER FOR COMPLETION 2.1 The construction covered by the contract documents shall be substantially completed within 560 days from the date specified in the Notice to Proceed issued by the City of Lubbock to the successful bidder. 2.2 The Contractor will be permitted to prosecute the work in the order of his own choosing, provided, however, the City reserves the right to require the Contractor to submit a progress schedule of the work contemplated by the contract documents. In the event the City requires a progress schedule to be submitted, and it is determined by the City that the progress of the work is not in accordance with the progress schedule so submitted, the City may direct the Contractor to take such action as the City deems necessary to ensure completion of the project within the time specified. 2.3 Upon receipt of notice to proceed, and upon commencement of the work, the Contractor shall ensure daily prosecution of the work is conducted every business day until the work is completed, regardless if the work will be substantially or finally complete ahead of specified deadlines in the agreement, unless the City determines time off from said prosecution is necessary or reasonable and Contractor received said determination in writing from the City. Additionally, inclement weather shall be the only other reason consistent, daily prosecution of the work may not take place on those inclement weather days. 3. GUARANTEES 3.1 All equipment and materials incorporated in the project and all construction shall be guaranteed against defective materials and workmanship. Prior to final acceptance, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner, a written general guarantee which shall provide that the Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work, and pay for any and all damages of any nature whatsoever resulting in such defects, when such defects appear within two years from date of final acceptance of the work as a result of defective materials or workmanship, at no cost to the Owner (City of Lubbock). 3.2 Notwithstanding any provisions contained in the contractual agreement, the Contractor represents and warrants fault -free performance and fault -free result in the processing date and date -related data (including, but not limited to calculating, comparing and sequencing) of all hardware, software and firmware products delivered and services provided under this Contract, individually or in combination, as the case may be from the effective date of this Contract. Also, the Contractor warrants calculations will be recognized and accommodated and will not, in any way, result in hardware, software or firmware failure. The City of Lubbock, at its sole option, may require the Contractor, at any time, to demonstrate the procedures it intends to follow in order to comply with all the obligations contained herein. 3.3 The obligations contained herein apply to products and services provided by the Contractor, its sub- contractor or any third party involved in the creation or development of the products and services to be delivered to the City of Lubbock under this Contract. Failure to comply with any of the obligations contained herein, may result in the City of Lubbock availing itself of any of its rights under the law and under this Contract including, but not limited to, its right pertaining to termination or default. 3.4 The warranties contained herein are separate and discrete from any other warranties specified in this Contract, and are not subject to any disclaimer of warranty, implied or expressed, or limitation to the Contractor's liability which may be specified in this Contract, its appendices, its schedules, its annexes or any document incorporated in this Contract by reference. 4.1 The City of Lubbock reserves the right to reject any or all bids, reject any particular item on a bid, and to waive immaterial formalities and to accept the offer most advantageous to the City of Lubbock in its sole discretion. Unless otherwise specified herein, the City shall award the bid based on the total bid for Bid Items 1 through 10 plus the sum of any Alternate Bids or Options the City may select. 4.2 All bids are evaluated for compliance with specifications before the bid price is considered. Response to specifications is primary in determining the best low bid. Failure to comply with the specifications may result in disqualification of the bid. 4.3 In case of tie bids, preference will be given to local bidders. Consistent and continued tie bidding may be cause for rejection of bids by the City of Lubbock and/or investigation by the Attorney General to determine possible Anti -Trust violations. 4.4 Before the City may award a bid to a nonresident bidder, the nonresident bidder's bid must be lower than lowest bid submitted by a responsible Texas bidder by the same margin or amount that a Texas bidder would be required to underbid the nonresident bidder in the nonresident bidders' home state. 4.5 Any contract made, or purchase order issued, as a result of this Invitation to Bid, shall be entered into the State of Texas and under the laws of the State of Texas. In connection with the performance of work, the Bidder agrees to comply with the Fair Labor Standard Act, Equal Opportunity Employment Act, and all other applicable Federal, State, and Local laws, regulations, and executive orders to the extent that the same may be applicable. 4.6 NO INDIVIDUAL OF ANY USING DEPARTMENT HAS THE AUTHORITY TO LEGALLY AND/OR FINANCIALLY COMMIT THE CITY TO ANY CONTRACT, AGREEMENT OR PURCHASE ORDER FOR GOODS OR SERVICES, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY SANCTIONED BY THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS INVITATION TO BID. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS (Continued) 5. ADDENDA & MODIFICATIONS 5.1 Any changes, additions, or clarifications to the ITB are made by ADDENDA information available over the Internet at https://ci-lubbock-tx.bonfirehub.com/portal/. We strongly suggest that you check for any addenda a minimum of forty-eight hours in advance of the response deadline. BUSINESSES WITHOUT INTERNET ACCESS may use computers available at most public libraries. 5.2 Any bidder in doubt as to the true meaning of any part of the specifications or other documents may request an interpretation thereof from the Purchasing and Contract Management Office. At the request of the bidder, or in the event the Purchasing and Contract Management Office deems the interpretation to be substantive, the interpretation will be made by written addendum issued by the Purchasing and Contract Management Office. Such addenda issued by the Purchasing and Contract Management Office will be available over the Internet at https://ci-lubbock-tx.bonfirehub.com/portal/ and will become part of the bid package having the same binding effect as provisions of the original ITB. NO VERBAL EXPLANATIONS OR INTERPRETATIONS WILL BE BINDING. In order to have a request for interpretation considered, the request must be submitted in writing and must be received by the City of Lubbock Purchasing and Contract Management Office no later than five (5) calendar days before the bid closing date. 5.3 All addenda, amendments, and interpretations of this solicitation shall be in writing. The City of Lubbock shall not be legally bound by any amendment or interpretation that is not in writing. Only information supplied by the City of Lubbock Purchasing and Contract Management Office in writing or in this ITB should be used in preparing bid responses. All contacts that a bidder may have had before or after receipt of this ITB with any individuals, employees, or representatives of the City and any information that may have been read in any news media or seen or heard in any communication facility regarding this bid should be disregarded in preparing responses. 5.4 The City does not assume responsibility for the receipt of any addendum sent to bidders 6. EXAMINATION OF DOCUMENTS AND REQUIREMENTS 6.1 Each bidder shall carefully examine all ITB documents and thoroughly familiarize itself with all requirements before submitting a bid to ensure that their bid meets the intent of these specifications. 6.2 Before submitting a bid, each bidder shall be responsible for making all investigations and examinations that are necessary to ascertain conditions and requirements affecting the requirements of this Invitation to Bid. Failure to make such investigations and examinations shall not relieve the bidder from obligation to comply, in every detail, with all provisions and requirements of the Invitation to Bid. 6.3 Notices of any discrepancies or omissions in these plans, specifications, or contract documents, shall be given to the Purchasing and Contract Management Office and a clarification obtained before the bids are received, and if no such notice is received by the Purchasing and Contract Management Office prior to the opening of bids, then it shall be deemed that the bidder fully understands the work to be included and has provided sufficient sums in its bid to complete the work in accordance with these plans and specifications. If bidder does not notify Purchasing and Contract Management Office before bidding of any discrepancies or omissions, then it shall be deemed for all purposes that the plans and specifications are sufficient and adequate for completion of the project. It is further agreed that any request for clarification must be submitted no later than five (5) calendar days prior to the bid closing date. 7. BID PREPARATION COSTS 7.1 Issuance of this ITB does not commit the City of Lubbock, in any way, to pay any costs incurred in the preparation and submission of a bid. 7.2 The issuance of this ITB does not obligate the City of Lubbock to enter into contract for any services or equipment. 7.3 All costs related to the preparation and submission of a bid shall be paid by the bidder. 8. TRADE SECRETS, CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND THE TEXAS PUBLIC INFORMATION ACT 8.1 If you consider any portion of your bid to be privileged or confidential by statute or judicial decision, including trade secrets and commercial or financial information, clearly identify those portions. 8.2 The City of Lubbock will honor your notations of trade secrets and confidential information and decline to release such information initially, but please note that the final determination of whether a particular portion of your bid is in fact a trade secret or commercial or financial information that may be withheld from public inspection will be made by the Texas Attorney General or a court of competent jurisdiction. In the event a public information request is received for a portion of your bid that you have marked as being confidential information, you will be notified of such request and you will be required to justify your legal position in writing to the Texas Attorney General pursuant to Section 552.305 of the Government Code. In the event that it is determined by opinion or order of the Texas Attorney General or a court of competent jurisdiction that such information is in fact not privileged and confidential under Section 552.110 of the Government Code and Section 252.049 of the Local Government Code, then such information will be made available to the requester. 8.3 Marking your entire bid CONFIDENTIAL/PROPRIETARY is not in conformance with the Texas Open Records Act. 8.4 Pursuant to Section 552.234(c) of the Texas Government Code, submit your open records request using the link provided below. hops://Iubbocktx.govga.us/WEBAPP/_rs/(S(guiyirflbtihahjnycegwpcs))/SupportHome.aspx 8.5 For more information, please see the City of Lubbock Public Information Act website at: hops://ci.lubbock.tx.us/pies/public-information-act 9. LICENSES, PERMITS, TAXES 9.1 The price or prices for the work shall include full compensation for all taxes, permits, etc. that the bidder is or may be required to pay. 10. UTILIZATION OF LOCAL BUSINESS RESOURCES 10.1 Prospective bidders are strongly encouraged to explore and implement methods for the utilization of local resources, and to outline in their bid submittal how they would utilize local resources. 11. CONFLICT OF INTEREST 11.1 The bidder shall not offer or accept gifts or anything of value nor enter into any business arrangement with any employee, official or agent of the City of Lubbock. 11.2 By signing and executing this bid, the bidder certifies and represents to the City the bidder has not offered, conferred or agreed to confer any pecuniary benefit or other thing of value for the receipt of special treatment, advantage, information, recipient's decision, opinion, recommendation, vote or any other exercise of discretion concerning this bid. 11.3It is not necessary to fill out the CIQ Form unless you have a business relationship that might cause a conflict of interest with the City of Lubbock 11.4 Effective January 1, 2006, Chapter 176 of the Texas Local Government Code requires that any vendor or person considering doing business with a local government entity disclose in the Questionnaire, Form CIQ, the vendor or person's affiliation or business relationship that might cause a conflict of interest with a local government entity. By law, the questionnaire must be filed with the records administrator of the City of Lubbock not later than the Seventh business day after the date the person becomes aware of the facts that require the statement to be filed. The questionnaire can be found at: hlt2s://www.ethics.state.tx.us/forms/conflict/ For the City of Lubbock, these forms should be filed with the City Secretary's Office, P.O. Box 2000, Lubbock, Texas, 79457 See Section 176.006, Local Government Code: http://www.statutes.legis.state.tx.us/SOTWDocs/LG/htm/LG.176.htm. A person commits an offense if the person violates Section 176.006, Local Government Code. An offense under this section is a Class C misdemeanor. 12. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 12.1 All work covered by the contract shall be done in accordance with contract documents described in the General Conditions. 12.2 All bidders shall be thoroughly familiar with all of the requirements set forth on the contract documents for the construction of this project and shall be responsible for the satisfactory completion of all work contemplated by said contract documents. 13. CERTIFICATE OF INTERESTED PARTIES 13.1 Effective January 1, 2016, Section 2252.908, as amended, of Chapter 2252 of the Texas Government Code requires certain business entities to submit an electronic disclosure form to the Texas Ethics Commission before entering into a contract with a local government entity when any of the following apply: 1) Contract requires an action or vote by the City Council (governing body); OR 2) Contract value is $1 Million or greater; OR 3) Contract is for services that would require a person to register as a lobbyist under Chapter 305 of the Government Code. This must be done before executing the contract. The disclosure form may be found at https://www.ethics.state.tx.us/whatsnew/elf_ info_forml295.htm. You must log in and create an account the first time you fill out the form. Tutorial videos on how to log in for the first time and how to fill out the form can be found through the link above. After you electronically submit the disclosure form, a screen will come up confirming the submission and assigning a certificate number. Then, you must print the form, have an authorized agent complete the declaration and sign, and provide it to the City (scanned email copy is acceptable). 13.2 A contract described by Subsection (b) of Government Code Section 2252.908 entered into by a governmental entity or state agency is voidable for failure to provide the disclosure of interested parties required by this section only if: (1) the governmental entity or state agency submits to the business entity written notice of the business entity 's failure to provide the required disclosure; and (2) the business entity fails to submit to the governmental entity or state agency the required disclosure on or before the loth business day after the date the business entity receives the written notice under Subdivision (1). 14. PLANS FOR USE BY BIDDERS 14.1It is the intent of the City of Lubbock that all parties with an interest in submitting a bid on the project covered by the contract documents be given a reasonable opportunity to examine the documents and prepare a bid without charge or forfeiture of deposit. The contract documents may be examined without charge as noted in the Notice to Bidders. 15. PAYMENT 15.1 All payments due to Contractor shall be made in accordance with the provisions of the General Conditions of the contract documents. 16. AFFIDAVITS OF BILLS PAID 16.1 The City of Lubbock reserves the right, prior to final acceptance of this project to require the Contractor to execute an affidavit that all bills for labor, materials and incidentals incurred in the construction of the improvements contemplated by the contract documents have been paid in full and that there are no claims pending, of which the Contractor has been notified. 17. MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP 17.1 The intent of these contract documents is that only materials and workmanship of the best quality and grade will be furnished. The fact that the specifications may fail to be sufficiently complete in some detail will not relieve the Contractor of full responsibility for providing materials of high quality and for protecting them adequately until incorporated into the project. The presence or absence of a representative of the City on the site will not relieve the Contractor of full responsibility of complying with this provision. The specifications for materials and methods set forth in the contract documents provide minimum standards of quality, which the Owner believes necessary to procure a satisfactory proj ect. 18. PLANS FOR THE CONTRACTOR 18.1 The contractor will, upon written request, be furnished up to five sets of plans and specifications and related contract documents for use during construction. Plans and specifications for use during construction will only be furnished directly to the Contractor. The Contractor shall then distribute copies of plans and specifications to suppliers, subcontractors or others, as required for proper prosecution of the work contemplated by the Contractor. 19. PROTECTION OF THE WORK 19.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for the care, preservation, conservation, and protection of all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, apparatus, accessories, facilities, and all means of construction, and any and all parts of the work whether the Contractor has been paid, partially paid, or not paid for such work, until the date the City issues its certificate of completion to Contractor. The City reserves the right, after the bids have been opened and before the contract has been awarded, to require of a bidder the following information: 19.1.1 The experience record of the bidder showing completed jobs of a similar nature to the one covered by the intended contract and all work in progress with bond amounts and percentage completed. 19.1.2 A sworn statement of the current financial condition of the bidder. 19.1.3 Equipment schedule 20. TEXAS STATE SALES TAX 20.1 This contract is issued by an organization which qualifies for exemption provisions pursuant to provisions of Article 20.04 of the Texas Limited Sales, Excise and Use Tax Act. 20.2 The Contractor must obtain a limited sales, excise and use tax permit which shall enable him to buy the materials to be incorporated into the work without paying the tax at the time of purchase. 21. PROTECTION OF SUBSURFACE LINES AND STRUCTURES 21.1 It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to prosecute the work contemplated by the contract documents in such a way as to exercise due care to locate and prevent damage to all underground pipelines, utility lines, conduits or other underground structures which might or could be damaged by Contractor during the construction of the project contemplated by these contract documents. The City of Lubbock agrees that it will furnish Contractor the location of all such underground lines and utilities of which it has knowledge. However, such fact shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibilities aforementioned. All such underground lines or structures cut or damaged by Contractor during the prosecution of the work contemplated by this contract shall be repaired immediately by Contractor to the satisfaction of the City of Lubbock, Texas, at Contractor's expense. 22. BARRICADES AND SAFETY MEASURES 22.1 The contractor shall, at his own expense, furnish and erect such barricades, fences, lights and danger signals, and shall take such other precautionary measures for the protection of persons, property and the work as may be necessary. The Contractor will be held responsible for all damage to the work due to failure of barricades, signs, and lights to protect it, and when damage is incurred, the damaged portion shall be immediately removed and replaced by Contractor at his own cost and expense. The Contractor's responsibility for maintenance of barricades, signs, and lights shall not cease until the date of issuance to Contractor of City's certificate of acceptance of the project. 23. EXPLOSIVES 23.1 The use of explosives will not be permitted unless written permission to do so is obtained by the Contractor from the City. In all cases where written permission is obtained for the use of explosives, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for all damage, which may occur as a direct or indirect result of the blasting. In addition, in all cases where explosives are authorized to be used, the Contractor shall use utmost care so as not to endanger life or property and the Contractor shall further use only such methods as are currently utilized by persons, firms, or corporations engaged in similar type of construction activity. 23.2 Explosive materials shall not be stored or kept at the construction site by the Contractor 23.3In all cases where explosives are to be used during the construction of the project contemplated by this contract, it shall be the duty of the Contractor to notify each utility company having structures (above or below the ground) in proximity to the site of the work of Contractor's intention to use explosives, and such notice shall be given sufficiently in advance to enable the companies to take such steps as they may deem necessary to protect their property from injury. Such notice, however, shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for any damage resulting from his blasting operations. 24. CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIVE 24.1 The successful bidder shall be required to have a responsible local representative available at all times while the work is in progress under this contract. The successful bidder shall be required to furnish the name, address and telephone number where such local representative may be reached during the time that the work contemplated by this contract is in progress. 25. INSURANCE 25.1 The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all insurance as required in the General Conditions of the contract documents, from an underwriter authorized to do business in the State of Texas and satisfactory to the City. Proof of coverage shall be furnished to the City and written notice of cancellation or any material change will be provided ten (10) days in advance of cancellation or change. All policies shall contain an agreement on the part of the insurer waiving the right to subrogation. The Contractor shall procure and carry at his sole cost and expense through the life of this contract, insurance protection as hereinafter specified. Coverage in excess of that specified herein also shall be acceptable. Such insurance shall be carried with an insurance company authorized to transact business in the State of Texas and shall cover all operations in connection with this contract, whether performed by the Contractor or a subcontractor, or separate policies shall be provided covering the operation of each subcontractor. A certificate of insurance specifying each and all coverages shall be submitted before contract execution. 25.2 PROOF OF COVERAGE SHALL BE FURNISHED TO THE CITY OF LUBBOCK IN THE FORM OF A CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE. THE INSURANCE CERTIFICATES FURNISHED SHALL NAME THE CITY OF LUBBOCK AS ADDITIONAL INSURED ON AUTO/GENERAL LIABILITY ON A PRIMARY AND NON-CONTRIBUTORY BASIS TO INCLUDE PRODUCTS OF COMPLETE OPERATIONS. PROVIDE A WAIVER OF SUBROGATION IN FAVOR OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK. IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE TO THE OWNER ALL PROOF OF COVERAGE INSURANCE DOCUMENTS INCLUDING WORKERS COMPENSATION COVERAGE FOR EACH SUBCONTRACTOR. COPIES OF THE ENDORSEMENTS ARE REQUIRED. 26. LABOR AND WORKING HOURS 26.1 Attention of each bidder is particularly called to the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages included in these contract documents. The wage rate that must be paid on this project shall not be less than specified in the schedule of general prevailing rates of per diem wages as above mentioned. The bidders' attention is further directed to the requirements of Texas Government Code, Chapter 2258, Prevailing Wage Rates providing for the payment of the wage schedules above mentioned and the bidder's obligations thereunder. The inclusion of the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages in the contract documents does not release the Contractor from compliance with any wage law that may be applicable. Construction work under the contract requiring an inspector shall not be performed on weekends or holidays unless the following conditions exist: 26.1.1 The project being constructed is essential to the City of Lubbock's ability to provide the necessary service to its citizens. 26.1.2 Delays in construction are due to factors outside the control of the Contractor. The Contractor is approaching the penalty provisions of the contract and Contractor can show he has made a diligent effort to complete the contract within the allotted time. 26.1.3 Before construction work requiring an inspector is to be performed on Sunday or holidays, the Contractor must notify the Owner's Representative not less than three full working days prior to the weekend or holiday he desires to do work and obtain written permission from the Owner's Representative to do such work. The final decision on whether to allow construction work requiring an inspector on Sunday or holidays will be made by the Owner's Representative. 26.2In any event, if a condition should occur or arise at the site of this project or from the work being done under this contract which is hazardous or dangerous to property or life, the Contractor shall immediately commence work, regardless of the day of the week or the time of day, to correct or alleviate such condition so that it is no longer dangerous to property or life. 27. PAYMENT OF EMPLOYEES AND FILING OF PAYROLLS 27.1 The contractor and each of his subcontractors shall pay each of his employees engaged in work on the project under this contract in full (less mandatory legal deductions) in cash, or by check readily cashable without discount, not less often than once each week. The Contractor and each of his subcontractors shall keep a record showing the name and occupation of each worker employed by the Contractor or subcontractor in the construction of the public work and the actual per diem wages paid to each worker. This record shall be open at all reasonable hours to inspection by the officers and agents of the City. The Contractor must classify employees according to one of the classifications set forth in the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages, which schedule is included in the contract documents. The Contractor shall forfeit as a penalty to the City of Lubbock on whose behalf this contract is made, sixty dollars ($60) for each laborer, workman, or mechanic employed for each calendar day, or portion thereof, such laborer, workman or mechanic is paid less than the wages assigned to his particular classification as set forth in the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages included in these contract documents. 28. PROVISIONS CONCERNING ESCALATION CLAUSES 28.1 Bids submitted containing any conditions which provide for changes in the stated bid price due to increases or decreases in the cost of materials, labor or other items required for the project will be rejected and returned to the bidder without being considered. 29. PREPARATION FOR BID 29.1 The bidder shall submit his bid on forms furnished by the City, and all blank spaces in the form shall be correctly filled in, stating the price in numerals for which he intends to do the work contemplated or furnish the materials required. Such prices shall be written in ink, distinctly and legibly, or typewritten. In case of discrepancy between the unit price and the extended total for a bid item, the unit price will be taken. A bid that has been opened may not be changed for the purpose of correcting an error in the bid price. 29.2If the bid is submitted by an individual, his name must be signed by him or his duly authorized agent. If a bid is submitted by a firm, association, or partnership, the name and address of each member must be given and the bid signed by a member of the firm, association or partnership, or person duly authorized. If the bid is submitted by a company or corporation, the company or corporate name and business address must be given, and the bid signed by an official or duly authorized agent. Powers of attorney authorizing agents or others to sign bids must be properly certified and must be in writing and submitted with the bid. 29.3 Pursuant to Texas Local Government Code 252.043(g), a competitive sealed bid that has been opened may not be changed for the purpose of correcting an error in the bid price. THEREFORE, ANY CORRECTIONS TO THE BID PRICE MUST BE MADE ON THE BID SUBMITTAL FORM PRIOR TO BID OPENING. 29.4 Bid submittals may be withdrawn and resubmitted at any time before the time set for opening of the bids, but no bid may be withdrawn or altered thereafter. 30. BOUND COPY OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 30.1 Bidder understands and agrees that the contract to be executed by bidder shall be bound and will include the following: (a) Notice to Bidders. (b) General Instructions to Bidders. (c) Bidder's Submittal. (d) Statutory Bonds (if required). (e) Contract Agreement. (f) General Conditions. (g) Special Conditions (if any). (h) Specifications. (i) Insurance Certificates for Contractor and all Sub -Contractors. (j) All other documents made available to bidder for his inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders. 29.2 If Plans and Specifications are too bulky or cumbersome to be physically bound, they are to be considered incorporated by reference into the aforementioned contract documents. 31. QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS 31.1 The bidder may be required before the award of any contract to show to the complete satisfaction of the City of Lubbock that it has the necessary facilities, ability, and financial resources to provide the service specified therein in a satisfactory manner. The bidder may also be required to give a past history and references in order to satisfy the City of Lubbock about the bidder's qualifications. The City of Lubbock may make reasonable investigations deemed necessary and proper to determine the ability of the bidder to perform the work, and the bidder shall furnish to the City of Lubbock all information for this purpose that may be requested. The bidder's bid may be deemed not to meet specifications or the bid may be rejected if the evidence submitted by, or investigation of, the bidder fails to satisfy the City of Lubbock that the bidder is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the contract and to complete the work described therein. Evaluation of the bidder's qualifications shall include: (a) The ability, capacity, skill, and financial resources to perform the work or provide the service required. (b) The ability of the bidder to perform the work or provide the service promptly or within the time specified, without delay or interference. (c) The character, integrity, reputation, judgment, experience, and efficiency of the bidder. (c) The quality of performance of previous contracts or services. (d) The safety record of the Contractor and proposed Sub -Contractors 31.2 Before contract award, the recommended contractor for this project may be required to show that he has experience with similar projects that require the Contractor to plan his work efforts and equipment needs with City of Lubbock specifications in mind. Demonstration of experience shall include a complete list of ALL similar municipal and similar non -municipal current and completed projects for the past three (3) years for review. This list shall include the names of supervisors and type of equipment used to perform work on these projects. In addition, the Contractor may be required to provide the name(s) of supervisor(s) that will be used to perform work on this project in compliance with City of Lubbock specifications herein. 32. PLANS FOR THE CONTRACTOR 32.1 The contractor will, upon written request, be furnished up to five sets of plans and specifications and related contract documents for use during construction. Plans and specifications for use during construction will only be furnished directly to the Contractor. The Contractor shall then distribute copies of plans and specifications to suppliers, subcontractors or others, as required for proper prosecution of the work contemplated by the Contractor. 33. ANTI -LOBBYING PROVISION 33.1 DURING THE PERIOD BETWEEN THE BID CLOSE DATE AND THE CONTRACT AWARD, BIDDERS, INCLUDING THEIR AGENTS AND REPRESENTATIVES, SHALL NOT DIRECTLY DISCUSS OR PROMOTE THEIR BID WITH ANY MEMBER OF THE LUBBOCK CITY COUNCIL OR CITY STAFF EXCEPT IN THE COURSE OF CITY -SPONSORED INQUIRIES, BRIEFINGS, INTERVIEWS, OR PRESENTATIONS, UNLESS REQUESTED BY THE CITY. 33.2 This provision is not meant to preclude bidders from discussing other matters with City Council members or City staff. This policy is intended to create a level playing field for all potential bidders, assure that contract decisions are made in public, and to protect the integrity of the bid process. Violation of this provision may result in rejection of the bidder's bid. 34. PREVAILING WAGE RATES 34.1 Bidders are required to comply with Texas Government Code, Chapter 2258, Prevailing Wage Rates, with respect to the payment of prevailing wage rates for the construction of a public work, including a building, highway, road, excavation, and repair work or other project development or improvement, paid for in whole or in part from public funds, without regard to whether the work is done under public supervision or direction. A worker is employed on a public work if the worker is employed by the contractor or any subcontractor in the execution of the contract for the project 34.2 A worker employed on a public work by or on behalf of the City of Lubbock shall be paid not less than the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for the work of a similar character in the locality in which the work is performed, and not less than the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for legal holiday and overtime work. 34.3 A contractor or subcontractor who violates Texas Government Code Section 2258.023 shall pay to the City of Lubbock sixty dollars ($60) for each worker employed for each calendar day or part of the day that the worker is paid less than the wage rates stipulated in the contract. 35. PROTEST 35.1 All protests regarding the ITB process must be submitted in writing to the City Director of Purchasing and Contract Management within 5 working days after the protesting party knows of the occurrence of the action which is protested relating to advertising of notices deadlines, proposal opening and all other related procedures under the Local Government Code, as well as any protest relating to alleged improprieties with the ITB process. This limitation does not include protests relating to staff recommendations as to award of contract. Protests relating to staff recommendations may be directed to the City Manager. All staff recommendations will be made available for public review prior to consideration by the City Council as allowed by law. 35.2 FAILURE TO PROTEST WITHIN THE TIME ALLOTTED SHALL CONSTITUTE A WAIVER OF ANY PROTEST. Page Intentionally Left Blank BID SUBMITTAL FORM Pate Intentionally Left Blank REi (SED BID SUBMITTAL FORM UNIT PRICE BID CONTRACT DATE: June 25, 2024 PROJECT NUMBER: ITB 24-18109-KM, West Lubbock Water System Expansion Early Procurement Bid of Winston Electric, Inc. dba Acme Electric Company (hereinafter called Bidder) To the Honorable Mayor and City Council City of Lubbock, Texas (hereinafter called Owner) Ladies and Gentlemen: The Bidder, in compliance with your Invitation to Bid for the construction of the referenced project, having carefully examined the plans, specifications, instructions to bidders, notice to bidders and all other related contract documents and the site of the intended work, and being familiar with all of the conditions surrounding the construction of the intended project including the availability of materials and labor, hereby intends to furnish all labor, materials, and supplies; and to construct the project in accordance with the plans, specifications and contract documents, within the time set forth therein and at the price stated. The bidder binds himself on acceptance of his bid to execute a contract and any required bonds, according to the accompanying forms, for performing and completing the said work within the time stated and for the prices stated. Low Voltage Distribution Transformer Manufacturer No Transformers will be included in this proposal Low Voltage Switchboard Manufacturer Square D Panelboard Manufacturer No Panelboards will be included in this proposal Low Voltage VFD Manufacturer Danfoss Generator Manufacturer Cummins ATS Manufacturer Cummins/ASCO • F. I T I Z IM, • a• ••- •. . • . u • • •r • • • .,• • •u• •• • • . • • r • • ' • • • • • a • ' • • •• ' Bidder understands and agrees that this bid submittal shall be completed and submitted in accordance with instruction number 29 of the General Instructions to Bidders. Due to generator lead times exceeding the 730 calendar days Acme takes exception to the bid requirements above. Acme excludes any liquidated damages. SUBMITTAL DATA SHEET FOR 26 36 00, LOW VOLTAGE AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCHES Submit the following data with Bid Proposal and with Shop Drawing submittal: Item No. Description LOW VOLTAGE ATS "PS17-ATS" 1 Manufacturer: Total Equipment Dimensions for 2 Automatic Transfer Switch (inches): 72" W x 48" D x 90" H Length x Width x Height Total Weight for Automatic Transfer 3 Switch (lbs.): No info on quote. Can provide after bid. Total Heat Loss for Automatic 4 Transfer Switch (kW): No info on quote. Can provide after bid. END OF SECTION Low Voltage Automatic Transfer Switches 26 36 00 - 14 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion SUBMITTAL DATA SHEET FOR 26 24 13, 600 VOLT SWITCHBOARDS Submit the following data with Bid Proposal and with Shop Drawing submittal: Item No. Description 600V Switchboard "PS17-SWBD1" 1 Manufacturer: SQUARE U Total Equipment Dimensions for 2 Switchboard Line-up (inches): 72 W x D x H Length x Width x Height Total Weight for Switchboard Line-up 3 (lbs.): 1570lbs Total Heat Loss for Switchboard 4 Line-up (kW): 80OW END OF SECTION Low Voltage Switchboards 26 24 13 - 16 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion ATTACHMENT A SUBMITTAL DATA SHEET FOR 26 29 23.11 LOW VOLTAGE VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES Submit the following data with the Bid Proposal and with the Shop Drawing submittal: Item No. Description For "PS17-PI-VFD", "PS17-P2-VFD", "PS17-P3-VFD" 1 Manufacturer Make and Model (series): Danfoss FC202 AQUA Series Panel Drive 2 Total Equipment Dimensions (inches)/unit: Width x Depth x Height 68" 36" 94" W x D x H 3 Total Weight (lbs.)/unit: 713 Ibs 4 VFD Efficiency @80% Load •98 5 VFD Efficiency @100% load .98 6 True Power Factor @25% Load .98 7 True Power Factor @50% Load .98 8 True Power Factor @75% Load .98 9 True Power Factor @100% Load .98 10 Heat Loss (Watts) per unit 3920 Watts END OF SECTION Low Voltage Variable Frequency Drives 26 29 23.11-24 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion City of Lubbock, TX Public Works ITB 24-18109-KM West Lubbock Water System Expansion Early Procurement Winston Electric, Inc. dba Acme Electric Company of Lubbock, TX QTY U/M Unit Extended # Items +/- Price Cost Base Bid 91-1 Furnish, test, deliver and provide competent 1 LS No Bid No Bid service technician for Low Voltage Distribtuion Transformers, complete as specified herein. 41-2 Furnish, test, deliver and provide competent 1 LS $118,000.00 $118,000.00 service technician for Low Voltage Switchboards, complete as specified herein. 91-3 Furnish, test, deliver and provide competent 1 LS No Bid No Bid service technician for Panelboards, complete as specified herein. 91-4 Furnish, test, deliver and provide competent 3 EA $130,900.00 $392,700.00 service technician for three low voltage variable frequency drives fully compatible with the proposed pumping units PS 17-P 1 through PS 17- P3 with a guaranteed efficiency greater than 95% at 100% speed and 100% load and 94% at 75% speed complete as specified herein. 91-5 Cost for witnessed tests of Variable frequency 1 LS $28,700.00 $28,700.00 drives for by two representatives of the Owner 91-6 Furnish, test, deliver and provide competent 1 LS $1,117,700.00 $1,117,700.00 service technician for one three phase generator with a rated capacity of 1500 kW/1875kVA and a power factor of 0.80, complete as specified herein. 91-7 Furnish, test and deliver one sound enclosure 1 LS $575,600.00 $575,600.00 compatible with Pay Item 6 with noise attenuation to 70dB at 23 feet, complete as specified herein. 91-8 Cost for witnessed tests of Packaged Engine 1 LS $63,300.00 $63,300.00 Generator for Pump Station 17 by two representatives of the Owner City of Lubbock, TX Public Works ITB 24-18109-KM West Lubbock Water System Expansion Early Procurement Winston Electric, Inc. dba Acme Electric Company of Lubbock, TX QTY Unit Extended # Items +/- U/M Price Cost 91-9 Furnish, test, deliver and provide competent 1 LS $90,600.00 $90,600.00 service technician for Low Voltage Automatic Transfer Switches, complete as specified herein. 91-10 Equipment procurement package completely as 1 LS $63,300.00 $63,300.00 shown in the plans and specifications excluding Pay Items: 1-9. 91-11 Add (+) or Deduct (-) 1 Provision is made for 1 LS No Bid No Bid Offeror to include an addition or deduction in his proposal, if he wishes, to reflect any last-minute adjustments in price. This addition or subtraction will be applied to pay item 10. Total (Items 1-1 through 1-11): $2,449,900.00 REVISED Bidder understands that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any formality in the bidding. The Bidder agrees that this bid shall be good and may not be withdrawn for a period of 60 calendar days after the scheduled closing time for receiving bids. The undersigned Bidder hereby declares that he has visited the site of the work and has carefully examined the plans, specifications and contract documents pertaining to the work covered by this bid, and he further agrees to commence work on or before the date specified in the written notice to proceed, and to substantially complete the work on which he has bid; as provided in the contract documents. Bidders are required, whether or not a payment or performance bond is required, to submit a cashier's check or certified check issued by a bank satisfactory to the City of Lubbock, or a bid bond from a reliable surety company, payable without recourse to the order of the City of Lubbock in an amount not less than five percent (5%) of the total amount of the bid submitted as a guarantee that bidder will enter into a contract, obtain all required insurance policies, and execute all necessary bonds (if required) within 10 business days after notice of award of the contract to him. Clarifications: 1. Acme is only including the equipment (1 - Switchboard, 3 - VFDs, 1 - ATS, and 1 - Generator) delivery and testing as per specs. No labor is included to install, unload, set in -place, etc. 2. Fuel for generator is excluded. 3. Generator lead times are 4-6 weeks for submittal and 104+ weeks after submittals are approved. These are estimated and subject to change. Notes: 1. Value Engineering options are available if owner/engineer would be interested. 2. There may be options to shorten lead times of generator. We can get with the sales reps for more information. RE X ISED Enclosed with this bid is a Cashier's Check or Certified Check for Dollars ($ ) or a Bid Bond in the sum of 5% GAB Dollars ($ 5% GAB ), which it is agreed shall be collected and retained by the Owner as liquidated damages in the event the bid is accepted by the Owner and the undersigned fails to execute the necessary contract documents, insurance certificates, and the required bond (if any) with the Owner within 10 business days after the date of receipt of written notification of acceptance of said bid; otherwise, said check or bond shall be returned to the undersigned upon demand. Bidder understands and agrees that the contract to be executed by Bidder shall be bound and include all contract documents made available to him for his inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders. Pursuant to Texas Local Government Code 252.043(g), a competitive sealed bid that has been opened may not be changed for the purpose of correcting an error in the bid price. THEREFORE, ANY CORRECTIONS TO THE BID PRICE MUST BE MADE ON THE BID SUBMITTAL FORM PRIOR TO BID OPENING. (Seal if Bidder is a Corporation) ATTEST: Secretary Bidder acknowledges receipt of the following addenda: Addenda No. #1 Date 06/03/24 Addenda No. #2 Date 06/17/24 Addenda No. Date Addenda No. Date Date: 0612512024 Authorized Signature Barry Brown, President (Printed or Typed Name) Acme Electric Company Company 108 E 82nd St Address Lubbock Lubbock City, County Texas 79404 State Zip Code Telephone: 806 _ 745-7720 Fax: 806 _ 745-3102 FEDERAL TAX ID or SOCIAL SECURITY No. 75-1450152 EMAIL: bbrown@acmeelect.com MIWBE Woman Black American Native American Firm: Hispanic Asian Pacific Other pect y American American I, the undersigned Bidder certify that the insurance requirements contained in this bid document have been reviewed by me and my Insurance Agent/Broker. If I am awarded this contract by the City of Lubbock, I will be able to, within ten (10) business days after being notified of such award by the City of Lubbock, furnish a valid insurance certificate to the City meeting all of the requirements defined in this bid. If the time requirement specified above is not met, the City has the right to reject this proposal and award the contract to another contractor. If you have any questions concerning these requirements, please contact the Director of Purchasing & Contract Management for the City of Lubbock at (806) 775-2572. WMI LIKKId1_ rt Federal Law (A-IO2 Common Rule and OMB Circular A -I 10) prohibits non -Federal entities from contracting with or making sub -awards under covered transactions to parties that are suspended or debarred or whose principals are suspended or debarred. Covered transactions include procurement contracts for goods or services equal to or in excess of $25,000 and all non -procurement transactions (e.g., sub -awards to sub - recipients). Contractors receiving individual awards of $25,000 or more and all sub -recipients must certify that their organization and its principals are not suspended or debarred by a Federal agency. Before an award of $25,000 or more can be made to your firm, you must certify that your organization and its principals are not suspended or debarred by a Federal agency. I, the undersigned agent for the firm named below, certify that neither this firm nor its principals are suspended or debarred by a Federal agency. TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE SECTION 2252.152 The undersigned representative of the undersigned company or business, being an adult over the age of eighteen (18) years of age, pursuant to Texas Government Code, Chapter 2252, Section 2252.152, certify that the company named above is not listed on the website of the Comptroller of the State of Texas concerning the listing of companies that are identified under Section 806.051, Section 807.051 or Section 2253.153. I further certify that should the above -named company enter into a contract that is on said listing of companies on the website of the Comptroller of the State of Texas, which do business with Iran, Sudan or any Foreign Terrorist Organization, I will immediately notify the City of Lubbock Purchasing and Contract Department. TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE SECTION 2271.002 Company hereby certifies the following: 1. Company does not boycott Israel; and 2. Company will not boycott Israel during the term of the contract. The following definitions apply to this state statute: (1) 'Boycott Israel" means refusing to deal with, terminating business activities with, or otherwise taking any action that is intended to penalize, inflict economic harm on, or limit commercial relations specifically with Israel, or with a person or entity doing business in Israel or in an Israeli -controlled territory, but does not include an action made for ordinary business purposes; and (2) "Company" means an organization, association, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, or limited liability company, including a wholly owned subsidiary, majority -owned subsidiary, parent company, or affiliate of those entities or business associations that exists to make a profit. REVISED This Certification is required from a Company if the Company has 10 or more full-time employees and the contract for goods or services (which includes contracts formed through purchase orders) has a value of $100,000 or more that is to be paid wholly or partly from public funds of the governmental entity. TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE 2274 By entering into this Agreement, Contractor verifies that: (1) it does not, and will not for the duration of the contract, have a practice, policy, guidance, or directive that discriminates against a firearm entity or firearm trade association or (2) the verification required by Section 2274.002 of the Texas Government Code does not apply to the contract. If Contractor is a company with 10 or more full-time employees and if this Agreement has a value of at least $100,000 or more, Contractor verifies that, pursuant to Texas Government Code Chapter 2274, it does not have a practice, policy, guidance, or directive that discriminates against a firearm entity or firearm trade association; and will not discriminate during the term of the contract against a firearm entity or firearm trade association. Contractor represents and warrants that: (1) it does not, and will not for the duration of the contract, boycott energy companies or (2) the verification required by Section 2274.002 of the Texas Government Code does not apply to the contract. If Contractor is a company with 10 or more full-time employees and if this Agreement has a value of at least $100,000 or more, Contractor verifies that, pursuant to Texas Government Code Chapter 2274, it does not boycott energy companies; and will not boycott energy companies during the term of the Agreement. This verification is not required for an agreement where a governmental entity determines that these requirements are inconsistent with the governmental entity's constitutional or statutory duties related to the issuance, incurrence, or management of debt obligations or the deposit, custody, management, borrowing, or investment of funds. Agreement Example Review This sample Agreement has been reviewed and (X) is acceptable ( ) is acceptable as noted REVISED Contractor Acknowledgement In compliance with this solicitation, the undersigned bidder, having examined the bid documents, instructions to bidders, documents associated with the invitation to bid, and being familiar with the conditions to be met has reviewed the above information regarding: • Insurance Requirements • Suspension and Debarment Certification • Texas Government Code Section 2252.152 • Texas Government Code Section 2271.002 • Texas Government Code 2274 An individual authorized to bind the company must sign the following section. Failure to execute this portion may result in bid rejection. By signing below, the terms stated have been reviewed and approved. Company Name: Winston Electric, Inc. dba Acme Electric Company Signed By: Print Name and Title: Barry Brown, President Date: 06/25/2024 WED KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, WINSTON ELECTRIC, INC DBA ACME ELECTRIC as Principal, (hereinafter called the "Principal"), and COLONIAL CASUALTY & SURETY COMPANY AND FIDELITY & DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of MARYLAND "Surety") are held and firmly bound unto CITY OF LUBBOCK as Obligee, (hereinafter called the "Obligee"), in the sum of 5% OF AMOUNT BID , as Surety, (hereinafter called the Dollars ($ 5% OF AMOUNT BID ), for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, the said Principal and the said Surety, bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted a bid for WEST LUBBOCK WATER SYSTEM EXPANSION EARLY PROCUREMENT - ITB 24-18109 NOW, THEREFORE, if the Obligee shall accept the bid of the Principal and the Principal shall enter into a contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terns of such bid and give such bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or contract documents with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of such contract and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution thereof, or in the event of the failure of the Principal to enter into such contract and give such bond or bonds, if the Principal shall pay to the Obligee the difference not to exceed the penalty hereof between the amount specified in said bid and such larger amount for which the Obligee may in good faith contract with another party to perform the work covered by said bid, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. Signed and sealed this 25th Witness _J10, wompmarnawmal d- Witness day of JUNE Of A.D., 2024 WINSTqKELE C BA ACME ELF _ (SEAL) Principal �f>4S/J4A-1 �_ Title COLONIAL CASUALTY & SURETY COMPANY Surety By (SEAL) AWN R. TAYLOR , Attorney -in -Fact Printed in cooperation with the American Institute of Architects (AIA) by COLONIAL CASUALTY & SURETY COMPANY AND COLONIAL CASUALTY & SURETY COMPANY AND vouches that the language in th,, document conforms exactly to the language used in AIA Document A-310, February 1970 Edition. BID70000TX0101 c EXTRACT FROM BY-LAWS OF THE COMPANIES "Article V, Section 8, Attorneys -in -Fact, The Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any Executive Vice President or Vice President may, by written instrument under the attested corporate seal, appoint attomeys-in-fact with authority to execute bonds, policies, recognizances, stipulations, undertakings, or other like instruments on behalf of the Company, and may authorize any officer or any such attorney -in -fact to affix the corporate seal thereto; and may with or without cause modify of revoke any such appointment or authority at any time." CERTIFICATE 1, the undersigned, Vice President of the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, and the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, do hereby certify that the foregoing Power of Attorney is still in full force and effect on the date of this certificate; and I do further certify that Article V, Section 8, of lire By -Laws of the Companies is still in force. This Power of Attorney and Certificate may be signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution of the Board of Directors of the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY at a meeting duly called and held on the 15th day of December 1998. RESOLVED: "That the signature of the President or a Vice President and the attesting signature of a Secretary or an Assistant Secretary and the Seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile on any Power of Attorney ...Any such Power or any certificate thereof hearing such facsimile signature and seal shall be valid and binding on the Company." This Power of Attorney and Certificate may be signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution of the Board of Directors of the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY at a meeting duly called and held on the 5th day of May, 1994, and the following resolution of the Board of Directors of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND at a meeting duly called and held on the IOth day of May, 1990. RESOLVED: "That the facsimile or mechanically reproduced seal of the company and tiresimile or mechanically reproduced signature of any Vice -President, Secretary, or Assistant Secretary of the Company, whether made heretofore or hereafter, wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the Company, shall be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the corporate seals of the said Companies, this 25th day of June , 20,2, ° SRAL «. 1 tv '?. At Gerald F. Haley, Vice President ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation of the State of New York, the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, a corporation of the State of Maryland, and the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND a corporation of the State of Maryland (herein collectively called the "Companies"), by MICHAEL BOND, Vice President, in pursuance of authority granted by Article V, Section 8, of the By -Laws of said Companies, which are set forth on the reverse side hereof and are hereby certified to be in full force and effect on the date hereof, do hereby nominate, constitute, and appoint J. Kirk KILLOUGH, C. Brent AYCOCK, Jeffery FOWLER and Dawn R. TAYLOR, all of Lubbock, Texas, EACH its true and lawful agent and Attorney -in -Fact, to make, execute, seal and deliver, for, and on its behalf as surety, and as its act and deed: any and all bonds and undertakings, EXCEPT bonds on behalf of Independent Executors, Community Survivors and Community Guardians. and the execution of such bonds or undertakings in pursuance of these presents, shall be as binding upon said Companies, as fully and amply, to all intents and purposes, as if they had been duly executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY at its office in New York, New York., the regularly elected officers of the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY at its office in Owings Mills, Maryland., and the regularly elected officers of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND at its office in Owings Mills, Maryland., in their own proper persons. The said Vice President does hereby certify that the extract set forth on the reverse side hereof is a true copy of Article V, Section 8, of the By -Laws of said Companies, and is now in farce. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Vice -President has hereunto subscribed his/her names and affixed the Corporate Seals of the said ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, and FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, this 22nd day of February, A.D. 2016. ATTEST: M ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND Secretary Vice President Eric D. Barnes Michael Bond State of Maryland County of Baltimore On this 22nd day of February, A.D 2016, before the subscriber, a Notary Public of the State of Maryland, duly commissioned and qualified, MICHAEL BOND, Vice President, and ERIC D. BARNES, Secretary, of the Companies, to me personally known to be the individuals and officers described in and who executed the preceding instrument, and acknowledged the execution of same, and being by me duly sworn, deposeth and saith, that he/she is the said officer of the Company aforesaid, and that the seals affixed to the preceding instrument are the Corporate Seals of said Companies, and that the said Corporate Seals and the signature as such officer were duly affixed and subscribed to the said instrument by the authority and direction of the said Corporations. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my Official Seal the day and year first above written. ,��rrurjli:+t�++ D Maria D. Adamski, Notary Public My Commission Expires: July 8, 2019 POA-F 168-0058 Texas Important Notice IMPORTANT NOTICE To obtain information or make a complaint: You may call Zurich North America's toll -free telephone number for information or to make a complaint at: 1-800-382-2160 You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on companies, coverages, rights, or complaints at: 1-800-252-3439 You may write the Texas Department of Insurance: P.O. Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714-9104 Fax: (512) 490-1007 Web: www.tdi.texas.gov E-mail: ConsumerProtection@tdi.texas.gov PREMIUM OR CLAIM DISPUTES: Should you have a dispute concerning your premium or about a claim, you should contact the company first. If the dispute is not resolved, you may contact the Texas Department of Insurance. ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR POLICY: This notice is for information only and does not become a part or condition of the attached document. AVISO IMPORTANTE Para obtener informaci6n o para presentar una queja: Usted puede llamar al n6mero de tel6fono gratuito de Zurich North America's para obtener informaci6n o para presentar una queja al: 1-800-382-2150 Usted puede comunicarse con el Departamento de Se- guros de Texas para obtener informaci6n sobre com- pahfas, coberturas, derechos, o quejas al: 1-800-252-3439 Usted puede escribir al Departamento de Seguros de Texas a: P.O. Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714-9104 Fax: (512) 490-1007 Sitio web: www.tdi.texas.gov E-mail: ConsumerProtection@tdi.texas.gov DISPUTES POR PRIMAS DE SEGUROS 0 RECLAMACIONES: Si tiene una disputa relacionada con su prima de seguro o con una reclamaci6n, usted debe comunicarse con la compabia primero. Si la disputa no es resuelta, usted puede comunicarse con el Departamento de Seguros de Texas. ADJUNTE ESTE AVISO A SU P6LIZA: Este aviso es solamente para prop6sitos informativos y no se con- vierte en parte o en condici6n del documento adjunto. U-GU-296-E (06/15) Page 1 of 1 Page Intentionally Left Blank City of Lubbock, TX Purchasing and Contract Management Similar Projects and Reference Form Please list three references of current customers who can verify the quality of service your company provides. The City prefers customers of similar size and scope of work. Please do not use the City of Lubbock. REFERENCE ONE Company Name: Freese and Nichols, Inc. Address: 801 Cherry St., Suite 2800; Fort Worth, TX 76102 Contact Person and Title: Charles Erwin, Construction Manager Phone: 817-735-7212 Email: charlie.erwin@freese.com Similar Project: Lake E.V. Spence Electrical Upgrades REFERENCE TWO Company Name: Red River Construction Co. Address: 2804 Capital St.; Wylie, TX 75098 Contact Person and Title: Heath Staffeld, Project Manager Phone: 972-578-0127 Year 2022 Email: heath.staffeld@redriverconstruction.com Similar Project: Lubbock Southeast Water Reclamation Plant - Plant 3 REFERENCE THREE Company Name: Garney Construction Address: 1700 Swift St., Suite 200; North Kansas City, MO 64116 Contact Person and Title: Justin Dreitzler, Project Manager Phone: 970-817-1860 Email: Jdreitzler@garney.com Similar Project: Xcel WWTP Nutrient Removal (Amarillo) Year 2023 Year 2023 Page Intentionally Left Blank City of Lubbock, TX Purchasing and Contract Management Safety Record Questionnaire The City of Lubbock City Council desires to avail itself of the benefits of Section 252.0435 of the Local Government Code, and consider the safety records of potential contractors prior to awarding proposals on City contracts. Pursuant to Section 252.0435 of the Local Government Code, City of Lubbock has adopted the following written definition and criteria for accurately determining the safety record of a proposer prior to awarding proposals on City contracts. The definition and criteria for determining the safety record of a proposer for this consideration shall be: The City of Lubbock shall consider the safety record of the offerors in determining the responsibility thereof. The City may consider any incidence involving worker safety or safety of the citizens of the City of Lubbock, be it related or caused by environmental, mechanical, operational, supervision or any other cause or factor. Specifically, the City may consider, among other things: a. Complaints to, or final orders entered by, the Occupational Safety and Health Review Commission (OSHRC), against the proposer for violations of OSHA regulations within the past three (3) years. b. Citations (as defined below) from an Environmental Protection Agency (as defined below) for violations within the past five (5) years. Environmental Protection Agencies include, but are not necessarily limited to, the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACOE), the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS), the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ), the Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission (TNRCC) (predecessor to the TCEQ), the Texas Department of State Health Services (DSHS), the Texas Parks and Wildlife Department (TPWD), the Structural Pest Control Board (SPCB), agencies of local governments responsible for enforcing environmental protection or worker safety related laws or regulations, and similar regulatory agencies of other states of the United States. Citations include notices of violation, notices of enforcement, suspension/revocations of state or federal licenses or registrations, fines assessed, pending criminal complaints, indictments, or convictions, administrative orders, draft orders, final orders, and judicial final judgments. Convictions of a criminal offense within the past ten (10) years, which resulted in bodily harm or death. d. Any other safety related matter deemed by the City Council to be material in determining the responsibility of the offeror and his or her ability to perform the services or goods required by the proposal documents in a safe environment, both for the workers and other employees of offeror and the citizens of the City of Lubbock. In order to obtain proper information from offerors so that City of Lubbock may consider the safety records of potential contractors prior to awarding proposals on City contracts, City of Lubbock requires that offerors answer the following three (3) questions and submit them with their proposals: OUESTION ONE Has the offeror, or the firm, corporation, partnership, or institution represented by the offeror, or anyone acting for such firm, corporation, partnership or institution, received citations for violations of OSHA within the past three (3) years? YES NO X If the offeror has indicated YES for question number one above, the offeror must provide to City of Lubbock, with its proposal submission, the following information with respect to each such citation: Date of offense, location of establishment inspected, category of offense, final disposition of offense, if any, and penalty assessed. QUESTION TWO Has the offeror, or the firm, corporation, partnership, or institution represented by the offeror, or anyone acting for such firm, corporation, partnership or institution, received citations for violations of environmental protection laws or regulations, of any kind or type, within the past five years? Citations include notice of violation, notice of enforcement, suspension/revocations of state or federal licenses, or registrations, fines assessed, pending criminal complaints, indictments, or convictions, administrative orders, draft orders, final orders, and judicial final judgments. YES NO X If the offeror has indicated YES for question number two above, the offeror must provide to City of Lubbock, with its proposal submission, the following information with respect to each such conviction: Date of offense or occurrence, location where offense occurred, type of offense, final disposition of offense, if any, and penalty assessed. OUESTION THREE Has the offeror, or the firm, corporation, partnership, or institution represented by offeror, or anyone acting for such firm, corporation, partnership, or institution, ever been convicted, within the past ten (10) years, of a criminal offense which resulted in serious bodily injury or death? YES NO X If the offeror has indicated YES for question number three above, the offeror must provide to City of Lubbock, with its proposal submission, the following information with respect to each such conviction: Date of offense, location where offense occurred, type of offense, final disposition of offense, in any, and penalty assessed. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT THE STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF LUBBOCK I certify that I have made no willful misrepresentations in this Questionnaire nor have I withheld information in my statements and answers to questions. I am aware that the information given by me in this questionnaire will be investigated, with my full permission, and that any misrepresentations or omissions may cause my proposal to be rejected. Signature Barry Brown, President Title NON -COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT STATE OF TEXAS LUBBOCK COUNTY Barry Brown being first duly sworn, on his/her oath, says that the bid above submitted is a genuine and not a sham or collusive bid, or made in the interest or on behalf of any person not therein named; and s/he further says that the said respondent has not directly induced or solicited any firm on the above work or supplies to put in a sham , or any other person or corporation to refrain from a statement of qualifications; and that said firm has not in any manner sought by collusion to secure to self an advantage over any other firm or firms. Acme Electric Company Firm Barry Brown Name E; President Title Subscribed and sworn to before me this 20th 121 My Commission Expires: 11/1/2026 day of June 2024 AMY S HENRY Notary Public, State of Texas Comm. Expires 11.01•2076 fit Notary ID 128432766 ; NOTE: THIS FORM MUST BE COMPLETED AND INCLUDED IN WITH THE SUBMISSION Page Intentionally Left Blank 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. PROPOSED LIST OF SUB -CONTRACTORS Company Name Location Services Provided N/A Minority Owned Yes No ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ THIS FORM SHALL BE COMPLETED AND RETURNED ALONG WITH YOUR RESPONSE IF NO SUB -CONTRACTORS WILL BE USED PLEASE INDICATE SO SUBMITTED BY: Acme Electric Company (PRINT NAME OF COMPANY) Page Intentionally Left Blank POST -CLOSING DOCUMENT REQUIREMENTS The below -listed document must be received in the Purchasing and Contract Management Office Not Later Than SEVEN BUSINESS DAYS after the close date when responses are due. FINAL LIST OF SUB -CONTRACTORS Pate Intentionally Left Blank Company Name 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. FINAL LIST OF SUB -CONTRACTORS Location Services Provided SUBMITTED BY: (PRINT NAME OF COMPANY) Minority Owned Yes No ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ THIS FORM SHALL BE COMPLETED AND RETURNED NOT LATER THAN SEVEN BUSINESS DAYS AFTER THE CLOSE DATE WHEN RESPONSES ARE DUE IF NO SUB -CONTRACTORS WILL BE USED PLEASE INDICATE SO Page Intentionally Left Blank PAYMENT BOND Page Intentionally Left Blank STATUTORY PAYMENT BOND PURSUANT TO SECTION 2253.021(a) OF THE TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE (CONTRACTS MORE THAN $50,000) KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that Winston Electric, Inc. dba Acme Electric Company (hereinafter called the Principal(s), as Principal(s), and (hereinafter called the Surety(s), as Surety(s), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Lubbock (hereinafter called the Obligee), in the amount of Two Million Four Hundred and Forty -Nine Thousand Nine Hundred Dollars ($2,449,900) lawful money of the United States for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee, dated 13tb day of Au ust, 2024, to ITB 24-18109-KM West Lubbock Water System Expansion Early Procurement and said Principal under the law is required before commencing the work provided for in said contract to execute a bond in the amount of said contract which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall pay all claimants supplying labor and material to him or a subcontractor in the prosecution of the work provided for in said contract, then, this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Section 2253.021(a) of the Texas Government Code, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Article to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal (s) and Surety (s) have signed and sealed this instrument this day of Surety By: (Title) 2024. (Company Name) By: (Printed Name) (Signature) (Title) Page Intentionally Left Blank The undersigned surety company represents that it is duly qualified to do business in Texas, and hereby designates an agent resident in Lubbock County to whom any requisite notices may be delivered and on whom service of process may be had in matters arising out of such suretyship. Surety By: Approved as to form: City of Lubbock By: City Attorney (Title) * Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety Company there must be on file a certified extract from the by-laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If signed by an Attorney in Fact, we must have copy of power of attorney for our files. Page Intentionally Left Blank PERFORMANCE BOND Pate Intentionally Left Blank STATUTORY PERFORMANCE BOND PURSUANT TO SECTION 2253.021(a) OF THE TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE (CONTRACTS MORE THAN $100,000) KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that Winston Electric, Inc. dba Acme Electric Company (hereinafter called the Principal(s), as Principal(s), and (hereinafter called the Surety(s), as Surety(s), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Lubbock (hereinafter called the Obligee), in the amount of Two Million Four Hundred and Forty -Nine Thousand Nine Hundred Dollars ($2,449,900) lawful money of the United States for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee, dated 13t" day of Au ust, 2024, to ITB 24-18109-KM West Lubbock Water System Expansion Early Procurement and said principal under the law is required before commencing the work provided for in said contract to execute a bond in the amount of said contract which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully perform the work in accordance with the plans, specifications and contract documents, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Section 2253.021(a) of the Texas Government Code, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said article to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal (s) and Surety (s) have signed and sealed this instrument this day of , 2024. Surety * By (Title) (Company Name) By: (Printed Name) (Signature) (Title) Page Intentionally Left Blank The undersigned surety company represents that it is duly qualified to do business in Texas, and hereby designates an agent resident in Lubbock County to whom any requisite notices may be delivered and on whom service of process may be had in matters arising out of such suretyship. Surety By: (Title) Approved as to Form City of Lubbock By: City Attorney * Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety Company, there must be on file a certified extract from the by-laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If signed by an Attorney in Fact, we must have copy of power of attorney for our files. Page Intentionally Left Blank CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE Page Intentionally Left Blank CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE TO: CITY OF LUBBOCK DATE: P.O. BOX 2000, Room 204 LUBBOCK, TX 79457 TYPE OF PROJECT: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT (Name and Address of Insured) is, at the date of this certificate, insured by this Company with respect to the business operations hereinafter described, for the typed of insurance and in accordance with the provisions of the standard policies used by this company, the further hereinafter described. Exceptions to standard policy noted hereon. TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER EFFECTIVE EFFECTIVE LIMITS DATE DATE GENERAL LIABILITY LJ Commercial General Liability General Aggregate $ LJ Claims Made Products-Comp/Op AGG $ LJ Occurrence Personal & Adv. Injury $ LJ Owner's & Contractors Protective Each Occurrence $ ❑ Fire Damage (Any one Fire) $ $ Med Exp (Any one Person) AUTOMOTIVE LIABILITY LJ Any Auto Combined Single Limit $ LJ All Owned Autos Bodily Injury (Per Person) $ LJ Scheduled Autos Bodily Injury (Per Accident) $ LJ Hired Autos Property Damage $ LJ Non -Owned Autos LJ GARAGE LIABILITY LJ Any Auto Auto Only - Each Accident $ LJ Other than Auto Only: Each Accident $ Aggregate $ LJ BUILDER'S RISK LJ 100% of the Total Contract Price $ LJ INSTALLATIONELOATER $ EXCESS LIABILITY LJ Umbrella Form Each Occurrence $ Aggregate $ LJ Other Than Umbrella Form $ WORKERS COMPENSATIONAND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY The Proprietor/ LJ Included Statutory Limits Partners/Executive LJ Excluded Each Accident $ Officers are: Disease Policy Limit $ Disease -Each Employee $ OTHER The above policies either in the body thereof or by appropriate endorsement provide that they may not be changed or canceled by the insurer in less than the legal time required after the insured has received written notice of such change or cancellation, or in case there is no legal requirement, in less than five days in advance of cancellation. FIVE COPIES OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE MUST BE SENT TO THE CITY OF LUBBOCK (Name of Insurer) ma Title: The Insurance Certificates Furnished shall name the City of Lubbock as Additional Insured on Auto General Liability and provide a Waiver of Subrogation in favor of the City of Lubbock. IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S. THE ADDITIONAL INSURED ENDORSEMENT SHALL INCLUDE PRODUCTS AND COMPLETE OPERATIONS. CONTRACTORCHECKLIST A CONTRACTOR SHALL: (1) provide coverage for its employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filling of any coverage agreements; (2) provide a certificate of coverage showing workers' compensation coverage to the governmental entity prior to beginning work on the project; (3) provide the governmental entity, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (4) obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity: (A) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and (B) no later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (5) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (6) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within ten (10) days after the contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; (7) post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report failure to provide coverage. This notice does not satisfy other posting requirements imposed by the Act or other commission rules. This notice must be printed in at least 19-point normal type, and shall be in both English and Spanish and any other language common to the worker population. The text for the notices shall be the following text provided by the commission on the sample notice, without any additional words or changes: PROOF OF COVERAGE SHALL BE FURNISHED TO THE CITY OF LUBBOCK IN THE FORM OF A CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE. THE INSURANCE CERTIFICATES FURNISHED SHALL NAME THE CITY OF LUBBOCK AS ADDITIONAL INSURED ON AUTO/GENERAL LIABILITY ON A PRIMARY AND NON-CONTRIBUTORY BASIS TO INCLUDE PRODUCTS OF COMPLETE OPERATIONS. PROVIDE A WAIVER OF SUBROGATION IN FAVOR OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK. IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE TO THE OWNER ALL PROOF OF COVERAGE INSURANCE DOCUMENTS INCLUDING WORKERS COMPENSATION COVERAGE FOR EACH SUBCONTRACTOR. COPIES OF THE ENDORSEMENTS ARE REQUIRED. REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE "The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must be covered by workers' compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment and materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the identity of their employer or status as an employee." "Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at 512-305-7238 to receive information on the legal requirement for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage." and contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to: (A) provide coverage based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (B) provide a certificate of coverage to the contractor prior to that person beginning work on the project; (C) provide the contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (D) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the contractor: (i) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and (n) prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (E) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (F) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within (ten) 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and (G) contractually require each other person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (A) - (H), with the certificate of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all insurance as required in the General Conditions of the contract documents, from an underwriter authorized to do business in the State of Texas and satisfactory to the City. Proof of coverage shall be furnished to the City and written notice of cancellation or any material change will be provided ten (10) calendar days in advance of cancellation or change. All policies of insurance, required herein, including policies of insurance required to be provided by Contractor and its subcontractors, shall contain a waiver of any and all of the insurer's or payor's, in the event of self-insurance, rights to subrogation that any such insurer or payor, in the event of self-insurance, may acquire by virtue of payment of any loss under such insurance or self-insurance. All certificates of insurance submitted to the City in conformity with the provisions hereof shall establish such waiver. The Contractor shall procure and carry at its sole cost and expense through the life of this contract, insurance protection as hereinafter specified. Coverage in excess of that specified herein also shall be acceptable. Such insurance shall be carried with an insurance company authorized to transact business in the State of Texas and shall cover all operations in connection with this contract, whether performed by the Contractor or a subcontractor, or separate policies shall be provided covering the operation of each subcontractor. A certificate of insurance specifying each and all coverages shall be submitted prior to contract execution. Page Intentionally Left Blank CONTRACT Page Intentionally Left Blank Contract 18109 STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF LUBBOCK THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this 13' day of Au ust, 2024 by and between the City of Lubbock, County of Lubbock, State of Texas, acting by and through the Mayor, City of Lubbock, thereunto authorized to do so, hereinafter referred to as OWNER, and Winston Electric, Inc. dba Acme Electric Company of the City of Lubbock, County of Lubbock and the State of Texas hereinafter termed CONTRACTOR. WITNESSETH: That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned, to be made and performed by the OWNER and under the conditions expressed in the bond bearing even date herewith (if any) the CONTRACTOR hereby agrees with OWNER to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows: ITB 24-18109-KM West Lubbock Water System Expansion Early Procurement and all extra work in connection therewith, under the terms as stated in the contract documents and at his (or their) own proper cost and expense to furnish all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, insurance and other accessories and services necessary to complete the said construction in accordance with the contract documents as defined in the General Condition of Agreement. Winston Electric, Inc. dba Acme Electric Comganv's bid dated June 25, 2024, is incorporated into and made a part of this agreement. The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to commence work within ten days after the date written notice to do so shall have been given to him and to substantially complete same within the time specified in the contract documents. The OWNER agrees to pay the CONTRACTOR in current funds for the performance of the contract in accordance with the bid submitted therefore, subject to additions and deductions, as provided in the contract documents and to make payment on account thereof as provided therein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to these presents have executed this agreement in Lubbock, Lubbock County, Texas in the year and day first above written. CONTRACTOR: CITY OF LUBBOCK, TEXAS (OWNER): Winston Electric, Inc. dba Acme Electric Company By: By: PRINTED NAME: TITLE: COMPLETE ADDRESS: Winston Electric, Inc. dba Acme Electric Company 108 E 82°d St Lubbock, TX 79404 ATTEST: Corporate Secretary Mark McBrayer, Mayor ATTEST: Courtney Paz, City Secretary APPROVED AS TO CONTENT: Public Works Representative Name (Printed) Date APPROVED AS TO FORM: Kelli Leisure, Senior Assistant City Attorney Contract 18109 STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF LUBBOCK THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this 13"' day of Au ust, 2024 by and between the City of Lubbock, �unty of Lubbock, State of Texas, acting by and through the Mayor, City of Lubbock, thereunto authorized to do so, xeinafter referred to as OWNER, and Winston Electric, Inc. dba Acme Electric Companv of the City of Lubbock, �unty of Lubbock and the State of Texas hereinafter termed CONTRACTOR. iE ITNESSETH: That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned, to be made and � rformed by the OWNER and under the conditions expressed in the bond bearing even date herewith (if any) the s.' )NTRACTOR hereby agrees with OWNER to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements l scribed as follows: [ 1"B 24-18109-KM West Lubbock Water System Expansion Early Procurement -�d all extra work in connection therewith, under the terms as stated in the contract documents and at his (or their) own ,:�oper cost and expense to furnish all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, insurance .�nd other accessories and services necessary to complete the said construction in accordance with the contract documents a� defined in the General Condition of Agreement. Winston Electric, Inc. dba Acme Electric Companv's bid dated June ?i, 2024, is incorporated into and made a part of this agreement. The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to commence work within ten days after the date written notice to do so shall have :��iven to him and to substantially complete same within the time specified in the contract documents. i; �,; OWNER agrees to pay the CONTRACTOR in current funds for the performance of the contract in accordance with � bid submitted therefore, subject to additions and deductions, as provided in the contract documents and to make payment y d�ccount thereof as provided therein. ��1 WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to these presents have executed this agreement in Lubbock, Lubbock County, ��.� in the year and day first above written. �� irzti � Electric, Inc. dba Acme Electric Company � � i L••- �' �� «TED N E: � , , i , �:- � ---- s s��1�- . ' ' `�9PLETE ADDRESS: ��'�y��a Electric, Inc. dba Acme Electric Company I'IIlS �' R�od St f i,i ,, s, X 79404 ; � � �tary C O LUF� BBO�I� � By: � v ark McBrayer, ATTEST: 1 1 Courtney City Secretary (OWNER): PPROVED AS T CONTENT: P lic Work presen a i�e � . ,� 1.[I .:.. � :■ . . .: �►�' . � . � - �. � -. �. PPR VED AS TO FORM: K li Leisure, Senior Assistant City Attorney Page Intentionally Left Blank GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT Page Intentionally Left Blank GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT OWNER Whenever the word Owner, or First Party, are used in this contract, it shall be understood as referring to the City of Lubbock, Texas. 2. CONTRACTOR Whenever the word Contractor, or Second Parry, is used, it shall be understood to mean the person, persons, co -partnership or corporation, to wit Winston Electric, Inc. dba Acme Electric Company who has agreed to perform the work embraced in this contract, or their legal representative. 3. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE Whenever the word Owner's Representative or representative is used in this contract, it shall be understood as referring to, City of Lubbock, or its representative Mike Keenum, Division Director of Engineering, so designated who will inspect constructions; or to such other representatives, supervisors, architects, engineers, or inspectors as may be authorized by said Owner to act in any particular under this agreement. Engineers, supervisors or inspectors will act for the Owner under the direction of Owner's Representative, but shall not directly supervise the Contractor or persons acting on behalf of the Contractor. 4. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The contract's documents shall consist of the Notice to Bidders, General Instructions to Bidders, Response, Signed Agreement, Statutory Bonds (if required), General Conditions of the Agreement, Special Conditions of the Agreement (if any), Specifications, Plans, Insurance Certificates, and all other documents made available to Bidder for inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders. The above described materials are sometimes referred to herein as the "contract" or "contract documents". 5. INTERPRETATION OF PHRASES Whenever the words "Directed," "Permitted," "Designated," "Required," "Considered Necessary," "Prescribed," or words of like import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, requirement, permission, order, designation or prescription of the Owner's Representative is intended; and similarly, the words "Approved," "Acceptable," "Satisfactory," or words of like import shall mean approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to the Owner's Representative. 6. SUBCONTRACTOR The term Subcontractor, as employed herein, includes only those having a direct contract with the Contractor for performance of work on the project contemplated by these contract documents. Owner shall have no responsibility to any Subcontractor employed by Contractor for performance of work on the project contemplated by these contract documents, but said Subcontractors will look exclusively to Contractor for any payments due Subcontractor. The City reserves the right to approve or disapprove the selection of any subcontractor(s). 7. WRITTEN NOTICE Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent certified mail to the last business address known to the party who gives the notice. CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES Unless otherwise stipulated, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, insurance, and all water, light, power, fuel, transportation and all other facilities necessary for the execution and completion of the work covered by the contract documents. Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be new and both workmanship and materials shall be of a good quality. The Contractor shall, if required, furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials. Materials or work described in words which so applied have well known, technical or trade meaning shall be held to refer such recognized standards. All work shall be done and all materials furnished in strict conformity with the contract documents. 9. SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETED The term "Substantially Completed" is meant that the structure or project contemplated by the contract documents has been made suitable for use or occupancy or the facility is in a condition to serve its intended purpose, but still may require minor miscellaneous work and adjustment. 10. LAYOUT Except as specifically provided herein, the Contractor shall be responsible for laying out all work and shall accomplish this work in a manner acceptable to the Owner's Representative. The Owner's Representative will check the Contractor's layout of all major structures and any other layout work done by the Contractor at Contractor's request, but this check does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of correctly locating all work in accordance with the Plans and Specifications. 11. KEEPING OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ACCESSIBLE The Contractor shall be furnished five copies of all Plans and Specifications without expense to Contractor and Contractor shall keep one copy of same consistently accessible on the job site. 12. RIGHT OF ENTRY The Owner's Representative may make periodic visits to the site to observe the progress or quality of the executed work and to determine, in general, if the work is proceeding in accordance with the contract documents. Owner's Representative will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous onsite inspections to check the quality or quantity of the work, nor will Owner's Representative be responsible for the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or the safety precautions incident thereto. Notwithstanding the Owner's Representative's rights of entry hereunder, the Owner's Representative will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 13. LINES AND GRADES The Contractor is responsible for construction layout based on the control provided in the construction documents. All lines and grades shall be furnished whenever Owner's Representative (as distinguished from Resident Project Representative(s)) deems said lines and grades are necessary for the commencement of the work contemplated by these contract documents or the completion of the work contemplated by these contract documents. Whenever necessary, Contractor shall suspend its work in order to permit Owner's Representative to comply with this requirement, but such suspension will be as brief as practical and Contractor shall be allowed no extra compensation therefore. The Contractor shall give the Owner's Representative ample notice of the time and place where lines and grades will be needed. All stakes, marks, etc., shall be carefully preserved by the Contractor, and in case of careless destruction or removal by Contractor, its Subcontractors, or its employees, such stakes, marks, etc., shall be replaced by the Owner's Representative at Contractor's expense. 14. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE'S AUTHORITY AND DUTY Unless otherwise specified, it is mutually agreed between the parties to this Agreement that the Owner's Representative (as distinguished from Resident Project Representative(s))has the authority to review all work included herein. The Owner's Representative has the authority to stop the work whenever such stoppage may be necessary to ensure the proper execution of the contract. The Owner's Representative shall, in all cases, determine the amounts and quantities of the several kinds of work which are to be paid for under the contract documents, and shall determine all questions in relation to said work and the construction thereof, and shall, in all cases, decide every question which may arise relative to the execution of this contract on the part of said Contractor. The decision of the Owner's Representative shall be conclusive in the absence of written objection to same delivered to Owner's Representative within fifteen (15) calendar days of any decision or direction by Owner's Representative. In the absence of timely written objection by Contractor, as provided herein, any and all objection or objections shall be deemed waived. 15. SUPERINTENDENCE AND INSPECTION It is agreed by the Contractor that the Owner's Representative shall be and is hereby authorized to appoint from time to time such subordinate engineers, supervisors, or inspectors, as distinguished from Resident Project Representative, as the said Owner's Representative may deem proper to inspect the materials furnished and the work done under this Agreement, and to see that said material is furnished and said work is done in accordance with the specifications therefore. The Contractor shall furnish all reasonable aid and assistance required by the subordinate engineers, supervisors or inspectors for the proper inspection and examination of the work. The Contractor shall regard and obey the directions and instructions of any subordinate engineers, supervisors or inspectors so appointed, when such directions and instructions are consistent with the obligations of this Agreement and accompanying plans and specifications provided, however, should the Contractor object to any orders by any subordinate engineer, supervisor or inspector, the Contractor may within fifteen (15) calendar days make written appeal to the Owner's Representative for its decision. In the absence of timely written objection by Contractor, as provided herein, any and all objection or objections shall be deemed waived. 16. CONTRACTOR'S DUTY AND SUPERINTENDENCE The Contractor shall give personal attention to the faithful prosecution and completion of this contract and shall keep on the work, during its progress, a competent superintendent and any necessary assistants, all satisfactory to Owner's Representative. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor in its absence and all directions given to superintendent shall be binding as if given to the Contractor. It is expressly agreed that adequate supervision by competent and reasonable representatives of the Contractor is essential to the proper performance of the work and lack of such supervision shall be grounds for suspending operations of the Contractor. The work, from its commencement to completion, shall be under the exclusive charge and control of the Contractor and all risk in connection therewith shall be borne by the Contractor. The Owner or Owner's Representatives shall not be responsible for the acts or omissions of the Contractor, or any subcontractors, or any of Contractor's agents or employees, or any other persons performing any of the work. 17. CONTRACTOR'S UNDERSTANDING It is understood and agreed that the Contractor has, by careful examination, satisfied itself as to the nature and location of the work, the confirmation of the ground, the character, quality and quantity of materials to be encountered, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the work, and the general and local conditions, and all other matters which in any way affect the work under the contract documents. No oral agreement or conversation with any officer, agent, or employee of the Owner, or Owner's Representative either before or after the execution of this contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained. Subject to the rights of Owner as set forth in Paragraph 23 hereof, all modifications and/or amendments to the contract documents, shall be in writing, and executed by Owner's Representative and Contractor. Unless otherwise specified herein, all loss, expense or damage to Contractor arising out of the nature of the work to be done, or from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen circumstance and the prosecution of the work, shall be sustained and borne by the Contractor at its own cost and expense. 18. CHARACTER OF WORKERS The Contractor agrees to employ only orderly and competent workers, skillful in the performance in the type of work required under this contract, to do the work; and agrees that whenever the Owner's Representative shall inform Contractor in writing that any person or persons on the work, are, in Owner's Representative's sole opinion, incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, or otherwise unacceptable to Owner or Owner's Representative, such person or persons shall be discharged from the work and shall not again be employed on the work without the Owner's Representative's written consent. 19. CONSTRUCTION PLANT The Contractor shall provide all labor, tools, equipment, machinery and materials necessary in the prosecution and completion of this contract where it is not otherwise specifically provided that Owner shall furnish same, and it is also understood that Owner shall not be held responsible for the care, preservation, conservation, or protection of any materials, tools, equipment or machinery or any part of the work until it is finally completed and accepted. The building of structures for the housing of workers or equipment will be permitted only at such places as the Owner's Representative shall consent or direct, and the sanitary conditions of the grounds in or about such structure shall at all times be maintained in a manner satisfactory to the Owner's Representative. 20. SANITATION Necessary sanitary conveniences for the use of laborers on the work site, properly secluded from public observation, shall be constructed and maintained by the Contractor in such manner and at such points as shall be approved by the Owner's Representative and their use shall be strictly enforced. 21. OBSERVATION AND TESTING The Contractor is responsible for construction quality control testing, cost, and reporting of the type and extent required by the contract documents. The Owner or Owner's Representative shall have the right at all times to observe and test the work. Contractor shall make necessary arrangements and provide proper facilities and access for such observation and testing at any location wherever such work is in preparation or progress. Contractor shall ascertain the scope of any observation that may be contemplated by Owner or Owner's Representative and shall give ample notice as to the time each part of the work will be ready for such observation. Owner or Owner's Representative may reject any such work found to be defective or not in accordance with the contract documents, regardless of the stage of its completion or the time or place of discovery of such errors and regardless of whether Owner's Representative has previously accepted the work. If any such work should be covered without approval or consent of the Owner, it must, if requested by Owner or Owner's Representative, be uncovered for examination at Contractor's expense. In the event that any part of the work is being fabricated or manufactured at a location where it is not convenient for Owner or Owner's Representative to make observations of such work or require testing of said work, then in such event Owner or Owner's Representative may require Contractor to furnish Owner or Owner's Representative certificates of inspection, testing or approval made by persons competent to perform such tasks at the location where that part of the work is being manufactured or fabricated. All such tests will be in accordance with the methods prescribed by the American Society for Testing and Materials or such other applicable organization as may be required by law or the contract documents. If any such work which is required to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered up without written approval or consent of the Owner or Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by the Owner or Owner's Representative, be uncovered for observation and testing at the Contractor's expense. The cost of all such inspections, tests and approvals shall be borne by the Contractor unless otherwise provided herein. Any work which fails to meet the requirements of any such tests, inspections or approvals, and any work which meets the requirements of any such tests or approvals but does not meet the requirements of the contract documents shall be considered defective, and shall be corrected at the Contractor's expense. Neither observations by the Owner or Owner's Representative, nor inspections, tests, or approvals made by Owner, Owner's Representative, or other persons authorized under the contract documents 22 23 to make such inspections, tests, or approvals shall relieve the Contractor from its obligation to perform the work in accordance with the requirements of the contract documents. DEFECTS AND THEIR REMEDIES It is expressly agreed that if the work or any part thereof, or any material brought on the site of the work for use in the work or selected for the same, shall be deemed by the Owner or Owner's Representative as unsuitable or not in conformity with plans, specifications and/or contract documents, the Contractor shall, after receipt of written notice thereof from the Owner's Representative, forthwith remove such material and rebuild or otherwise remedy such work so that it shall be in full accordance with the contract documents. It is further agreed that any remedial action contemplated as hereinabove set forth shall be at Contractor's expense. CHANGES AND ALTERATIONS The Contractor further agrees that the Owner may make such changes and alterations as the Owner may see fit, in the line, grade, form dimensions, plans or materials for the work herein contemplated, or any part thereof, either before or after the beginning of the construction, without affecting the validity of this contract and the accompanying bond. If such changes or alterations diminish the quantity of the work to be done, they shall not constitute the basis for a claim for damages, or anticipated profits on the work that may be dispensed with. If they increase the amount of work, and the increased work can fairly be classified under the specifications, such increase shall be paid according to the quantity actually done and at the unit price established for such work under this contract; otherwise such additional work shall be paid for as provided under Extra Work. In case the Owner shall make such changes or alterations as shall make useless any work already done or material already furnished or used in said work, then the Owner shall recompense the Contractor for any material or labor so used, and for actual expenses incurred in preparation for the work as originally planned. 24. EXTRA WORK The term "extra work" as used in this contract shall be understood to mean and include all work that may be required by the Owner or Owner's Representative to be done by the Contractor to accomplish any change, alteration or addition to the work as shown on the plans and specifications or contract documents and not covered by Contractor's proposal, except as provided under Changes and Alterations in Paragraph 23. It is agreed that the Contractor shall perform all extra work under the observation of the Owner's Representative when presented with a written work order signed by the Owner's Representative; subject, however, to the right of the Contractor to require written confirmation of such extra work order by the Owner. It is also agreed that the compensation to be paid to the Contractor for performing said extra work shall be determined by the following methods: Method (A) - By agreed unit prices; or Method (B) - By agreed lump sum; or Method (C) - If neither Method (A) or Method (B) be agreed upon before the extra work is commenced, then the Contractor shall be paid the lesser of the following: (1) actual field cost of the extra work, plus fifteen (15%) percent to the firm actually performing the work, and additional higher -tier markups limited to 5% to cover additional overhead and insurance costs; or (2) the amount that would have been charged by a reasonable and prudent Contractor as a reasonable and necessary cost for performance of the extra work, as estimated by the Engineer and approved by the Owner.. In the event said extra work be performed and paid for under Method (C)(1), then the provisions of this paragraph shall apply and the "actual field cost" is hereby defined to include the cost of all workers, such as foremen, timekeepers, mechanics and laborers, materials, supplies, teams, trucks, rentals on machinery and equipment, for the time actually employed or used on such extra work, plus actual transportation charges necessarily incurred, together with all expenses incurred directly on account of such extra work, including Social Security, Old Age Benefits, Maintenance Bonds, Public Liability and Property Damage and Workers' Compensation and all other insurances as may be required by law or ordinances or directed by the Owner or Owner's Representative, or by them agreed to. Owner's Representative may direct the form in which accounts of the actual field cost shall be kept and records of these accounts shall be made available to the Owner's Representative. The Owner's Representative may also specify in writing, before the work commences, the method of doing the work and the type and kind of machinery and equipment to be used; otherwise, these matters shall be determined by the Contractor. Unless otherwise agreed upon, the prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be determined by using 100%, unless otherwise specified, of the latest Schedule of Equipment and Ownership Expenses adopted by the Associated General Contractors of America. Where practical, the terms and prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be incorporated in the written extra work order. The fifteen percent (15%) of the actual field cost to be paid to Contractor shall cover and compensate Contractor for its profit, overhead, general superintendence and field office expense, and all other elements of cost and expense not embraced within the actual field cost as herein defined, save that where the Contractor's Camp or Field Office must be maintained primarily on account of such Extra Work, then the cost to maintain and operate the same shall be included in the "actual field cost." No claim for extra work of any kind will be allowed unless ordered in writing by Owner's Representative. In case any orders or instructions appear to the Contractor to involve extra work for which Contractor should receive compensation or an adjustment in the construction time, Contractor shall prior to commencement of such extra work, make written request to the Owner's Representative for a written order authorizing such extra work. Should a difference of opinion arise as to what does or does not constitute extra work or as to the payment therefore, and the Owner's Representative insists upon its performance, the Contractor shall proceed with the work after making written request for written order and shall keep adequate and accurate account of the actual field cost thereof, as provided under Method (C) (1). If Contractor does not notify Owner's Representative before the commencement of any extra work, any claim for payment due to alleged extra work shall be deemed waived. 25. DISCREPANCIES AND OMISSIONS It is further agreed that it is the intent of the contract documents that all work described in the proposal, the specifications, plans and other contract documents, is to be done for the prices quoted by the Contractor and that such price shall include all appurtenances necessary to complete the work in accordance with the intent of these contract documents as interpreted by Owner's Representative. Notices of any discrepancies or omissions in these plans, specifications, or contract documents, shall be given to the Owners' Representative and a clarification obtained before the proposals are received, and if no such notice is received by the Owner's Representative prior to the opening of proposals, then it shall be deemed that the Contractor fully understands the work to be included and has provided sufficient sums in its proposal to complete the work in accordance with these plans and specifications. If Contractor does not notify Owner's Representative before offering of any discrepancies or omissions, then it shall be deemed for all purposes that the plans and specifications are sufficient and adequate for completion of the project. It is further agreed that any request for clarification must be submitted no later than five (5) calendar days prior to the opening of proposals. In the absence of a requested clarification for a conflict in the documents prior to proposals being reviewed, it will be assumed that the Contractor proposes the higher cost alternative on conflicts identified after proposals are reviewed. 26. RIGHT OF OWNER TO MODIFY METHODS AND EQUIPMENT If at any time the methods or equipment used by the Contractor are found to be inadequate to secure the quality of work with the rate of progress required under this contract, the Owner or Owner's Representative may order the Contractor in writing to increase their safety or improve their character and efficiency and the Contractor shall comply with such order. If, at any time, the working force of the Contractor is inadequate for securing the progress herein specified, the Contractor shall, if so ordered in writing, increase its force or equipment, or both, to such an extent as to give reasonable assurance of compliance with the schedule of progress. 27. PROTECTION AGAINST ACCIDENT TO EMPLOYEES AND THE PUBLIC AND GENERAL INDEMNITY The Contractor shall take out and procure a policy or policies of Workers' Compensation Insurance with an insurance company licensed to transact business in the State of Texas, which policy shall comply with the Workers' Compensation laws of the State of Texas. The Contractor shall at all times exercise reasonable precaution for the safety of employees and others on or near the work and shall comply with all applicable provisions of federal, state and municipal laws and building and construction codes. All machinery and equipment and other physical hazards shall be guarded in accordance with the "Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction" of Associated General Contractors of America, except where incompatible with federal, state or municipal laws or regulations. The Contractor, its sureties and insurance carriers shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and Engineer and all of its officers, agents and employees against any all losses, costs, damages, expenses, liabilities, claims and/or causes of action, whether known or unknown, fixed, actual, accrued or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, including, but not limited to, attorneys' fees and expenses, in connection with, incident to, related to, or arising out of, the Contractor's or any subcontractor's, agent's or employee's, in any manner whatsoever, omission, execution and/or supervision of this contract, and the project which is the subject matter of this contract. The safety precautions taken shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor, in its sole discretion as an Independent Contractor; inclusion of this paragraph in the Agreement, as well as any notice which may be given by the Owners or the Owner's Representative concerning omissions under this paragraph as the work progresses, are intended as reminders to the Contractor of its duty and shall not be construed as any assumption of duty to supervise safety precautions by either the Contractor or any of its subcontractors. 28. CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all insurance as required in the General Conditions of the contract documents, from an underwriter authorized to do business in the State of Texas and satisfactory to the City. Proof of coverage shall be furnished to the City and written notice of cancellation or any material change will be provided ten (10) calendar days in advance of cancellation or change. All policies of insurance, required herein, including policies of insurance required to be provided by Contractor and its subcontractors, shall contain a waiver of any and all of the insurer's or payor's, in the event of self-insurance, rights to subrogation that any such insurer or payor, in the event of self-insurance, may acquire by virtue of payment of any loss under such insurance or self-insurance. All certificates of insurance submitted to the City in conformity with the provisions hereof shall establish such waiver. The Contractor shall procure and carry at its sole cost and expense through the life of this contract, insurance protection as hereinafter specified. Coverage in excess of that specified herein also shall be acceptable. Such insurance shall be carried with an insurance company authorized to transact business in the State of Texas and shall cover all operations in connection with this contract, whether performed by the Contractor or a subcontractor, or separate policies shall be provided covering the operation of each subcontractor. A certificate of insurance specifying each and all coverages shall be submitted prior to contract execution. PROOF OF COVERAGE SHALL BE FURNISHED TO THE CITY OF LUBBOCK IN THE FORM OF A CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE. THE INSURANCE CERTIFICATES FURNISHED SHALL NAME THE CITY OF LUBBOCK AS ADDITIONAL INSURED ON AUTO/GENERAL LIABILITY ON A PRIMARY AND NON-CONTRIBUTORY BASIS TO INCLUDE PRODUCTS OF COMPLETE OPERATIONS. PROVIDE A WAIVER OF SUBROGATION IN FAVOR OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK. IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE TO THE OWNER ALL PROOF OF COVERAGE INSURANCE DOCUMENTS INCLUDING WORKERS COMPENSATION COVERAGE FOR EACH SUBCONTRACTOR. COPIES OF THE ENDORSEMENTS ARE REQUIRED. Commercial General Liability Requirements: $1M occurrence / $2M aggregate (can be combined with an Excess Liability to meet requirement). CGL is required in ALL contracts. It is perhaps the most important of all insurance policies in a contractual relationship. It insures the Contractor has broad liability coverage for contractual activities and for completed operations. Commercial General Liability to include Products — Completion/OP, Personal and Advertising Injury, Contractual Liability, Fire Damage (any one fire), and Medical Expenses (any one person). Automatically add an excess liability of $4M. Automobile Liability Requirements: $1M/occurrence is needed Builder's Risk Requirements: Builder's Risk Insurance is needed for this project, and at a minimum, the insurance should cover the full insurable value of the improvements. Professional Liability Requirements: $1M/occurrence/$2M aggregate Workers Compensation Requirements: Statutory. If the vendor is an independent contractor with no employees and are exempt from providing Workers' Compensation coverage, they must sign a waiver (obtained from COL Purchasing) and include a copy of their driver's license.. Employer Liability ($1M) is required with Workers Compensation. Special Insurances Crime Protection Coverage Requirements: Employee Dishonesty or Fidelity Bond coverage REQUIRED in an amount equal to the maximum exposure. Carrier Cargo Liability Requirements: Motor Carrier Cargo Insurance is required for this project and must cover, at minimum, the value of the full load that is being hauled. The City of Lubbock (including its officials, employees and volunteers) shall be afforded additional insured status on a primary and non-contributory basis on all liability policies except professional liabilities and workers' comp. Waivers of Subrogation are required for CGL, AL, and WC. To Include Products of Completed Operations endorsement. Carrier will provide a 30-day written notice of cancellation, 10-day written notice for non- payment. Carriers must meet a A.M. Best rating of A- or better. Subcontractors must carry same limits as listed above 1. Definitions: Certificate of coverage ("certificate") - A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self -insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC-81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project. Duration of the project - includes the time from the beginning of the work on the project until the Contractor's/person's work on the project has been completed and accepted by the governmental entity. Persons providing services on the project ("subcontractor" in Section 406.096, Texas Labor Code) - includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the Contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the Contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner -operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. 2. The Contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all employees of the contractor providing services on the project, for the duration of the project. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being awarded the contract. 4. If the coverage period shown on the Contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, the Contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the governmental entity showing that coverage has been extended. The Contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on the project, and provide to the governmental entity: (a) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and (b) no later than seven days after receipt by the Contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project. 6 The Contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter. 7. The Contractor shall notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the Contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project. The Contractor shall post on each project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the proj ect that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. 9. The Contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on the project, to: (a) provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (b) provide to the Contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (c) provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the proj ect; (d) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the Contractor: (1) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and (2) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (e) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (f) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and (g) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to perform as required by paragraphs (a) - (g), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. 10. By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the Contractor is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the Contractor who will provide services on the project will be covered by worker's compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self -insured, with the commission's Division of Self -Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the Contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. 11. The Contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the Contractor which entitles the governmental entity to declare the contract void if the Contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the governmental entity. G. Proof of Coverage Before work on this contract is commenced, each Contractor and subcontractor shall submit to the Owner for approval five Certificates of Insurance covering each insurance policy carried and offered as evidence of compliance with the above insurance requirements, signed by an authorized representative of the insurance company setting forth: (1) The name and address of the insured. (2) The location of the operations to which the insurance applies. (3) The name of the policy and type or types of insurance in force thereunder on the date borne by such certificate. (4) The expiration date of the policy and the limit or limits of liability thereunder on the date borne by such certificate. (5) A provision that the policy may be canceled only by mailing written notice to the named insured at the address shown in the proposal specifications. (6) A provision that written notice shall be given to the City ten days prior to any change in or cancellation of the policies shown on the certificate. (7) The certificate or certificates shall be on the form (or identical copies thereof) contained in the job specifications. No substitute of nor amendment thereto will be acceptable. (8) If policy limits are paid, new policy must be secured for new coverage to complete proj ect. (9) A Contractor shall: (a) provide coverage for its employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filling of any coverage agreements; (b) provide a certificate of coverage showing workers' compensation coverage to the governmental entity prior to beginning work on the project; (c) provide the governmental entity, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the Contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (d) obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity: (i) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and (ii) no later than seven days after receipt by the Contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (e) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (f) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the Contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; (g) post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report failure to provide coverage. This notice does not satisfy other posting requirements imposed by the Texas Worker's Compensation Act or other commission rules. This notice must be printed with a title in at least 30-point bold type and text in at least 19-point normal type, and shall be in both English and Spanish and any other language common to the worker population. The text for the notices shall be the following text provided by the commission on the sample notice, without any additional words or changes: REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE "The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must be covered by workers' compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the identity of their employer or status as an employee. " "Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at 800-372-7713 or 512-804-4000 (wwmai.state.tmus) to receive information of the legal requirements for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage; " and (h) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on aproject, to: (i) provide coverage based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the proj ect; (ii) provide a certificate of coverage to the Contractor prior to that person beginning work on the project; (iii) include in all contracts to provide services on the project the following language: `By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the person signing this contract is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the person signing this contract who will provide services on the project will be covered by workers' compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that the coverage will be based on proper reprinting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self -insured, with the commission's Division of Self -Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the Contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions."; (iv) provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (v) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the Contractor: (1) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and (2) prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (vi) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (vii) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and (viii) contractually require each other person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (i)-(viii), with the certificate of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. 29. DISABLED EMPLOYEES Contractors having more than fifteen (15) employees agree to comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, and agree not to discriminate against a qualified individual with a disability because of the disability of such individual in regard to job application procedures, the hiring, advancement, or discharge of employees, employee compensation, job training, and other terms, conditions, and privileges of employment. 30. PROTECTION AGAINST CLAIMS OF SUBCONTRACTORS, LABORERS, MATERIALMEN AND FURNISHERS OF MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES Without limiting, in any way, manner or form, the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27 hereof, the Contractor agrees that it will indemnify and save the Owner and Engineer and all of its officers, agents and employees, harmless against any and all claims, liabilities, losses, damages, expenses and causes of action arising out of, in any way, manner or form, the demands of subcontractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics, material men and furnishers of machinery and parts thereof, equipment, power tools, and supplies, incurred in the performance of this contract and the project which is the subject matter of this contract. When Owner so desires, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged or waived. 31. PROTECTION AGAINST ROYALTIES OR PATENT INVENTION The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees, and shall provide for the use of any design, device, material or process covered by letters patent or copyright by suitable legal agreement with the Patentee or owner thereof. Without limiting, in any way, manner or form, the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27 hereof, the Contractor shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent or copyrights and shall indemnify and save the Owner and Engineer, and all of its officers, agents and employees harmless from any loss on account thereof, except that Owner shall defend all such suits and claims and shall be responsible for all such loss when a particular design, device, material or process or the product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is specified or required in these contract documents by Owner; provided, however, if choice of alternate design, device, material or process is allowed to the Contractor, then Contractor shall indemnify and save Owner, and all of its officers, agents and employees harmless from any loss on account thereof. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the material or process specified or required by Owner and/or this contract is an infringement, the Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless it gives written notice of such infringement to the Owner's Representative prior to offering. 32. LAWS AND ORDINANCES The Contractor shall at all times observe and comply with all federal, state and local laws, ordinances and regulations, which in any manner affect the contract or the work, and without limiting, in any way, manner or form, the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27 hereof, Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner and Engineer and all of its officers, agents, and employees against any claims arising from the violation of any such laws, ordinances, and regulations, whether by the Contractor, its employees, or subcontractors. If the Contractor observes that the plans and specifications are at variance therewith, he shall notify the Owner's Representative in writing prior to proposing and any necessary changes shall be adjusted as provided in the contract for changes in the work. In the absence of timely written notification to Owner's Representative of such variance or variances within said time, any objection and/or assertion that the plans and specifications are at variance with any federal, state or local laws, ordinances or regulations shall be deemed waived. If the Contractor, its employees or subcontractors perform any work contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, and without such notice to the Owner's Representative, Contractor shall bear all costs arising there from. The Owner is a municipal corporation of the State of Texas and the law from which it derives its powers, insofar as the same regulates the objects for which, or the manner in which, or the conditions under which the Owner may enter into contracts, shall be controlling, and shall be considered as part of this contract to the same effect as though embodied herein. 33. SUBCONTRACTING The Contractor agrees that it will retain personal control and will give its personal attention to the fulfillment of this contract. The Contractor further agrees that subletting of any portion or feature of the work, or materials required in the performance of this contract, shall not relieve the Contractor from its full obligations to the Owner, as provided by the contract documents. 34. TIME FOR SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AND LIOUIDATED DAMAGES It is hereby understood and mutually agreed by and between the Contractor and the Owner, that the date of beginning and time for completion as specified in the Notice to Proceed and contract documents, respectively, of work to be done hereunder are essential conditions of this contract; and it is further mutually understood and agreed that the work embraced in this contract shall be commenced as provided in the contract documents. If the Contractor should neglect, fail, or refuse to substantially complete the work within the time herein specified, then the Contractor does hereby agree as part of the consideration for the awarding of this contract, the Owner may withhold permanently from Contractor's total compensation, the sum of $1000 PER CONSECUTIVE CALENDAR DAY, not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages for the breach of the contract as herein set forth for each and every working day that the Contractor shall be in default after the time stipulated for substantially completing the work. If the Contractor should neglect, fail, or refuse to Finally complete the work within the time herein specified, then the Contractor does hereby agree as part of the consideration for the awarding of this contract, the Owner may withhold permanently from Contractor's total compensation, the sum of $500 PER CONSECUTIVE CALENDAR DAY, not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages for the breach of the contract as herein set forth for each and every working day that the Contractor shall fail to meet the time requirements stipulated for substantially completing the work. It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between Contractor and the Owner, that the time for the substantial completion of the work described herein is reasonable time for the completion of the same, taking into consideration the average climatic range and conditions and usual industrial conditions prevailing in this locality. The amount is fixed and agreed upon by and between the Contractor and the Owner because the actual damages the Owner would sustain in such event would be difficult and/or impossible to estimate, however, the amount agreed upon herein is a reasonable forecast of the amount necessary to render just compensation to Owner, and is expressly agreed to be not disproportionate to actual damages as measured at time of breach. IT IS FURTHER AGREED AND UNDERSTOOD BETWEEN THE CONTRACTOR AND OWNER THAT TIME IS OF THE ESSENCE OF THIS CONTRACT. 35. TIME AND ORDER OF COMPLETION It is the meaning and intent of this contract, unless otherwise herein specifically provided, that the Contractor shall be allowed to prosecute its work in such order of precedence, and in such manner as shall be most conductive to economy of construction. The Contractor shall ensure daily prosecution of the work is conducted every business day until completed, regardless if the work will be substantially or finally complete ahead of specified deadlines in the agreement, unless the City determines time off from said prosecution is necessary or reasonable and Contractor received said determination in writing from the City. Further, when the Owner is having other work done, either by contract or by its own force, the Owner's Representative (as distinguished from the Resident Project Representative) may direct the time and manner of constructing work done under this contract so that conflicts will be avoided and the construction of the various works being done for the Owner shall be harmonized. Additionally, inclement weather shall be the only other reason consistent, daily prosecution of the work may not take place on those inclement weather days. The Contractor shall submit, at such times as may reasonably be requested by the Owner's Representative, schedules which shall show the order in which the Contractor intends to carry on the work, with dates at which the Contractor will start the several parts of the work and estimated dates of completion of the several parts. 36. TIME OF PERFORMANCE The Contractor agrees that it has submitted its proposal in full recognition of the time required for the completion of this project, taking into consideration the average climatic range and industrial conditions prevailing in this locality, and has considered the liquidated damage provisions of paragraph 34 hereinabove set forth and expressly agrees that it shall not be entitled to, nor will it request, an extension of time on this contract, except when its work has been delayed by an act or neglect of the Owner, Owner's Representative, employees of the Owner or other contractors employed by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the work, or by strike, walkouts, acts of God or the public enemy, fire or flood. Any request for extension shall be in writing with the written request for same setting forth all justifications, in detail, for the request, and submitted to Owner's Representative within twenty (20) calendar days of the occurrence of the event causing said delay. A failure by Owner's Representative to affirmatively grant the extension no later than within twenty (20) calendar days of written submission by Contractor shall be deemed a denial, and final. Further, in the absence of timely written notification of such delay and request for extension, as provided herein, any request for extension by Contractor shall be deemed waived. 37. HINDRANCE AND DELAYS In executing the contract, the Contractor agrees that in undertaking to complete the work within the time herein fixed, Contractor has taken into consideration and made allowances for all hindrances and delays incident to such work, whether growing out of delays due to unusual and unanticipated circumstances, difficulties or delays in securing material or workers, or any other cause or occurrence. No charge shall be made by the Contractor for hindrance or delays from any cause during the progress of any part of the work embraced in this contract except where the work is stopped by order of the Owner or Owner's Representative for the Owner's convenience, in which event, such expense as in the sole judgment of the Owner's Representative that is caused by such stoppage shall be paid by Owner to Contractor. 38. QUANTITIES AND MEASUREMENTS No extra or customary measurements of any kind will be allowed, but the actual measured or computed length, area, solid contents, number and weight only shall be considered, unless otherwise specifically provided. In the event this contract is let on a unit price basis, then Owner and Contractor agree that this contract, including the specifications, plans and other contract documents are intended to show clearly all work to be done and material to be furnished hereunder. Where the estimated quantities are shown, and only when same are expressly stated to be estimates, for the various classes of work to be done and material to be furnished under this contract, they are approximate and are to be used only as a basis for estimating the probable cost of the work and for comparing their proposals offered for the work. In the event the amount of work to be done and materials to be furnished are expressly stated to be estimated, and only when same are expressly stated to be estimated, it is understood and agreed that the actual amount of work to be done and the materials to be furnished under this contract may differ somewhat from these estimates, and that where the basis for payment under this contract is the unit price method, payment shall be for the actual amount of work done and materials furnished on the project, provided that the over run or under run of estimated quantities not exceed 15% of the estimated quantity. 39. PROTECTION OF ADJOINING PROPERTY The Contractor shall take proper means to protect the adjacent or adjoining property or properties in any way encountered, which may be injured or seriously affected by any process of construction to be undertaken under this agreement, from any damage or injury by reason of said process of construction; and Contractor shall be liable for any and all claims for such damage on account of his failure to fully protect all adjacent property. Without limiting, in any way, manner and form, the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27 hereof, the Contractor agrees to indemnify, save and hold harmless the Owner and Engineer, and any of its officers, agents and employees, against any and all claims or damages due to any injury to any adjacent or adjoining property, related to, arising from or growing out of the performance of this contract. 40. PRICE FOR WORK In consideration of the furnishing of all necessary labor, equipment and material and the completion of all work by the Contractor, and on the delivery of all materials embraced in this contract in full conformity with the specifications and stipulations herein contained, the Owner agrees to pay the Contractor the price set forth in the proposal attached hereto, which has been made a part of this contract, and the Contractor hereby agrees to receive such price in full for furnishing all materials and all labor required for the aforesaid work, also, for all expenses incurred by Contractor and for well and truly performing the same and the whole thereof in the manner and according to this agreement, the attached specifications, plans, contract documents and requirements of Owner's Representative. 41. PAYMENTS No payments made or certificates given shall be considered as conclusive evidence of the performance of the contract, either wholly or in part, nor shall any certificate or payment be considered as acceptance of defective work. Contractor shall at any time requested during the progress of the work furnish the Owner or Owner's Representative with a verifying certificate showing the Contractor's total outstanding indebtedness in connection with the work. Before final payment is made, Contractor shall satisfy Owner, by affidavit or otherwise, that there are no outstanding liens against Owner's premises by reason of any work under the contract. Acceptance by Contractor of final payment of the contract price shall constitute a waiver of all claims against Owner, Owner's agents and employees, which have not theretofore been timely filed as provided in this contract. 42. PARTIAL PAYMENTS On or before the tenth day of each month, the Contractor shall submit to Owner's Representative an application for partial payment or, if the Contractor does not submit such application, the Owner's Representative shall determine the amount to be partially paid. Owner's Representative shall review said application for partial payment if submitted, and the progress of the work made by the Contractor and if found to be in order, shall prepare a certificate for partial payment showing as completely as practical the total value of the work done by the Contractor up to and including the last day of the preceding month. The determination of the partial payment by the Owner's Representative shall be in accordance with Paragraph 14 hereof. The Owner shall then pay the Contractor on or before the fifteenth day of the current month the total amount of the Owner's Representative's Certificate of Partial Payment, less: (i) in the event the total value of the contract is five million dollars or more, 5% of the amount thereof, which 5% shall be retained until final payment, and further, less all previous payments and all further sums that may be retained by Owner under the terms of the contract documents; or (ii) in the event the total value of the contract is less than five million dollars, 10% or less, of the amount thereof, which percentage shall be retained until final payment, and further, less all previous payments and all further sums may be retained by Owner under the terms of the contract documents ("Retainage"). If Contractor engages a sub -contractor to perform all or part of Contractor's work under the contract, the Contractor shall not withhold a greater percentage of Retainage than the percentage set out in in this section pertaining to the Contractor. Contractor shall likewise require any subcontractor it engages to comply with section 2252.032 of the Texas Government Code. Any partial payment made hereunder shall not constitute a waiver by the Owner of any and all other rights to enforce the express terms of the contract documents, and all remedies provided therein, as to any and all work performed, to be performed and/or materials delivered hereunder, including, but limited to, work to which said partial payment is attributable. 43. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION Contractor shall give Owner's Representative written notice of substantial completion. Within fifteen (15) calendar days after the Contractor has given the Owner's Representative written notice that the work has been substantially completed, the Owner's Representative and/or the Owner shall inspect the work and within said time, if the work be found to be substantially completed in accordance with the contract documents, the Owner's Representative shall issue to the Owner and Contractor a certificate of substantial completion. The work will be deemed substantially complete when the work (or a specified portion thereof) has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of the Owner or Owner's Representative, the work (or a specified portion thereof) is sufficiently complete, in accordance with all the contract documents, including the Proposal and all applicable technical specifications, so that the work (or a specified portion thereof) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended without unscheduled disruption. Owner may, in its sole discretion, release all or a portion of the Retainage upon Owner's receipt of the certificate of substantial completion for all of the work or a specified portion thereof. Notwithstanding the issuance of a certificate of substantial completion, Contractor shall proceed with diligence to finally complete the work within the time provided in this contract. 44. FINAL COMPLETION AND PAYMENT The Contractor shall give written notice to Owner's Representative of final completion. Upon written notice of final completion, the Owner's Representative shall proceed to make final measurement to determine whether final completion has occurred. If the Owner's Representative determines final completion has occurred, Owner's Representative shall so certify to the Owner. Upon certification by Owner's Representative of final completion, Owner shall pay to the Contractor on or before the 31st working day after the date of certification of final completion, the balance due Contractor under the terms of this agreement. Neither the certification of final completion nor the final payment, nor any provisions in the contract documents shall relieve the Contractor of the obligation for fulfillment of any warranty which may be required in the contract documents and/or any warranty or warranties implied by law or otherwise. Owner may, in its sole discretion, release all or a portion of the Retainage for fully completed and accepted portions of the work. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Owner may withhold the Retainage if there is a bona fide dispute between Owner and Contractor according to section 2252.032(f) of the Texas Government Code. 45. CORRECTION OF WORK Contractor shall promptly remove from Owner's premises all materials condemned by the Owner's Representative on account of failure to conform to the contract documents, whether actually incorporated in the work or not, and Contractor shall at its own expense promptly replace such condemned materials with other materials conforming to the requirements of the contract documents. Contractor shall also bear the expense of restoring all work of other contractors damaged by any such removal or replacement. If Contractor does not remove and replace any such condemned work within a reasonable time but not to exceed 30 days after a written notice by the Owner or the Owner's Representative, Owner may remove and replace it at Contractor's expense. The Contractor shall pay all claims, cost, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of the engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution cost) arising out of or relating to such correction or removal. Neither the final payment, nor certification of final completion or substantial completion, nor any provision in the contract documents shall relieve the Contractor of responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship, and Contractor shall remedy any defects due thereto and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom, which shall appear within a period of two years from the date of certification of final completion by Owner's Representative. 46. PAYMENT WITHHELD The Owner or Owner's Representative may, on account of subsequently discovered evidence, withhold or nullify the whole or part of any certification to such extent as may be necessary to protect itself from loss on account of: (a) Defective work not remedied and/or work not performed, (b) Claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating possible filing of claims, (c) Damage to another contractor, (d) Notification to owner of failure to make payments to Subcontractors or Suppliers, (e) Failure to submit up-to-date record documents as required, (f) Failure to submit monthly progress schedule updates or revised scheduled as requested by Owner, (g) Failure to provide Project photographs required by Specifications. When the above grounds are removed, or the Contractor provides a surety bond satisfactory to the Owner, in the amount withheld, payment shall be made for amounts withheld because of them. 47. CLAIM OR DISPUTE It is further agreed by both parties hereto that all questions of dispute or adjustment presented by the Contractor shall be in writing and filed with the Owner's Representative within fifteen (15) calendar days after the Owner's Representative has given any direction, order or instruction to which the Contractor desires to take exception. Timely written notice of dispute as provided in this contract of any decision by Owner's Representative or Owner shall be a condition precedent to the bringing and/or assertion of any action or claim by Contractor of any right under this Contract. If the matters set forth in the notice of dispute are not granted or otherwise responded to by Owner's Representative within fifteen (15) calendar days of receipt of notice of dispute by Owner's Representative, said objections shall be deemed denied. Any decision by the Owner's Representative, or deemed denial by the Owner's Representative, shall be final and conclusive in the absence of fraud. It is further agreed that the acceptance by the Contractor of the final payment shall be a bar to any and all claims of the Contractor, and constitute a waiver of the right to assert any claim against Owner, Owner's agents and employees and Owner's Representative, by Contractor. 48. NON-COMPLIANCE AND/OR ABANDONMENT BY CONTRACTOR In case the Contractor should (1) abandon and fail or refuse to resume work within fifteen (15) calendar days after written notification from the Owner or the Owner's Representative, or (2) if the Contractor fails to comply with the written orders of the Owner's Representative, when such orders are consistent with this contract, then the Surety on the bond shall be notified in writing and directed to complete the work and a copy of said notice shall be delivered to the Contractor. In the event a bond is not required by law, or otherwise obtained by the Contractor, no further notice of such non- compliance to Contractor shall be required. After receiving said notice of abandonment or non-compliance , the Contractor shall not remove from the work any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies then on the job, but the same, together with any materials and equipment under the contract for work, may be held for use on the work by the Owner or the Surety of the Contractor, or another contractor, in completion of the work; and the Contractor shall not receive any rental or credit therefore (except when used in connection with Extra Work, where credit shall be allowed as provided for under paragraph 24 of this contract); it being understood that the use of such equipment and materials will ultimately reduce the cost to complete the work and be reflected in the final settlement. In the event the Contractor, or Surety, whichever is applicable, should fail to commence compliance with the notice hereinbefore provided within ten (10) calendar days after service of such notice, and/or shall fail to proceed with diligence to complete the project as contemplated and in compliance with all terms and provisions of the contract documents, then the Owner may exercise any and all remedies available to it pursuant to law, contract, equity or otherwise, including, but not limited to, providing for completion of the work in either of the following elective manners: (a) The Owner may employ such force of persons and use of machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies as said Owner may deem necessary to complete the work and charge the expense of such labor, machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies to said Contractor, and the expense so charged shall be deducted and paid by the Owner out of such moneys as may be due, or that may thereafter at any time become due to the Contractor under and by virtue of this Agreement. In case such expense is less than the sum which would have been payable under this contract, if the same had been completed by the Contractor, then said Contractor shall receive the difference. In case such expense is greater than the sum which would have been payable under this contract, if the same had been completed by said Contractor, then the Contractor and/or its Surety shall pay the amount of such excess to the Owner; or (b) The Owner, under sealed proposals, after notice published as required by law, at least twice in a newspaper having a general circulation in the County of location of the work, may let the contract for the completion of the work under substantially the same terms and conditions which are provided in this contract. In case of any increase in cost to the Owner under the new contract as compared to what would have been the cost under this contract, such increase shall be charged to the Contractor and the Surety shall be and remain bound therefore. Should the cost to complete any such new contract prove to be less than that which would have been the cost to complete the work under this contract, the Contractor or his Surety shall be credited therewith. In the event the Owner's Representative elects to complete the work, as described above, when the work shall have been finally completed, the Contractor and his Surety shall be so notified and certification of completion as provided in paragraph 44 hereinabove set forth, shall be issued. A complete itemized statement of the contract accounts, certified to by Owner's Representative as being correct shall then be prepared and delivered to Contractor and his Surety, if applicable, whereon the Contractor or his Surety, or the Owner as the case may be, shall pay the balance due as reflected by said statement within 30 days after the date of certification of completion. In the event the statement of accounts shows that the cost to complete the work is less than that which would have been the cost to the Owner had the work been completed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract, or when the Contractor and/or his Surety, if applicable, shall pay the balance shown to be due by them to the Owner, then all machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies left on the site of the work shall be turned over to the Contractor and/or his Surety, if applicable. Should the cost to complete the work exceed the contract price, and the Contractor and/or his Surety, if applicable, fail to pay the amount due the Owner within the time designated hereinabove, and there remains any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies on the site of the work, notice thereof, together with an itemized list of such equipment and materials shall be mailed to the Contractor and his Surety, if applicable, at the respective addresses designated in this contract; provided, however, that actual written notice given in any manner will satisfy this condition. After mailing, or other giving of such notice, such property shall be held at the risk of the Contractor and his Surety, if applicable, subject only to the duty of the Owner to exercise ordinary care to protect such property. After fifteen (15) calendar days from the date of said notice the Owner may sell such machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies and apply the net sum derived from such sale to the credit of the Contractor and his Surety, if applicable. Such sale may be made at either public or private sale, with or without notice, as the Owner may elect. The Owner shall release any machinery, equipment, tools, materials, or supplies that remain on the jobsite and belong to persons other than the Contractor or his Surety, if applicable, to their proper owners. The remedies provided to Owner by law, equity, contract, or otherwise, shall be cumulative, to the extent permitted by law. It is expressly agreed and understood that the exercise by Owner of the remedies provided in this paragraph shall not constitute an election of remedies on the part of Owner, and Owner, irrespective of its exercise of remedies hereunder, shall be entitled to exercise concurrently or otherwise, any and all other remedies available to it, by law, equity, contract or otherwise, including but not limited to, liquidated damages, as provided in paragraph 34, hereinabove set forth. 49. LIMITATION ON CONTRACTOR'S REMEDY The remedies of Contractor hereunder shall be limited to, and Owner shall be liable only for, work actually performed by Contractor and/or its subcontractors as set forth in the contract documents, and Owner shall not be liable for any consequential, punitive or indirect loss or damage that Contractor may suffer in connection with the project which is the subject matter of this contract. 50. BONDS The Contractor is required to furnish a performance bond in accordance with Chapter 2253, Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $100,000 and the Contractor is required to furnish a payment bond in accordance with Chapter 2253, Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $50,000. All bonds shall be submitted on forms supplied by the Owner, and executed by a Surety Company listed on the State Treasury's "Approved" list and authorized to do business in the State of Texas. It is further agreed that this contract shall not be in effect until such bonds are so furnished. 51. SPECIAL CONDITIONS In the event special conditions are contained herein as part of the contract documents and said special conditions conflict with any of the general conditions contained in this contract, then in such event the special conditions shall control. 52. LOSS OR EXPENSE DUE TO UNUSUAL OR UNANTICIPATED CIRCUMSTANCES Unless otherwise specified herein, all loss, expense or damage to the Contractor arising out of the nature of the work to be done, or from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen circumstance or from unusual obstructions or difficulties, naturally occurring, man-made or otherwise, which may be encountered in the prosecution of the work, shall be sustained and borne by the Contractor at his own cost and expense. 53. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR Contractor is, and shall remain, an independent contractor with full, complete and exclusive power and authority to direct, supervise, and control its own employees and to determine the method of the performance of the work covered hereby. The fact that the Owner or Owner's Representative shall have the right to observe Contractor's work during Contractor's performance and to carry out the other prerogatives which are expressly reserved to and vested in the Owner or Owner's Representative hereunder, is not intended to and shall not at any time change or effect the status of the Contractor as an independent contractor with respect to either the Owner or Owner's Representative or to the Contractor's own employees or to any other person, firm, or corporation. 54. CLEANING UP The Contractor shall at all times keep the premises free from accumulation of debris caused by the work, and at the completion of the work Contractor shall remove all such debris and also its tools, scaffolding, and surplus materials and shall leave the work room clean or its equivalent. The work shall be left in good order and condition. In case of dispute Owner may remove the debris and charge the cost to the Contractor. 55. HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES AND ASBESTOS Hazardous Substances (herein so called), as defined in the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (42 U.S.C.S. §9601(14)) and the regulations promulgated thereunder, as same may be amended from time to time, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts and/or asbestos, in any form, shall not (i) be utilized, in any way, manner or form, in the construction of, or incorporation into, the Project; or (ii) be brought upon, placed, or located, by any party, on the Project site, or any other property of the City, without the written consent of the Owner's Representative. If Contractor believes that the utilization of a Hazardous Substance, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts and/or asbestos is necessary in the construction of the Project, or that it is necessary to place and/or otherwise locate upon the site of the Project or other property of the City, a Hazardous Substance, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts and/or asbestos, Contractor shall notify the Owner's Representative, and request consent therefrom, at least twenty (20) days prior to such action. Owner's Representative may grant or deny the request of Contractor and provide whatever requirements such consent, if granted, is conditioned upon, in its sole and absolute discretion. If the request of Contractor is not granted, or otherwise not responded to, by Owner's Representative within five (5) days of the receipt of said request, said request shall be deemed to be denied. In the event Owner's Representative shall consent to the request of Contractor, Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that all personnel involved in the Project are (i) trained for the level of expertise required for proper performance of the actions contemplated by this Contract and, in particular, in all aspects of handling, storage, disposal and exposure of Hazardous Substances, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts and/or asbestos; and (ii) are provided and utilize all protective equipment, including without limitation, personal protective gear, necessary to provide protection from exposure to Hazardous Substances, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts and/or asbestos. 56. NONAPPROPRIATION All funds for payment by the City under this contract are subject to the availability of an annual appropriation for this purpose by the City. In the event of non -appropriation of funds by the City Council of the City of Lubbock for the goods or services provided under the contract, the City will terminate the contract, without termination charge or other liability, on the last day of the then - current fiscal year or when the appropriation made for the then -current year for the goods or services covered by this contract is spent, whichever event occurs first. If at any time funds are not appropriated for the continuance of this contract, cancellation shall be accepted by the Seller on thirty (30) days prior written notice, but failure to give such notice shall be of no effect and the City shall not be obligated under this contract beyond the date of termination. 57. THE CITY RIGHT TO AUDIT At any time during the term of this Contract and for a period of four (4) years thereafter the City or a duly authorized audit representative of the City, or the State of Texas, at its expense and at reasonable times, reserves the right to audit Contractor's records and books relevant to all services provided under this Contract. In the event such an audit by the City reveals any errors/overpayments by the City, Contractor shall refund the City the full amount of such overpayments within thirty (30) days of such audit findings, or the City, at its option, reserves the right to deduct such amounts owing the City from any payments due Contractor. 58. NON -ARBITRATION The City reserves the right to exercise any right or remedy available to it by law, contract, equity, or otherwise, including without limitation, the right to seek any and all forms of relief in a court of competent jurisdiction. Further, the City shall not be subject to any arbitration process prior to exercising its unrestricted right to seek judicial remedy. The remedies set forth herein are cumulative and not exclusive, and may be exercised concurrently. To the extent of any conflict between this provision and another provision in, or related to, this document, this provision shall control. 59. CONTRACTOR ACKNOWLEDGES Contractor Acknowledges by supplying any Goods or Services that the Contractor has read, fully understands, and will be in full compliance with all terms and conditions and the descriptive material contained herein and any additional associated documents and Amendments. The City disclaims any terms and conditions provided by the Contractor unless agreed upon in writing by the parties. In the event of conflict between these terms and conditions and any terms and conditions provided by the Contractor, the terms and conditions provided herein shall prevail. The terms and conditions provided herein are the final terms agreed upon by the parties, and any prior conflicting terms shall be of no force or effect. 60. LABOR CODE CHAPTER 214 Sec. 214.008. MISCLASSIFICATION OF CERTAIN WORKERS; PENALTY. (a) A person who contracts with a governmental entity to provide a service as defined by Section 2155.001, Government Code, shall properly classify, as an employee or independent contractor in accordance with Chapter 201, any individual the person directly retains and compensates for services performed in connection with the contract. (b) In this subsection, "subcontractor" means a person directly retained and compensated by a person who contracts with a governmental entity to provide a service as defined by Section 2155.001, Government Code. A subcontractor shall properly classify, as an employee or independent contractor in accordance with Chapter 201, any individual the subcontractor directly retains and compensates for services performed in connection with the contract for which the subcontractor is retained. (c) A person who fails to properly classify an individual as required by Subsection (a) or (b) shall pay to the commission a penalty equal to $200 for each individual that the person has not properly classified. (d) The commission may not take action to collect a penalty under this section from a person after the third anniversary of the date on which the violation occurred. 61. CERTIFICATE OF INTERESTED PARTIES House Bill 1295, adopted by the 84th Legislature, created §2252.908, Texas Government Code. Section 2252.908 requires a business entity entering into certain contracts with a governmental entity or state agency to file with the governmental entity or state agency a disclosure of interested parties at the time the business entity submits the signed contract to the governmental entity or state agency. Section 2252.908 requires the disclosure form to be signed by the authorized agent of the contracting business entity, acknowledging that the disclosure is made under oath and under penalty of perjury. Section 2252.908 applies only to a contract that requires an action or vote by the governing body of the governmental entity or state agency before the contract may be signed or has a value of at least $1 million. Instructions for completing Form 1295 are available at: https://ci .lubbock.tx.us/departments/purchasing/vendor-infonnati on 62. TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE SECTION 2252.152 Contracts with Companies Engaged in Business with Iran, Sudan, or Foreign Terrorist Organization Prohibited. Pursuant to Section 2252.152 of the Texas Government Code, prohibits the City from entering into a contract with a vendor that is identified by The Comptroller as a company known to have contracts with or provide supplies or service with Iran, Sudan or a foreign terrorist organization. 63. TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE SECTION 2271.002 Pursuant to Section 2271.002 of the Texas Government Code, a) This section applies only to a contract that: (1) is between a governmental entity and a company with 10 or more full-time employees; and (2) has a value of $100,000 or more that is to be paid wholly or partly from public funds of the governmental entity. (b) A governmental entity may not enter into a contract with a company for goods or services unless the contract contains a written verification from the company that it: (1) does not boycott Israel; and (2) will not boycott Israel during the term of the contract. 64. CONTRACTOR ACKNOWLEDGES Contractor Acknowledges by supplying any Goods or Services that the Contractor has read, fully understands, and will be in full compliance with all terms and conditions and the descriptive material contained herein and any additional associated documents and Amendments. The City disclaims any terms and conditions provided by the Contractor unless agreed upon in writing by the parties. In the event of conflict between these terms and conditions and any terms and conditions provided by the Contractor, the terms and conditions provided herein shall prevail. The terms and conditions provided herein are the final terms agreed upon by the parties, and any prior conflicting terms shall be of no force or effect. 65. TEXAS PUBLIC INFORMATION ACT The requirements of Subchapter J, Chapter 552, Government Code, may apply to this contract and the contractor or vendor agrees that the contract can be terminated if the contractor or vendor knowingly or intentionally fails to comply with a requirement of that subchapter. To the extent Subchapter J, Chapter 552, Government Code applies to this agreement, Contractor agrees to: (1) preserve all contracting information related to the contract as provided by the records retention requirements applicable to the governmental body for the duration of the contract; (2) promptly provide to the governmental body any contracting information related to the contract that is in the custody or possession of the entity on request of the governmental body; and (3) on completion of the contract, either: (A) provide at no cost to the governmental body all contracting information related to the contract that is in the custody or possession of the entity; or (B) preserve the contracting information related to the contract as provided by the records retention requirements applicable to the governmental body. 66. CONFIDENTIALITY The Contractor shall retain all information received from or concerning the City and the City's business in strictest confidence and shall not reveal such information to third parties without prior written consent of the City, unless otherwise required by law. 67. INDEMNITY The Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the city of Lubbock and its elected officials, officers, agents, and employees from all suits, actions, losses, damages, claims, or liability of any kind, character, type, or description, including without limiting the generality of the foregoing, all expenses of litigation, court costs, and attorney's fees, for injury or death to any person, or injury to any property, received or sustained by any person or persons or property, to the extent arising out of, related to or occasioned by, the negligent acts of the Contractor, its agents, employees, and/or subcontractors, related to the performance, operations or omissions under this agreement and/or the use or occupation of city owned property. The indemnity obligation provided herein shall survive the expiration or termination of this agreement. 68. PROFESSIONAL RESPONSIBILITY All architectural or engineering services to be performed shall be done with the professional skill and care ordinarily provided by competent architects or engineers practicing under the same or similar circumstances and professional license. 69. TEXAS SENATE BILL 219 SUBCHAPTER B ITEMS B AND C (b) A contractor must, within a reasonable time of learning of a defect, inaccuracy, inadequacy, or insufficiency in the plans, specifications, or other design documents, disclose in writing to the person with whom the contractor enters into a contract the existence of any known defect in the plans, specifications, or other design documents that is discovered by the contractor, or that reasonably should have been discovered by the contractor using diligence, before or during construction. In this subsection, ordinary diligence means the observations of the plans, specifications, or other design documents or the improvement to real property that a contractor would make in the reasonable preparation of a bid or fulfillment of its scope of work under normal circumstances. Ordinary diligence does not require that the contractor engage a person licensed or registered under Title 6, Occupations Code, or any other person with specialized skills. A disclosure under this subsection is made in the contractor's capacity as contractor and not as a licensed professional under Title 6, Occupations Code. (c) A contractor who fails to disclose a defect as required by Subsection (b) may be liable for the consequences of defects that result from the failure to disclose. 70. GOVERNMENT CODE 2251.0521 UNSIGNED CHANGE ORDER (a) A contractor or subcontractor may elect not to proceed with additional work directed by a governmental entity if: (1) the contractor or subcontractor has not received a written, fully executed change order for the governmental entity -directed additional work; and (2) the aggregate actual or anticipated value of the additional work plus any previous governmental entity -directed additional work for which the contractor or subcontractor has not received a written, fully executed change order exceeds 10 percent of the contractor 's or subcontractor 's original contract amount. (b) contractor or subcontractor who elects not to proceed with additional work as provided by this section is not responsible for damages associated with the election not to proceed. Page Intentionally Left Blank DAVIS BACON WAGE DETERMINATIONS EXHIBIT A "General Decision Number: TX20240002 01/05/2024 Superseded General Decision Number: TX20230002 State: Texas Construction Types: Heavy and Highway Counties: Armstrong, Carson, Crosby, Ector, Irion, Lubbock, Midland, Potter, Randall, Taylor and Tom Green Counties in Texas. HEAVY & HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS Note: Contracts subject to the Davis -Bacon Act are generally required to pay at least the applicable minimum wage rate required under Executive Order 14026 or Executive Order 13658. Please note that these Executive Orders apply to covered contracts entered into by the federal government that are subject to the Davis -Bacon Act itself, but do not apply to contracts subject only to the Davis -Bacon Related Acts, including those set forth at 29 CFR 5.1(a)(1). JIf the contract is entered Executive Order 14026 linto on or after January 30, generally applies to the 12022, or the contract is contract. renewed or extended (e.g., an The contractor must pay loption is exercised) on or all covered workers at after January 30, 2022: least $17.20 per hour (or the applicable wage rate listed on this wage determination, if it is higher) for all hours spent performing on the contract in 2024. 1 If the contract was awarded on or between January 1, 2015 and January 29, 2022, and the contract is not renewed or extended on or after January 30, 2022: Executive Order 13658 generally applies to the contract. The contractor must pay alli covered workers at least $12.90 per hour (or the applicable wage rate listedi on this wage determination, if it is higher) for all hours spent performing on that contract in 2024. 1 The applicable Executive Order minimum wage rate will be adjusted annually. If this contract is covered by one of the Executive Orders and a classification considered necessary for performance of work on the contract does not appear on this wage determination, the contractor must still submit a conformance request. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the Executive Orders is available at http://www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts. Modification Number Publication Date 0 01/05/2024 SUTX2011-002 08/02/2011 Rates Fringes CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER (Paving & Structures) ... $ 13.55 ** ELECTRICIAN ......................$ 20.96 FORM BUILDER/FORM SETTER Paving & Curb ...............$ 12.36 ** Structures ..................$ 13.52 ** LABORER Asphalt Raker ...............$ 12.28 ** Flagger.....................$ 9.30 ** Laborer, Common .............$ 10.30 ** Laborer, Utility............$ 11.80 ** Work Zone Barricade Servicer....................$ 10.30 ** POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR: Asphalt Distributer.........$ 14.87 ** Asphalt Paving Machine......$ 13.40 ** Broom and Sweeper...........$ 11.21 ** Crane, Lattice Boom 80 Tons or Less ................$ 16.82 ** Crawler Tractor Operator....$ 13.96 ** Excavator, 50,000 lbs or less ........................$ 13.46 ** Front End Loader Operator, Over 3 CY...................$ 12.77 ** Front End Loader, 3CY or less ........................$ 12.28 ** Loader/Backhoe..............$ 14.18 ** Mechanic ....................$ 20.14 Milling Machine .............$ 15.54 ** Motor Grader, Rough........$ 16.15 ** Motor Grader, Fine..........$ 17.49 Pavement Marking Machine....$ 16.42 ** Reclaimer/Pulverizer........$ 12.85 ** Roller, Asphalt .............$ 10.95 ** Roller, Other ...............$ 10.36 ** Scraper .....................$ 10.61 ** Spreader Box ................$ 12.60 ** Servicer .........................$ 13.98 ** Steel Worker (Reinforcing).......$ 13.50 ** TRUCK DRIVER Lowboy -Float ................$ 14.46 ** Single Axle .................$ 12.74 ** Single or Tandem Axle Dump..$ 11.33 ** Tandem Axle Tractor with Semi ........................$ ---------------------------------------------------------------- 12.49 ** WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. ** Workers in this classification may be entitled to a higher minimum wage under Executive Order 14026 ($17.20) or 13658 ($12.90). Please see the Note at the top of the wage determination for more information. Please also note that the minimum wage requirements of Executive Order 14026 are not currently being enforced as to any contract or subcontract to which the states of Texas, Louisiana, or Mississippi, including their agencies, are a party. Note: Executive Order (EO) 13706, Establishing Paid Sick Leave for Federal Contractors applies to all contracts subject to the Davis -Bacon Act for which the contract is awarded (and any solicitation was issued) on or after January 1, 2017. If this contract is covered by the EO, the contractor must provide employees with 1 hour of paid sick leave for every 30 hours they work, up to 56 hours of paid sick leave each year. Employees must be permitted to use paid sick leave for their own illness, injury or other health -related needs, including preventive care; to assist a family member (or person who is like family to the employee) who is ill, injured, or has other health -related needs, including preventive care; or for reasons resulting from, or to assist a family member (or person who is like family to the employee) who is a victim of, domestic violence, sexual assault, or stalking. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO is available at https://www.dol.gov/agencies/whd/government-contracts. Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (iii)). The body of each wage determination lists the classification and wage rates that have been found to be prevailing for the cited type(s) of construction in the area covered by the wage determination. The classifications are listed in alphabetical order of ""identifiers"" that indicate whether the particular rate is a union rate (current union negotiated rate for local), a survey rate (weighted average rate) or a union average rate (weighted union average rate). Union Rate Identifiers A four letter classification abbreviation identifier enclosed in dotted lines beginning with characters other than ""SU"" or ""UAW"' denotes that the union classification and rate were prevailing for that classification in the survey. Example: PLUM0198-005 07/01/2014. PLUM is an abbreviation identifier of the union which prevailed in the survey for this classification, which in this example would be Plumbers. 0198 indicates the local union number or district council number where applicable, i.e., Plumbers Local 0198. The next number, 005 in the example, is an internal number used in processing the wage determination. 07/01/2014 is the effective date of the most current negotiated rate, which in this example is July 1, 2014. Union prevailing wage rates are updated to reflect all rate changes in the collective bargaining agreement (CBA) governing this classification and rate. Survey Rate Identifiers Classifications listed under the ""SU"" identifier indicate that no one rate prevailed for this classification in the survey and the published rate is derived by computing a weighted average rate based on all the rates reported in the survey for that classification. As this weighted average rate includes all rates reported in the survey, it may include both union and non -union rates. Example: SULA2012-007 5/13/2014. SU indicates the rates are survey rates based on a weighted average calculation of rates and are not majority rates. LA indicates the State of Louisiana. 2012 is the year of survey on which these classifications and rates are based. The next number, 007 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 5/13/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. Survey wage rates are not updated and remain in effect until a new survey is conducted. Union Average Rate Identifiers Classification(s) listed under the UAVG identifier indicate that no single majority rate prevailed for those classifications; however, 100% of the data reported for the classifications was union data. EXAMPLE: UAVG-OH-0010 08/29/2014. UAVG indicates that the rate is a weighted union average rate. OH indicates the state. The next number, 0010 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 08/29/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. A UAVG rate will be updated once a year, usually in January of each year, to reflect a weighted average of the current negotiated/CBA rate of the union locals from which the rate is based. WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be: * an existing published wage determination * a survey underlying a wage determination * a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter * a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour National Office because National Office has responsibility for the Davis -Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.) and 3.) should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. END OF GENERAL DECISION" EXHIBIT B & C City of Lubbock Overtime Legal Holiday Prevailing Wage Rates The rate for overtime (in excess of forty hours per week) shall be as required by the Fair Labor Standards Act. The rate for legal holidays shall be as required by the Fair Labor Standards Act. SPECIFICATIONS Pate Intentionally Left Blank CITY OF LUBBOCK SPECIFICATIONS FOR West Lubbock Water System Expansion Early Procurement Bid Set Lcity of 1' ubboc�� TEXAS CITY OF LUBBOCK Lubbock, Texas SEAL SHEET Division: 01 O F T F-�cP�l / ......................:... / MICHAEL A.00 MCBEE % ........................... /gip'• 130463 0� ' L/C EO • �� II111 / NAL TT,, //044/__30/2024 FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. TEXAS REGISTERED ENGINEERING FIRM F-2144 Division: 26 OF TF�111 / ....................:... / KRISTIN L. NAU..GHT / 00 ......................... / 00 10 ,�•• /c E N S lot ' &.Z' 11 � 1.ONA�LE —7-1 4/30/24 FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. TEXAS REGISTERED ENGINEERING FIRM F-2144 LUB23203 —West Lubbock Water System Expansion Early Procurement Seal Sheet 1 CITY OF LUBBOCK WEST LUBBOCK WATER SYSTEM EXPANSION — EARLY PROCUREMENT TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section 011100 Summary of Work 01 29 00 Application for Payment Procedures 01 31 00 Project Management and Coordination 0131 13 Project Coordination 01 31 14 Change Management 01 33 00 Document Management 01 33 02 Shop Drawings 01 33 04 Operation and Maintenance Data 016410 Contractor Installed Goods and Special Services 01 70 00 Execution and Closeout Requirements 01 75 00 Starting and Adjusting 01 78 36 Warranties and Service Agreements 01 79 00 Training of Operation and Maintenance Personnel DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL APPENDICES Section 26 05 19 Low Voltage Electrical Conductors & Cables 26 05 26 Grounding & Bonding for Electrical Systems 26 05 33 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 22 13 Low Voltage Distribution Transformers 26 24 13 Low Voltage Switchboards 26 24 16 Panelboards 26 27 26 Wiring Devices 26 29 23.11 Low Voltage Variable Frequency Drives 26 32 13 Low Voltage Engine Generators 26 36 00 Low Voltage Automatic Transfer Switches Section Appendix A Electrical Pre -Purchase Drawings Table of Contents TOC-1 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion Early Procurement 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide the Goods and Special Services described in the Procurement Contract Documents. 1. Provide the materials, equipment, and incidentals required to manufacture the Goods and make the Goods completely and fully operable. 2. Provide the labor, equipment, tools, and consumable supplies required for providing Goods and Special Services. 3. Provide the mechanical, electrical, instrumentation, and all other work required to make the Goods completely and fully operable. 4. Test and place the completed Goods in operation. 5. Provide the special tools, spare parts, supplies, or other materials as indicated in Procurement Contract Documents for the operation and maintenance of the Goods. 6. The Procurement Contract Documents do not indicate or describe all the work required to provide the Goods and Special Services. Additional details required for the correct installation of selected Goods are to be provided by the Manufacturer and coordinated with the PCM. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work is described in general, non -inclusive terms as: 1. Furnish materials, equipment, special services and incidentals in accordance with these specifications. Equipment furnished by Manufacturer shall be installed by others and has been designed to be included as part of the Lubbock Pump Station 17 Project. 1.03 CONTRACTOR A. Owner has or will select a Contractor to install the Goods and coordinate the providing of Special Services. See Section 0164 10 "Contractor Installed Goods and Special Services." 1.04 OPERATIONS A. Owner has the right to operate the Goods when ready for use after notifying the Manufacturer of its intent to do so. B. Testing of Goods including specified test periods, training, and startup does not constitute acceptance of the Goods for operation. C. Owner may accept the Goods for continued use after startup and testing and may take Goods out of service per approved Operation and Maintenance procedures if acceptance is delayed by the Owner. D. The execution of bonds is understood to indicate the consent of the surety to these provisions for use of Goods. Summary of Work 01 1100 - 1 LUB23203 - West Lubbock Water System Expansion April 30, 2024 Provide an endorsement from the insurance carrier permitting use of Goods during construction. 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Summary of Work 01 1100 - 2 LUB23203 - West Lubbock Water System Expansion April 30, 2024 01 29 00 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT PROCEDURES 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. The Procurement Contract Price is to include costs for: 1. All home office overhead costs and expenses, including profit made directly or indirectly for the Project; 2. Project management, contract administration, office and field operations staff, including supervision, clerical support, and technology system support; 3. Professional services including design fees, legal fees, and other professional services; 4. Bonds and insurance; 5. Permits, licenses, patent fees, and royalties; 6. Taxes; 7. Providing all documentation and submittals required by the Procurement Contract Documents; 8. Products, materials, and equipment consumed in Providing Goods and Special Services; 9. Labor and supervision to provide Goods and Special Services, including those provided through subcontractors or suppliers; 10. Correcting defective work during the Procurement Contract Times, during the Correction Period, or as required to meet any warranty provision of the Procurement Contract Documents; 11. Risk associated with weather and environmental conditions, startup, and initial operation of facilities including equipment, processes, and systems; 12. Maintenance of facilities, including equipment, processes, and systems until operation is transferred to Owner; 13. Providing warranties, extended or special warranties, or extended service agreements; 14. Cleanup and disposal of any and all surplus materials; and 15. Demobilization of all physical, temporary facilities not incorporated into the Project. B. Include the cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to provide a complete and functional system in the Procurement Contract Price. C. Submit Applications for Payment for completed work and for materials and equipment in accordance with the Procurement Contract Documents. Application for Payment Procedures 01 29 00 - 1 LUB23203 - West Lubbock Water System Expansion April 30, 2024 1.02 SCHEDULE OF ANTICIPATED PAYMENTS A. Submit a schedule of the anticipated Applications for Payment showing the application numbers, submission dates, and the anticipated amount to be requested. B. Update the schedule of anticipated payments as necessary to provide a reasonably accurate indication of the funds required to make payments each month to the Manufacturer for work performed. 1.03 PROCEDURES FOR SUBMITTING AN APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT A. Submit a draft Application for Payment to the PCM at the end of the payment milestones established in the Agreement. Review the draft Application for Payment with the PCM to determine concurrence with the payment milestone for each unit. B. Submit attachments in Portable Document Format (PDF). 1. Generate attachments to the Application for Payment using the Excel spreadsheet provided by the PCM. 2. Submit attachments as PDF documents with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in the same format as the original document. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. 1.04 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT A. Final payment requires additional procedures and documentation per Section 0170 00 "Execution and Closeout Requirements." B. Final Application for Payment is to incorporate adjustments to the Procurement Contract Price including those for: 1. Approved Change Orders; 2. Allowances not previously adjusted by Change Order; 3. Deductions for defective work that has been accepted by the Owner; 4. Penalties and bonuses; 5. Deductions for liquidated damages; 6. Deduction for all final Set -offs; and 7. Other adjustments if needed. C. PCM will prepare a final Change Order reflecting the approved adjustments to the Procurement Contract Price which have not been covered by previously approved Change Orders and if necessary reconcile estimate unit price quantities with actual quantities. 1.05 PCM'S RESPONSIBILITY A. Review draft Application for Payment with Manufacturer to reach an agreement on the values that will be recommended for payment by the PCM. Application for Payment Procedures 01 29 00 - 2 LUB23203 - West Lubbock Water System Expansion April 30, 2024 B. Review Application for Payment submitted to determine that the Application for Payment has been properly submitted and is in accordance with the agreed to draft Application for Payment. 1. Reject Application for Payment if the application cannot be recommended for payment. Include comments indicating why the Application for Payment is not recommended for payment and outlining corrective action required, or 2. Recommend payment of the Application for Payment to Owner if appropriate. C. Review resubmitted Application for Payment and take appropriate action to reject or recommend payment of the Application for Payment to Owner as appropriate. 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Application for Payment Procedures 01 29 00 - 3 LUB23203 - West Lubbock Water System Expansion April 30, 2024 01 31 00 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish resources required to provide the Goods and Special Services with an acceptable standard of quality within the Procurement Contract Times. B. Manage site operations for providing Special Services. C. Manufacture Goods and provide Special Services in accordance with the Procurement Contract Documents. 1.02 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS A. Manage Procurement Contract to protect the safety and welfare of persons at the Site. B. Provide safe access for those performing tests and inspections. C. Comply with latest provisions of the Occupational Health and Safety Administration (OSHA) and other Laws and Regulation. D. Cooperate with accident investigations. Provide two copies of all reports, including insurance company reports, prepared concerning accidents, injury, or death related to the Project to the Project Construction Manager. 1.03 COORDINATION A. Coordinate the efforts of various suppliers having interdependent responsibilities for Work. B. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate the various elements of mechanical, electrical, and other systems, materials, and equipment with the Contractor. Comply with the following requirements: 1. Coordinate mechanical and electrical systems, equipment, and materials installation with other components. 2. Verify all dimensions by field measurements. 3. Arrange for chases, slots, and openings in other components during progress of construction. 4. Coordinate the installation of required supporting devices, sleeves, embedded items, and other structural components to be set in concrete before concrete is placed. 5. Contractor will install systems, materials, and equipment to conform to approved documentation, including coordination drawings, to the greatest extent possible. Conform to arrangements indicated by the Procurement Contract Documents, recognizing that portions of the work are only diagrammatic representations. Assist with adjusting the routing of piping, ductwork, utilities, and location of equipment as needed to resolve spatial conflicts. Document changes in the indicated routings on the Record Documents. 6. Design systems, materials, and equipment to facilitate servicing, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components after installation by the Contractor. Project Management and Coordination 0131 00 - 1 LUB23203 - West Lubbock Water System Expansion April 30, 2024 1.04 ACCESS TO THE SITE A. Maintain access to the facilities at all times. Do not obstruct roads, pedestrian walks, or access to the various buildings, structures, stairways, or entrances. Provide safe access for normal operations during construction. B. Provide adequate and safe access for inspections. Leave ladders, bridges, scaffolding, and protective equipment in place until inspections have been completed. Construct additional safe access if required for inspections. C. Use roadways for construction traffic only with written approval of the appropriate representatives of each entity. Roadways may not be approved for construction traffic. Obtain written approval to use roads to deliver heavy or oversized loads to the Site. Furnish copies of the written approvals to the Owner as Record Data. 1.05 MANUFACTURER'S USE OF THE SITE A. Limit the use of Site for Work and storage to those areas designated on the Drawings or approved by the Project Construction Manager. Coordinate the use of the Site with the Project Construction Manager. B. Do not permit alcoholic beverages or illegal substances on the Site. Do not allow persons under the influence of alcoholic beverages or illegal substances to enter or remain on the Site at any time. Persons on the Site under the influence of alcoholic beverages or illegal substances will be permanently prohibited from returning to the Site. Criminal or civil penalties may also apply. C. Park equipment in designated areas only and provide spill control measures. D. Park vehicles in designated areas only. E. Do not allow the use of audio devices, obnoxious, vulgar, or abusive language, or sexual harassment in any form. These actions will cause immediate and permanent removal of the offender from the premises. Criminal or civil penalties may apply. F. Require workers to wear clothing that is inoffensive and meets safety requirements. G. Do not allow firearms or weapons of any sort to be brought on to the Site under any conditions. No exception is to be made for persons with concealed handgun licenses. Remove any firearms or weapons and the person possessing these firearms or weapons immediately from the Site. 1.06 DISRUPTION TO SERVICES/CONTINUED OPERATIONS A. Existing facilities are to continue in service as usual during the installation unless noted otherwise. Owner or utilities must be able to operate and maintain the facilities. Keep disruptions to existing utilities, piping, process piping, or electrical services to a minimum. 1. Do not restrict access to critical valves, operators, or electrical panels. 2. Do not store material or products inside structures. Limit operations to the minimum amount of space needed to complete the specified Work. Project Management and Coordination 0131 00 - 2 LUB23203 - West Lubbock Water System Expansion April 30, 2024 B. Provide a Plan of Action in accordance with Section 01 31 13 "Project Coordination" if facilities must be taken out of operation. 1.07 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Perform complete field measurements prior to purchasing products or beginning construction for products required to fit existing conditions. B. Verify property lines, control lines, grades, and levels indicated on the Drawings. C. Verify pipe class, equipment capacities, existing electrical systems, and power sources for existing conditions. D. Check Shop Drawings and indicate the actual dimensions available where products are to be installed. 1.08 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Deliver Goods to the Site in time to prevent delays in construction. B. Deliver Goods to the Site in original undamaged containers with identifying labels attached. Open cartons as necessary to check for damage and to verify invoices. Reseal cartons and store properly until used. Leave products in original packages or containers until installed. If original packages or containers are damaged, repackage in containers and include packing slips, labels, and other information from the original packaging. C. Deliver products that are too large to fit through openings to the Site in advance of the time enclosing walls and roofs are erected. Set in place, raised above floor on cribs or pallets. D. Store products at locations acceptable to the Project Construction Manager and to allow Owner access to maintain and operate existing facilities. E. Instruct Contractor and Owner's Project Team on how to store products immediately upon delivery. Leave seals and labels intact. Arrange storage to allow access for maintenance of stored items and for inspection. 1.09 TRANSFER OF SPARE PARTS A. Develop a list of all spare parts and special equipment to be provided as part of this Procurement Contract using the Spare Parts Inventory form provided by the Project Construction Manager. Submit to Project Construction Manager in accordance with Section 0133 02 "Shop Drawings." List spare parts by Specification Section and paragraph. B. Provide spare parts as listed in the Specification Sections and those listed as recommended spare parts in the operation and maintenance manuals. Provide the greater number required by either document if there is a conflict between the number of recommended spare parts. C. Provide new spare parts in original packaging with part numbers clearly labeled. Damaged parts will be rejected as Defective. D. Spare parts that have not been properly stored will be rejected as Defective. Project Management and Coordination 0131 00 - 3 LUB23203 - West Lubbock Water System Expansion April 30, 2024 Transfer all of the spare parts for each specified equipment package or system at the same time. No partial transfers of spare parts will be accepted. 1. Provide notice to Project Construction Manager that spare parts are ready to transfer to Owner. 2. Meet with the Project Construction Manager at the designated time and location to inspect the parts and inventory the items transferred. Open boxes or crates to count parts, compare to the inventory form, and inspect for damage. 3. Note discrepancies in the number or recommended parts and damage observed. Submit a Defective Work Notice to report any damaged or missing spare parts. 4. Owner will acknowledge receipt of spare parts. Document the transfer of spare parts using the Transfer of Spare Parts form provided by the Project Construction Manager. Transfer spare parts to the area designated by the Owner, or area constructed as part of the Project for the storage of spare parts. This areas is to be locked and under the control of the Owner. G. Replace any spare parts that are removed from the spare parts inventory to make repairs prior to Final Completion. Note the spare parts that are removed from inventory using the Spare Parts Transfer form provided by the Project Construction Manager. Verify that inventory is complete as part of the closeout process per Section 0170 00 "Execution and Closeout Requirements." H. Follow procedures of this paragraph for special tools required by the Procurement Contract Documents. 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Project Management and Coordination 0131 00 - 4 LUB23203 - West Lubbock Water System Expansion April 30, 2024 01 31 13 PROJECT COORDINATION 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide and support contract administration and provide documentation per the requirements of this Section. B. Provide information as requested by the Owner's Project Team. 1.02 DOCUMENTATION A. Provide documentation in accordance with Section 0133 00 "Document Management." B. Use the forms provided by the Project Construction Manager for contract administration, applications for payment, submittals, documentation of test results, equipment installation and documentation, and project closeout. A digital copy of the required forms will be provided to the Manufacturer. 1.03 COMMUNICATION DURING THE PROJECT A. The Project Construction Manager is to be the first point of contact for all parties on matters concerning this Project and will facilitate the administration of the Procurement Contract. B. The Project Construction Manager will normally communicate only with the Manufacturer. C. Direct documentation to the Project Construction Manager using forms provided by the Project Construction Manager. 1.04 PROJECT MEETINGS A. Pre -Submittal Meeting: 1. Attend a pre -submittal meeting. 2. The location of the meeting will be determined by the Project Construction Manager. 3. The time of the meeting will be determined by the Project Construction Manager but will be after the Notice of Award is issued and not later than 15 days after the Notice to Proceed is issued. 4. The Owner's Project Team, Manufacturer's project manager and design staff may attend the meeting to discuss: a. Manufacturer's organizational chart as it relates to this Procurement Contract; b. List of suppliers; C. Procedures for submitting Shop Drawings; d. Technical questions related to manufacturing of Goods; e. Technical questions related to providing Special Services; f. Preliminary production and delivery schedule; Project Coordination 01 31 13 - 1 LUB23203 - West Lubbock Water System Expansion October 31, 2018 g. Anticipated schedule of payments; and h. Letter indicating the agents of authority for the Manufacturer and the limit of that authority with respect to the executing legal documents, contract modifications, and Applications for Payment. i. List of Anticipated Submittals. 5. Attend a meeting when the submittal is delivered to discuss the features of the Shop Drawing and respond to any questions regarding the submittal. B. Progress Meetings: 1. Attend meetings with the Owner's Project Team. a. Meet on a monthly basis or as requested by the Project Construction Manager to discuss the Project. b. Meet at the Site or other location as designated by the Project Construction Manager. Teleconferences may be allowed, depending on the topics to be discussed. C. Manufacturer's key personnel are to attend the meeting. Other individuals may be requested to attend to discuss specific matters. d. Notify the Project Construction Manager of any specific items to be discussed a minimum of 1 week prior to the meeting. 2. Provide information as requested by the Owner's Project Team concerning this Procurement Contract. Prepare to discuss: a. Status on items assigned to the Manufacturer on the Action Item Register; b. Review items on the Project Decision Register added since the previous meeting; C. Status of submittals; d. Changes in Manufacturer's resources including staffing, major equipment, and suppliers; e. Proposed or pending Modifications; f. Overview of work completed since the previous meeting with emphasis on planned but not executed work; g. Manufacturer's detailed schedule for the next 6 weeks, identifying planned efforts on critical path work; h. Anticipated delivery dates for equipment; i. Status of overall project schedule; j. Information or clarification of the Procurement Contract Documents; k. Status on correction of any outstanding defective work and maintenance of quality standards; I. Observations, problems, or conflicts; m. Status of Shop Drawings or other required documentation; Project Coordination 01 31 13 - 2 LUB23203 - West Lubbock Water System Expansion October 31, 2018 Proposed pre -submittal, pre -installation, or other meetings for specific issues; Other items of old business or concerns; and New business items. Project Construction Manager will prepare minutes of meetings. Review the minutes of the meeting and notify the Project Construction Manager of any discrepancies within 10 days of the date of the meeting memorandum. The minutes will not be corrected after the 10 days have expired. Corrections will be reflected in revised minutes. 1.05 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION A. Submit Requests for Information (RFI) to obtain additional information or clarification of the Procurement Contract Documents. 1. Submit a separate RFI for each item. Attach adequate information to permit a response without further clarification. Project Construction Manager will return requests to the Manufacturer that do not have adequate information. Manufacturer is responsible for all delays resulting from RFIs returned for additional information. 2. Resubmit a new RFI when adequate information is available. B. Do not use RFIs to confirm decisions or directives. Use the Project Decision Register to document decisions or directives in accordance with Paragraph 1.06. C. Use the Action Item Register to document assignments for actions to be taken in Accordance with Paragraph 1.06. D. Response to an RFI is given to provide additional information, interpretation, or clarification of the requirements of the Procurement Contract Documents and does not modify the Procurement Contract Documents. Project Construction Manager will initiate a Request for a Change Proposal (RCP) per Section 01 31 14 "Change Management" if the RFI indicates that a Contract Modification is required. E. Pay for excessive abuse of RFIs. Excessive abuse of RFIs is defined as multiple reviews of RFIs due to inadequate information, use of "confirmation" RFIs or RFIs for which the answer is clearly shown in the Procurement Contract Documents. 1. Cost for additional review time will be billed to the Owner by the Owner's Project Team for the actual hours required for the review of RFIs by Design Professional. 2. A Set-off will be included in each Application for Payment to pay cost for the additional review to the Owner on a monthly basis. The Set-off will be based on invoices submitted to Owner for these services. 1.06 DECISION AND ACTION ITEM REGISTERS A. Project Construction Manager will maintain a Project Decision Register to document key decisions made at meetings, telephone conversations or site visits using the format provided by the Project Construction Manager: 1. Review the register prior to each regular meeting; and Project Coordination 01 31 13 - 3 LUB23203 - West Lubbock Water System Expansion October 31, 2018 2. Report any discrepancies to the Project Construction Manager for correction or discussion at the next monthly meeting. B. Project Construction Manager will maintain an Action Item Register in conjunction with the Project Decision Register to track assignments made at meetings, telephone conversation or site visits using the format provided by the Project Construction Manager: 1. Review the Action Item Register prior to each regular meeting; 2. Report actions taken subsequent to the previous progress meeting on items in the register assigned to the Manufacturer or through the Manufacturer to a supplier to the Project Construction Manager. Report on status of progress 1 week prior to each progress meeting established in Paragraph 1.04 to allow Project Construction Manager to update the register prior to the Progress meetings; and 3. Be prepared to discuss the status at each meeting. C. Decisions or action items in the register that require a change in the Procurement Contract Documents will have the preparation of a Modification as an action items if appropriate. The Procurement Contract Documents can only be changed by a Modification. 1.07 NOTIFICATION BY MANUFACTURER A. Notify the Project Construction Manager of: 1. Required testing and inspections including observation required by Project Construction Manager, Design Professional, or inspection agencies prior to covering work; 2. Errors, conflicts, or discrepancies in the Procurement Contract Documents that require attention; 3. Issues related to delays or disruptions; 4. Site related issues including unforeseen Site conditions, potential conflicts, or Hazardous Environmental Conditions; 5. Issues related to bonds or insurance; 6. Changes in key personnel or suppliers; 7. Request to shut down facilities or utilities; 8. Proposed utility connections; 9. Special meetings; and 10. Training. B. Provide notification a minimum of 2 weeks in advance in order to allow Owner's Project Team time to respond appropriately to the notification, unless a shorter time is agreed to by the Project Construction Manager. C. Use Notification by Manufacturer provided by the Project Construction Manager. Project Coordination 01 31 13 - 4 LUB23203 - West Lubbock Water System Expansion October 31, 2018 1.08 PLANS OF ACTION A. Assist Contractor in the development of a Plan of Action prior to shutting down essential services, including: 1. Electrical power; 2. Control power; 3. Process piping; 4. Pumps and process equipment; 5. Communications equipment; and 6. Work elements impacting other designated operations. B. Describe the following in the Plan of Action: 1. Scheduled dates for construction; 2. Work to be performed; 3. Utilities, piping, or services affected; 4. Length of time the service or utility will be disturbed; 5. Procedures to be used to carry out the work; 6. Contingency plans for emergencies; 7. List of manpower, equipment, and ancillary supplies; 8. Backups for key pieces of equipment and key personnel; and 9. Contingency plan that will be used if the original schedule cannot be met. C. Submit the Plan of Action for approval 4 weeks prior to beginning the work. D. Conduct a pre -action conference with Owner's Project Team and Contractor involved in the process prior to implementing the Plan of Action to discuss the implementation of the Plan of Action. 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Project Coordination 01 31 13 - 5 LUB23203 - West Lubbock Water System Expansion October 31, 2018 01 31 14 CHANGE MANAGEMENT 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 REQUESTS FOR CHANGE PROPOSAL A. Owner's Project Team will initiate Modifications by issuing a Request for a Change Proposal (RCP). 1. Project Construction Manager and Design Professional will prepare a description of proposed Modifications. 2. Project Construction Manager will issue the Request for a Change Proposal form to Manufacturer. 3. Return a Change Proposal to the Project Construction Manager in accordance with Paragraph 1.02 for evaluation by the Owner's Project Team. 1.02 CHANGE PROPOSALS A. Submit a Change Proposal to the Project Construction Manager for Manufacturer initiated changes in the Procurement Contract Documents or in response to a Request for Change Proposal. Submit the Change Proposal; attach forms provided by the Project Construction Manager. B. Provide a complete description of the proposed Modification if the Change Proposal is Manufacturer initiated. Provide a complete description of any proposed changes to the Owner's Project Team's Description of Modifications. C. Explain why the Modification is requested if not in response to a Request for a Change Proposal. D. Provide a detailed breakdown of the proposed cost if the Modification requires a change in Procurement Contract Price. The itemized breakdown is to include: 1. List of materials and equipment to be installed; 2. Man hours for labor by classification and billing rates by individual or classification of employee; 3. Equipment used in production or providing Goods and Special Services; 4. Consumable supplies, fuels, and materials; 5. Subcontractor or supplier costs; 6. Royalties and patent fees; 7. Taxes; 8. Bonds and insurance; 9. Overhead and profit; and 10. Other items of cost. E. Provide the level of detail outlined in Paragraph 1.02.11) for each subcontractor or supplier actually performing the work, if work is to be provided by a subcontractor or supplier. Change Management 01 31 14 - 1 LUB23203 - West Lubbock Water System Expansion April 30, 2024 Indicate appropriate Manufacturer markups for work provided through subcontractors and suppliers. Provide the level of detail outline in the paragraph above for self -performed work. Manufacturer's fee is to be determined in accordance with the General Conditions. Provide a revised schedule. Show the effect of the change on the Project Schedule and the Procurement Contract Times. G. Submit a Change Proposal to the Project Construction Manager to request a Field Order if there is no proposed changed in Procurement Contract Price or Procurement Contract Times. H. A Change Proposal is required for all substitutions or deviations from the Procurement Contract Documents, other than those requested a part of a Shop Drawings submitted in accordance with Section 0133 02 "Shop Drawings." 1.03 MODIFICATIONS A. Project Construction Manager will issue a Modification per the General Conditions if the Change Proposal is acceptable to the Owner. Project Construction Manager will issue a Change Order or Contract Amendment for any changes in Procurement Contract Price or Procurement Contract Times. 1. Change Orders and Contract Amendments will be sent to the Manufacturer for execution with a copy to the Owner recommending approval. A Work Change Directive may be issued if work needs to progress before the Change Order or Contract Amendment can be authorized by the Owner. 2. Work Change Directives, Change Orders, and Contract Amendments can only be approved by the Owner. Work performed on the Change Proposal prior to receiving a Work Change Directive or approval of the Change Order or Contract Amendment is performed at the Manufacturer's risk. No payment will be made for work on Change Orders or Contract Amendments until approved by the Owner. No payment can be made on work authorized by Work Change Directive until the Work Change Directive is incorporated into a Change Order or Contract Amendment approved by the Owner. B. The Manufacturer may be informed that the Change Proposal is not approved and construction is to proceed in accordance with the Procurement Contract Documents. 1.04 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Substitutions are defined as any product that the Manufacturer proposes to provide for the Project in lieu of the specified product. Submit a Change Proposal per Paragraph 1.02 along with a Shop Drawing as required by Section 0133 02 "Shop Drawings" to request approval of a substitution. B. Prove that the product is acceptable as a substitute. It is not the Owner's Project Team's responsibility to prove the product is not acceptable as a substitute. Change Management 01 31 14 - 2 LUB23203 - West Lubbock Water System Expansion April 30, 2024 1. Indicate on a point -by -point basis for each specified feature that the product is acceptable to meet the intent of the Procurement Contract Document requirements. 2. Make a direct comparison with the specified supplier's published data sheets and available information. Provide this printed material with the submittal. The decision of the Owner's Project Team regarding the acceptability of the proposed substitute product is final. C. Provide a certification that, in making the substitution request, the Manufacturer: 1. Has determined that the substituted product will perform in substantially the same manner and result in the same ability to meet the specified performance as the specified product; 2. Will provide the same warranties and/or bonds for the substituted product as specified or as would be provided by the Manufacturer of the specified product; 3. Will assume all responsibility to coordinate any modifications that may be necessary to incorporate the substituted product into the Project and will waive all claims for additional work which may be necessary to incorporate the substituted product into the Project which may subsequently become apparent; and 4. Will maintain the same time schedule as for the specified product. D. Pay for review of substitutions in accordance with Section 0133 02 "Shop Drawings." 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Change Management 01 31 14 - 3 LUB23203 - West Lubbock Water System Expansion April 30, 2024 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Submit documentation as required by the Procurement Contract Documents and as reasonably requested by the Owner's Project Team. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Submit legible, accurate, complete documents presented in a clear, easily understood manner. Documents not meeting these criteria will be returned without review. 1.03 MANUFACTURER'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Review documents prior to submission. Make certifications as required by the Procurement Contract Documents and as indicated on the forms provided by the Project Construction Manager. B. Provide a list of the documents that are to be submitted, the dates on which documents are to be sent to the Project Construction Manager for review, and proposed dates that submittals must be returned to comply with the project schedule. Use the form provided by the Project Construction Manager for this list. 1.04 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Submit all documents in digital format for processing. 1. Provide all information requested for each type of document. Do not leave any blanks incomplete. If information is not applicable, enter NA in the space provided. 2. Submit all attached documents in Portable Document Format (PDF). a. Create PDF documents using Bluebeam Revu software or other compatible software that will create files that can be opened and annotated using Bluebeam Revu software. b. Create PDF documents from native format files unless files are only available from scanned documents. C. Rotate pages so that the top of each document appears at the top of the monitor screen when opened in PDF viewing software. d. Submit PDF documents with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. e. Submit color PDF documents where color is required to interpret the document. f. Create or convert documents to allow text to be selected for comments or searched using text search features. Run scanned documents through Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software if necessary. Document Management 01 33 00 - 1 LUB23203 - West Lubbock Water System Expansion April 30, 2024 g. Flatten markups in documents to prevent markups made by Manufacturer from being moved or deleted. Flatten documents to allow markup recovery. Use Bluebeam Revu software to reduce file size using default settings except the option for "Drop Metadata". Uncheck the "Drop Metadata" box when reducing file size. Add footers to each document with the Project name. 1.05 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Furnish documents as indicated in individual Specification Sections. Submit documents per the procedures described in the Procurement Contract Documents. B. Submit documents per the Specification Sections shown in the following table: Document Type Specification Section Application for Payment 01 29 00 Change Proposal 01 31 14 Certified Test Report 01 33 02 Equipment Installation Report 01 75 00 Notification by Manufacturer 01 31 13 Operation & Maintenance Manuals 01 33 04 Request for Information 0131 13 Shop Drawing 01 33 02 Schedule of Values 01 29 00 Substitutions 01 31 14 Suppliers and Subcontractors 01 31 14 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Document Management 01 33 00 - 2 LUB23203 - West Lubbock Water System Expansion April 30, 2024 01 33 02 SHOP DRAWINGS 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Shop Drawings are required for those Goods that cannot adequately be described in the Procurement Contract Documents to allow fabrication, erection, or installation of the Goods without additional detailed information from the Manufacturer. B. Submit Shop Drawings required by the Procurement Contract Documents and as requested by the Owner's Project Team to: 1. Record the Goods to be provided to the Owner for the Project; 2. Provide detailed information for fabricating, installing, commissioning, and testing of the Goods; and 3. Allow the Design Professional to advise the Owner if Goods proposed for the Project by the Manufacturer conform, in general, to the design concepts of the Procurement Contract Documents. C. Participate in submittal related meetings in accordance with Section 01 31 13 "Project Coordination." D. Manufacturer's responsibility for full compliance with the Procurement Contract Documents is not relieved by Owner's Project Team's review of Shop Drawings. Modifications can only be approved by Change Order or Field Order. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Submit legible, accurate, complete documents presented in a clear, easily understood manner. Shop Drawings not meeting these criteria will be rejected. B. Demonstrate that the proposed Goods fully comply with the design criteria and requirements of the Procurement Contract Documents or will comply if the deviations requested per Paragraph 1.07 are approved. C. Furnish and install Goods that fully comply with the information included in the submittal. 1.03 MANUFACTURER'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Shop Drawings are required for the following items: 1. Construction submittals shall be as described in the Division 26 technical specifications. B. Schedule: 1. Submit Shop Drawings so production of the Goods will not be delayed. 2. Allow a reasonable time for the review of Shop Drawings and include time for making revisions to the Shop Drawings as well as resubmitting the Shop Drawing for a least a second review. Assume a 21-day review cycle for each time a Shop Drawing is submitted for review unless a longer period is indicated in the Procurement Contract Documents. Shop Drawings 01 33 02 - 1 LUB23203 - West Lubbock Water System Expansion April 30, 2024 Allow adequate time for ordering, fabricating, delivering, and installing Goods so construction of the Project is not delayed. C. Review Shop Drawings before they are submitted. 1. Prepare and review the Shop Drawing. Coordinate the Shop Drawing with other Shop Drawings and the Procurement Contract Documents. 2. Determine and verify specified performance and design criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and similar information with respect to Shop Drawings. 3. Determine and verify the suitability of Goods offered with respect to the indicated application, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the work. 4. Determine and verify information relative to Manufacturer's responsibilities for means, methods, techniques, sequences, procedures of installation, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. D. Determine and verify: 1. Field measurements, quantities, and dimensions are shown on the Shop Drawing and are accurate; 2. Location of existing structures, utilities, and equipment related to the Shop Drawing have been shown and conflicts between the Goods, existing structures, utilities, and equipment have been identified; 3. Conflicts that impact the installation of the Goods have been brought to the attention of the Owner's Project Team through the Project Construction Manager; and 4. Shop Drawings are complete for their intended purpose. Review Shop Drawings prior to submitting to the Project Construction Manager. Certify that all Shop Drawings have been reviewed by the Manufacturer and are in strict conformance with the Procurement Contract Documents as modified by Addenda, Change Order, or Field Order when submitting Shop Drawings. Fabrication or installation of any Goods prior to the approval of Shop Drawings is done at the Manufacturer's risk. Defective Goods will be rejected. G. Payment will not be made for Goods for which Shop Drawings are required until these are approved by the Owner's Project Team. 1.04 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Provide adequate information in Shop Drawings so Design Professional can: 1. Assist the Owner in selecting colors. 2. Compare the proposed features of the Goods with the specified features and advise Owner that the product does, in general, conform to the Procurement Contract Documents. Shop Drawings 01 33 02 - 2 LUB23203 - West Lubbock Water System Expansion April 30, 2024 3. Compare the performance features of the proposed Goods with those specified and advise the Owner that the Goods do, in general, conform to the performance criteria specified in the Procurement Contract Documents. 4. Review required certifications, guarantees, warranties, and service agreements for compliance with the Procurement Contract Documents. B. Include a complete description of the Goods to be furnished, including: 1. Type, dimensions, size, arrangement, model number, and operational parameters of the components; 2. Weights, gauges, materials of construction, external connections, anchors, and supports required; 3. Performance characteristics, capacities, design data, motor curves, and other information necessary to allow a complete evaluation of mechanical components; 4. All applicable standards including ASTM or Federal specification numbers; 5. Fabrication and installation drawings, setting diagrams, manufacturing instructions, templates, patterns, and coordination drawings; and 6. Wiring and piping diagrams and related controls. C. Submit Shop Drawings that require coordination with other Shop Drawings at the same time. Shop Drawings requiring coordination with other Shop Drawings will be rejected until a complete package is submitted. D. Submit information for all of the components and related equipment required for a complete and operational system in one Shop Drawing. 1. Include electrical, mechanical, and other information required to indicate how the various components of the system function together as a system. 2. Provide certifications, warranties, written guarantees, and service contracts with the submittal package for review when these are required. 1.05 SPECIAL CERTIFICATIONS AND REPORTS A. Provide all required special certifications, reports, and other documentation with the Shop Drawings as specified in the individual Specification Sections which may include: 1. Certified Test Reports (CTR): A report prepared by an approved testing agency giving results of tests performed on Goods to indicate their compliance with the Specifications. This report is to demonstrate that the Goods will meet the requirements of the Procurement Contract Documents when installed and is part of the Shop Drawing. Field tests may be performed by the Owner to determine that installed Goods meet the same quality as indicated in the CTR submitted as part of the Shop Drawing. 2. Certificate of Adequacy of Design (CAD): A certified letter from the Manufacturer of the equipment stating that the equipment has been designed to be structurally stable and to withstand all imposed loads without deformation, failure, or adverse effects to the performance and operational requirements of the unit. The letter must state that mechanical and electrical components have been adequately sized to be fully Shop Drawings 01 33 02 - 3 LUB23203 - West Lubbock Water System Expansion April 30, 2024 operational for the conditions specified or normally encountered by the product's intended use. 1.06 SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Submit all documents in digital format for processing. 1. Provide all information requested for Shop Drawings. Do not leave any blanks incomplete. If information is not applicable, enter NA in the space provided. 2. Submit all attached documents in Portable Document Format (PDF) per Section 0133 00 "Document Management." 3. Submit each specific product, class of material, or equipment system separately so these can be tracked and processed independently. Do not submit Shop Drawings for more than one system in the same Shop Drawing. 4. Submit items specified in different Specification Sections separately unless they are part of an integrated system. 5. Define abbreviations and symbols used in Shop Drawings. a. Use terms and symbols in Shop Drawings consistent with the Procurement Contract Drawings. b. Provide a list of abbreviations and their meaning as used in the Shop Drawings. C. Provide a legend for symbols used on Shop Drawings. 6. Mark Shop Drawings to reference: a. Related Specification Sections; b. Drawing number and detail designation; C. Equipment designation or name; d. Schedule references; e. System into which the product is incorporated; and f. Location where the product is incorporated into the Project. B. Markup Shop Drawings for review using the following procedure: 1. Make comments and corrections in blue. 2. Highlight in black or redact items that are not being furnished when the supplier's standard drawings or information sheets are provided so that only the Goods to be provided are in their original color. 3. Make comments in green where selections or decisions by the Design Professional are required. Add explanatory comments to the markup to indicate the action proposed to betaken by the Design Professional. 4. Mark dimensions with the prefix FD to indicate field verified dimensions on the Shop Drawings. 5. Dimensions or other data that do not appear to conform to the Procurement Contract Documents will be marked as "At Variance With" (AVW) the Procurement Contract Shop Drawings 01 33 02 - 4 LUB23203 - West Lubbock Water System Expansion April 30, 2024 Documents or other information provided. The Manufacturer is to make revisions as appropriate to comply with Procurement Contract Documents. C. Complete certifications required by Paragraph 1.03.E. 1.07 REQUESTS FOR DEVIATION A. Submit a Change Proposal per Section 01 31 14 "Change Management" to request modifications to the Procurement Contract Documents, including those for approval of a substitution for specified Goods or procedures, for deviations from the Procurement Contract Documents. A Change Proposal is required for any feature of the Goods that does not fully comply with the Procurement Contract Documents. B. Identify each deviation as a separate item in the Change Proposal. Include all requested deviations that must be approved as a group at one time and identify them as a single item. If approval or rejection of a requested deviation will impact other requested deviations, then all related deviations should be included in that item, so the status and action can be determined on the requested deviation as a whole. C. Include a description of why the deviation is required and the impact on Procurement Contract Price or Procurement Contract Times. Include the amount of any cost savings to the Owner for a deviation that will result in a reduction in cost. D. Submit a Change Proposal prior to submitting the Shop Drawing. A Change Order or Field Order must be issued by the Project Construction Manager to approve a deviation. 1. A Field Order will be issued by the Project Construction Manager for deviations approved by the Design Professional if the requested deviation is acceptable and if the requested deviation will not result in a change in Procurement Contract Price or Procurement Contract Times. 2. A requested deviation will be rejected if the requested deviation is acceptable, but the requested deviation will or should result in a change in Procurement Contract Price or Procurement Contract Times. 1.08 DESIGN PROFESSIONAL AND PROJECT CONSTRUCTION MANAGER RESPONSIBILITIES A. Shop Drawings will be received by the Project Construction Manager. Project Construction Manager will log the documents and forward to the Design Professional for review per this Section for general conformance with the Procurement Contract Documents. 1. Design Professional's review and approval will be only to determine if the Goods described in the Shop Drawing will, after installation or incorporation into the work, conform to the information given in the Procurement Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Procurement Contract Documents. 2. Design Professional's review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction or to safety precautions or related programs. 3. Design Professional's review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. Shop Drawings 01 33 02 - 5 LUB23203 - West Lubbock Water System Expansion April 30, 2024 B. Comments will be made on items called to the attention of the Design Professional for review and comment. Any marks made by the Design Professional do not constitute a blanket review of the submittal or relieve the Manufacturer from responsibility for errors or deviations from the Procurement Contract requirements. 1. Design Professional will respond to Manufacturer's markups by either making markups directly in the Shop Drawing file using red or by attaching a Document Review Comments form with review comments keyed to the Shop Drawing. 2. Shop Drawings that are reviewed will be returned with one or more of the following status designations: a. Approved: Shop Drawing is found to be acceptable as submitted. b. Approved as Noted: Shop Drawing is approved so long as corrections or notations made by Design Professional are incorporated into the Shop Drawing. C. Not Approved: Shop Drawing or Goods described are not acceptable. 3. Shop Drawing will also be designated for one of the following actions: a. Final Distribution: Shop Drawing is acceptable without further action and has been filed as complete. b. Shop Drawing Not Required: A Shop Drawing was not required by the Procurement Contract Documents. C. Cancelled: This action indicates that for some reason, the Shop Drawing is to be removed from consideration and all efforts regarding the processing of that document are to cease. d. Revise and Resubmit: Submittal has deviations from the Procurement Contract Documents, significant errors, or is inadequate and must be revised and resubmitted for subsequent review. 4. A Shop Drawing with a significant or substantial number of markings by the Manufacturer may be marked "Approved as Noted" and "Revise and Resubmit." These drawings are to be revised to provide a clean record of the submittal. Proceed with ordering Goods as the documents are revised. 5. A Shop Drawing will be returned without review if it apparently: a. Contains excessive deficiencies; b. Clearly does not meet the requirements of this Section for presentation or content to the point where continuing to review the document would be counterproductive; or C. Goods clearly do not meet the requirements of the Procurement Contract Documents Revise the Shop Drawing to comply with the requirements of this Section and resubmit. 6. Actions "a" through "c" will close out the Shop Drawing review process and no further action is required as a Shop Drawing. Actions "d" through "f" require follow up action to close out the review process. Shop Drawings 01 33 02 - 6 LUB23203 - West Lubbock Water System Expansion April 30, 2024 7. Manufacturer is to resubmit the Shop Drawing until it is acceptable and marked "Approved" or "Approved as Noted" and is assigned an action per Paragraph 1.08.113.3 that indicates that the Shop Drawing process is closed. 1.09 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS A. Make all corrections or changes in the Shop Drawings required by the Design Professional and resubmit to the Project Construction Manager until approved. 1. Revise initial drawings or data and resubmit as specified for the original submittal. 2. Highlight or cloud in green those revisions which have been made in response to the previous reviews by the Design Professional. This will include changes previously directed to the attention to Design Professional requiring selections or decisions by the Design Professional or comment in red made by the Owner's Project Team. Highlight and cloud new items in green where selections or decisions by the Design Professional are required. Add explanatory comments to the markup to indicate the action requested of the Design Professional. B. Pay for excessive review of Shop Drawings. 1. Excessive review of Shop Drawings is defined as any review required after the original review has been made and the first resubmittal has been checked to see that corrections have been made. 2. Review of Shop Drawings will be an additional service requiring payment by the Manufacturer if the Manufacturer submits a substitution for a product for which a Shop Drawing has previously been approved, unless the need for such change is beyond the control of Manufacturer. 3. Cost for additional review time will be billed to the Owner by the Design Professional for the actual hours required for the review of Shop Drawings by Design Professional and in accordance with the rates listed in Section 00 73 00 "Supplementary Conditions." 4. A Set-off will be included in each Payment Application to pay cost for the additional review submitted to the Owner on a monthly basis. The Set-off will be based on invoices submitted to Owner for these services. 5. Need for more than one resubmission or any other delay in obtaining Design Professional's approval of Shop Drawings will not entitle the Manufacturer to an adjustment in Procurement Contract Price or an extension of Procurement Contract Times. 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Shop Drawings 01 33 02 - 7 LUB23203 - West Lubbock Water System Expansion April 30, 2024 01 33 04 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Prepare a complete and detailed operation and maintenance manual (manual) for each type and model of equipment or product furnished and installed under this Procurement Contract. B. Prepare manuals in the form of an instruction manual for the Owner. The manuals must be suitable for use in providing the operation and maintenance instructions required by Section 0179 00 "Training of Operation and Maintenance Personnel." C. Provide complete and detailed information specifically for the products or systems provided for this Project. Include the information required to operate and maintain the product or system. D. Manuals are to be provided in addition to any information packed with or attached to the product when delivered. Remove information packed with or attached to the product and include this information as an attachment to the manual. E. Include cost for manuals provided by Suppliers and Subcontractors as described in this Section in the Cost of Work for that equipment item. 1.02 DOCUMENTATION A. Submit manuals in accordance with Section 0133 00 "Document Management." Attach a copy of the Operation and Maintenance Manual Review Report form provided by the Project Construction Manager to each manual with pertinent information completed. B. Provide one preliminary electronic copy of the manual to the Project Construction Manager for review within 15 days after review of any equipment submittal by the Owner's Project Team. C. Provide one electronic copy and three printed copies of the final manual after: 1. Preliminary manuals have been approved; 2. Field test records have been incorporated into the manual; and 3. Record Documents per Section 01 31 13 "Project Coordination" have been approved and have been incorporated in the final manual. D. Provide copies of the manufacturer's warranties, guarantees, or service agreements in accordance with Section 0170 00 "Execution and Closeout Requirements." 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Provide digital files for each manual as specified in Paragraph 2.02. Operation and Maintenance Data 0133 04 - 1 LUB23203 - West Lubbock Water System Expansion April 30, 2024 1. Use filenames that correspond to the equipment designation shown in the Procurement Contract Documents or other equipment designations provided by the Owner's Project Team. 2. Submit a preliminary version of the electronic manual for review. Provide a final version of the manual incorporating Owner's Project Team's comments. B. Provide printed copies of each manual as specified in Paragraph 2.03. 2.02 ELECTRONIC MANUAL FORMAT A. Provide individual electronic files for each manual. 1. Maximum file size is 100 MB. If manual is greater than maximum allowable file size, provide individual files for each major section of manual. 2. Acceptable file types for written documents are Portable Document File (PDF) or provide manual text in Microsoft Word. Provide drawings in native format and PDF format. All files must be compatible with the latest software version available. 3. Filename must identify the equipment location, equipment manufacturer, and date equipment placed in service, e.g. Pump Room-Manufacturer-200503.pdf. 4. Each electronic file must contain a table of contents at the beginning of the file which includes hypertext links or bookmarks to navigate the file contents per section/chapter. 5. Scanned images of written documents are not acceptable. Document must allow character selection. Text within a file must be transferable to other documents. 6. Drawing files must have the ability to turn on/off drawing layers within the file. 2.03 PRINTED MANUAL FORMAT A. Printed copies of each manual are to be submitted as follows: 1. Print manuals on heavy, first quality 8-1/2 x 11 paper. a. Reduce drawings and diagrams to 8-1/2 x 11 paper size. b. When reduction is not practical, fold drawings and place each separately in a clear, super heavy weight, top loading polypropylene sheet protector designed for three-ring binder use. Provide a typed identification label on each sheet protector. C. Punch paper for standard three-ring binders. 2. Place manuals in heavy duty presentation binders with clear front, back, and spine covers. 3. Identify each manual by placing a printed cover sheet in the front cover of the binder and as the first page in the manual. The first page is to be placed in a clear polypropylene sheet protector. The information on first page and the cover page are to include: a. Name of Owner; Operation and Maintenance Data 0133 04 - 2 LUB23203 - West Lubbock Water System Expansion April 30, 2024 b. Project name; c. Volume number; and d. Table of contents. 4. Insert the name of the Project and volume number into the spine covers. 5. Sheet lifters are to be provided. 6. Minimum size is 2-inch capacity. Maximum size is 3-inch capacity. Fill binders to only three -fourths of its indicated capacity to allow for addition of materials to each binder by the Owner. 7. Provide index tabs for each section of the manual. Indexes are to be constructed of heavy-duty paper with a reinforced binding edge. The designation on each index tab is to correspond to the number and letter assigned in the Table of Contents. 8. Manuals for several products or systems may be provided in the same binder. Correlate the data into related groups when multiple binders are used. a. Sections for each product or system must be included in the same binder. b. Sections must be in numerical order from volume to volume. 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 MANUAL ORGANIZATION AND CONTENTS A. Provide a table of contents listing each section of the manual for each product or system. 1. Assign a number and letter to each section in the manual. a. The number is to correspond to the Owner's equipment numbering system or other system designated in the Procurement Contract Documents. b. The letter assigned will represent the part of the manual, consistent with the manual contents as required by this Section. 2. Identify each product or system using the nomenclature shown in the Procurement Contract Documents. Provide a cross reference to the Owner's numbering system and designations for equipment indicated in the Procurement Contract Documents if these are different. B. Include only the information that pertains to the product described. Annotate each sheet to: 1. Clearly identify the specific product or component installed; 2. Clearly identify the data applicable to the installation; and 3. Delete or strike through references to inapplicable information. C. Supplement manual information with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate relations of component parts of equipment and systems, and control and flow diagrams. Operation and Maintenance Data 0133 04 - 3 LUB23203 - West Lubbock Water System Expansion April 30, 2024 3.02 EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS MANUAL CONTENT A. Provide the following information in the first tabbed section of each manual: 1. A description of the unit and component parts and how it functions. 2. Operating instructions for pre -startup, startup, normal operations, regulation, control, shutdown, emergency conditions, and limiting operating conditions. 3. The sequence of operation by the controls manufacturer. Provide control diagrams by the manufacturer, modified to reflect the as -built, as -installed condition. 4. Include general assembly drawings, sections, and photographic views as necessary to completely depict and properly identify the equipment. Indicate the dimensions, weight, capacity, and design conditions for the equipment. B. Include detailed information to allow for the proper installation, calibration, testing, preventative, and corrective maintenance procedures in the second section of the manual or of each section of the manual information if the manual covers a multi -component equipment system: 1. Maintenance instructions including assembly, installation, alignment, clearances, tolerances, and interfacing equipment requirements, adjustment, and checking instructions. Include any special rigging required to place the equipment into place, and any special test equipment required to place the equipment in service. 2. A safety subsection which addresses all safety and tag -out procedures necessary to safely operate and maintain the equipment. 3. Lubrication schedule and lubrication procedures. Include a cross reference for recommended lubrication products. 4. Troubleshooting guide. 5. Provide a table showing the schedule of routine maintenance requirements and seasonal work which is not performed at a set frequency. Preventative maintenance tasking which addresses: Daily/weekly inspections performed by operations personnel; Routine preventative maintenance scheduled weekly, monthly, quarterly, semi- annually, or annually through major overhauls by maintenance personnel; and Predictive maintenance work such as alignment, analysis of the equipment, vibration, flow, oil sampling, etc. 6. Description of sequence of operation by the control manufacturer. 7. Warnings for detrimental maintenance practices. 8. Include detailed corrective maintenance procedures. Detail equipment for complete disassembly and assembly; Provide cross -sectional drawings or exploded views with all parts numbered to correspond with the numbers in the parts list to permit identification of the various parts; Operation and Maintenance Data 0133 04 - 4 LUB23203 - West Lubbock Water System Expansion April 30, 2024 C. Provide a table of normal clearances, diameters, thickness of new parts, and limits permissible for wearing parts; and d. List torque settings for nuts, bolts, and fasteners when critical to the equipment's performance. C. Include all necessary diagrammatic piping and wiring diagrams and miscellaneous drawings and equipment in the third section of the manual or of each section of the manual if the manual covers a multi -component equipment system. D. Provide spare parts information in the fourth section of the manual including: 1. Part numbers for ordering new parts; 2. Assembly illustrations showing an exploded view of the complex parts of the product; 3. Predicted life of parts subject to wear; 4. List of the manufacturer's recommended spare parts, current prices with effective date, and number of parts recommended for storage; 5. Directory of a local source of supply for parts with company name, address, and telephone number; 6. Complete nomenclature and list of commercial replacement parts; and 7. Complete list of spare parts, spare equipment, tools, and materials that are turned over to the Owner. E. Provide statistical information from the original equipment manufacturer as to performance such as pump curves, flow charts insulation resistance, calibration, or test data sheets in the fifth section of the manual, including all field testing records used to verify actual performance. F. Provide equipment name plate data installed on equipment and valves and equipment data sheets as required and furnished by the Owner in the sixth section of the manual. G. Provide a copy of warranties and the date the warranty expires for equipment in the seventh section of the manual. 3.03 ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS SYSTEMS MANUAL A. Provide all of the information listed in Paragraph 3.02 as appropriate and include the following information: 1. Control schematics and point to point wiring diagrams prepared for field installation; 2. Circuit directories of panel boards and terminal strips and as installed color coded wiring diagrams; and 3. Other information as may be required by the individual Specification Sections. 3.04 LIST OF SERVICE ORGANIZATIONS A. Provide a directory of authorized service organizations with company name, address, telephone number, email address, and the contact person for warranty repair. Operation and Maintenance Data 0133 04 - 5 LUB23203 - West Lubbock Water System Expansion April 30, 2024 END OF SECTION Operation and Maintenance Data 0133 04 - 6 LUB23203 - West Lubbock Water System Expansion April 30, 2024 01 64 10 CONTRACTOR INSTALLED GOODS AND SPECIAL SERVICES 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide Goods and Special Services in accordance with the Procurement Contract Documents. Accept the assignment of Goods and Special Services to the Contractor for installation per the agreements between the Owner and Contractor listed in Paragraph 3.01. B. Coordinate the providing of Special Services in accordance with the Contractor's contract documents. C. Provide documentation required by the Procurement Contract Documents and the Contractor's contract documents for the installation of Goods and Special Services. 1.02 DOCUMENTATION A. Owner will provide documentation of the Transfer of Owner Furnished Goods and Special Services listed in Section 01 11 00 "Summary of Work" using forms provided by the Project Construction Manager. This document will fix the date for transfer of responsibilities for the receipt, storage, and installation of the Goods and provision of Special Services in accordance with the Procurement Contract Documents and the Contractor's contract documents. B. Provide Shop Drawings per Section 0133 02 "Shop Drawings." C. Provide operation and maintenance data per Section 0133 04 "Operation and Maintenance Data." D. Provide Equipment Installation Reports as required by Section 0175 00 "Starting and Adjusting." E. Provide other submittals required regarding the Goods and Special Services per the requirements of Section 0133 00 "Document Management." 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Inspect the condition of all equipment installed and promptly advise the Project Construction Manager in writing of defects or damage. B. Provide the services of the Manufacturer's representative to assist in installation of the equipment in accordance with Section 0175 00 "Starting and Adjusting." 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 OWNER -SELECTED CONTRACTORS FOR INSTALLATION OF GOODS AND SPECIAL SERVICES A. Owner has not selected the Contractor to install the Goods and Special Services. Contractor Installed Goods and Special Services 0164 10 - 1 LUB23203 - West Lubbock Water System Expansion April 30, 2024 3.02 CONTRACTOR'S INSTALLATION AND SERVICES A. Contractor will arrange for delivery of the equipment to be furnished and furnish personnel and equipment as needed to carefully unload the items and either store them or set them in place. B. Contractor will provide the labor, tools, equipment, and appurtenances necessary to inspect, install, and place in operating conditions all Goods by the Manufacturer. C. Contractor will assemble equipment disassembled for shipping and include the cost of this assembly in the Contractor's contract price. Provide Contractor information regarding the extent of assembly that will be required. D. Contractor will furnish all incidental items not supplied with the Goods that may be required for complete installation and include the cost for these items in the Contractor's contract price. E. Contractor will coordinate the services of the Manufacturer's representative to assist in installation of the equipment in accordance with the specifications included in appendices and Section 0175 00 "Starting and Adjusting." Contractor will schedule the representative to be available when needed to assist and instruct in the proper installation and adjustment of the equipment. All Work and adjustments by Contractor must be done in accordance with the Manufacturer's recommendations and instructions of their representative. Manufacturer will provide installation, documentation, and training as required in the Procurement Contract Documents and as required by the Contractor's contract documents. END OF SECTION Contractor Installed Goods and Special Services 0164 10 - 2 LUB23203 - West Lubbock Water System Expansion April 30, 2024 01 70 00 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Comply with requirements of the General Conditions and specified administrative procedures in closing out the Procurement Contract. 1.02 DOCUMENTATION A. Submit certifications and releases on forms provided by the Project Construction Manager. 1.03 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. The following requirements must be met for the Project or a designated portion of the Project to be substantially complete per the General Conditions: 1. Equipment must be fully functional and able to operate in accordance with the Procurement Contract Documents without special or extraordinary efforts on the part of the Owner. 2. Performance Acceptance Testing (PAT) must be complete and indicated compliance with the requirements of the Procurement Contract Documents. 3. Operation and maintenance manuals must be approved and operator training conducted to allow the Owner to assume responsibility for operations. B. Conduct inspections with superintendent, subcontractors, and suppliers for the equipment or a designated portion of the Project prior to calling for a substantial completion inspection by the Owner's Project Team. Create a list of deficiencies that must be completed for the Project to qualify for Substantial Completion. Review the list with the Project Construction Manager or the designated member of the Owner's Project Team. The Project Construction Manager or the designated member of the Owner's Project Team may assist the Manufacturer with this effort; however it is the Manufacturer's responsibility to create and manage this list of deficiencies until corrections are made. C. Correct the identified deficiencies prior to calling for a substantial completion inspection. D. Notify the Project Construction Manager that the Project or a designated portion of the Project is substantially complete per the General Conditions. Owner's Project Team will visit the Site to observe the Project within a reasonable time after the Notification by Manufacturer is received to determine the status of the Project. E. Project Construction Manager will notify the Manufacturer that additional work must be performed before the Project will be substantially complete or issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion. 1. Project Construction Manager will notify the Manufacturer of items that must be completed before the Project will be considered substantially complete. Review the list and notify the Project Construction Manager of any objections to items on the list within 10 days after receiving the Certificate of Substantial Completion. Execution and Closeout Requirements 0170 00 - 1 LUB23203 - West Lubbock Water System Expansion April 30, 2024 2. Correct the noted deficiencies in the Project. Notify the Project Construction Manager when the noted deficiencies have been completed. Owner's Project Team will visit the Site to observe the Project within a reasonable time after the Notification by Manufacturer is received to determine that noted deficiencies have been corrected or completed. 4. Project Construction Manager will issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion to the Manufacturer when the Owner's Project Team considers the Project to be substantially complete. 1.04 FINAL INSPECTION A. The Project will be ready for Final Completion when the following requirements have been met: 1. Project has been completed in accordance with the Procurement Contract Documents; 2. Equipment and systems have been tested per the Procurement Contract Documents and are fully operational; 3. Operation and maintenance training has been completed; 4. Specified spare parts and special tools have been provided; and 5. The following project closeout documentation/items have been provided and approved or accepted: a. Record Documents per Section 01 31 13 "Project Coordination"; b. Shop Drawings, operation and maintenance manuals, and other documents as required by the Procurement Contract Documents. C. Documentation on specified spare parts and special tools per Section 01 31 00 "Project Management and Coordination"; d. Operating certificates or other similar releases required to allow the Owner unrestricted use of the Project; e. Evidence of continuing insurance and bond coverage as required by the Procurement Contract Documents; and f. Final documentation for all outstanding Modifications and Claims (other than those listed on the Certificate of Final Completion) have been processed and are ready for incorporation into the Final Application for Payment. B. Conduct inspections with superintendent, subcontractors, and suppliers prior to calling for a final completion inspection by the Owner's Project Team. Create a list of deficiencies in the Project that must be completed for the project to qualify for the final completion inspection. Review the list with the Project Construction Manager or the designated member of the Owner's Project Team. The Project Construction Manager or the designated member of the Owner's Project Team may assist the Manufacturer with this effort; however it is the Manufacturer's responsibility to create and manage this list of deficiencies until corrections are made. Execution and Closeout Requirements 0170 00 - 2 LUB23203 - West Lubbock Water System Expansion April 30, 2024 C. Identify and correct deficiencies prior to calling for a final completion inspection. The call for Final Completion represents the Manufacturer's interpretation of a project completed in conformance with the Procurement Contract Documents and reflects the Manufacturer's representation of a quality project meeting the Owner's expectations. The Project should not include any deficiencies that the Manufacturer would reject if it were the Owner. D. Owner's Project Team will visit the Site to determine if the Project is complete and ready for final payment within a reasonable time after Notification by Manufacturer is received. E. Project Construction Manager notify the Manufacturer of deficiencies or issue a Certificate of Final Completion. F. Take immediate steps to correct deficiencies in the Project. Notify the Project Construction Manager when deficiencies in the Project have corrected. Owner's Project Team will visit the Site to determine if the Project is complete and the Project is acceptable. Project Construction Manager will notify the Manufacturer that the Project is complete or will notify the Manufacturer that Project has deficiencies that are to be corrected. G. Project Construction Manager will issue a Certificate of Final Completion to the Manufacturer when the Owner's Project Team considers the Project to be finally complete. H. Submit the request for final payment with closeout submittals described in the General Conditions. 1.05 REINSPECTION FEES A. Owner may impose a Set-off against the Application for Payment in accordance with the General Conditions to compensate the Owner's Project Team if more than two visits for either the substantial completion or final completion inspections are required because Manufacturer failed to have Project ready for the inspection. 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Execution and Closeout Requirements 0170 00 - 3 LUB23203 - West Lubbock Water System Expansion April 30, 2024 01 75 00 STARTING AND ADJUSTING 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide step-by-step procedures for starting and operating Goods. B. Provide pre -startup inspections. C. Place Goods in service and operate to prove performance and to provide for initial correction of defects in workmanship, calibration, and operation. D. Provide for initial maintenance and operation of Goods. E. Provide Special Services required by the Procurement Contract Documents. 1.02 DOCUMENTATION A. Provide the following documents in accordance with Section 0133 00 "Document Management": 1. Assist the Contractor in preparing a Plan of Action for testing, checking, and starting major equipment and process piping systems. 2. Equipment Installation Reports on the form provided by the Project Construction Manager. 1.03 STANDARDS A. Comply with the specified standards associated with the testing or startup of equipment. 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 TESTING INSTRUMENTATION A. Provide the instrumentation and devices needed to conduct tests for startup and calibration. 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 SERVICES OF MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVES A. Provide the services of experienced and technically competent, factory -trained representative of the Manufacturer for inspections, tests, supervision of installation, and assistance with placing equipment in operation. The Manufacturer's representative must have a minimum of 5 years of experience in the installation and adjustment of similar equipment and be acceptable to the Owner. B. Perform installation, adjustment, and testing of the equipment. Certify that the equipment and related appurtenances have been thoroughly examined and approved for startup and operation in the Equipment Installation Reports. Starting and Adjusting 01 75 00 - 1 LUB23203 -West Lubbock Water System Expansion April 30, 2024 C. Provide on -site services for the time necessary to assist in the installation and adjustment of the equipment, making field acceptance tests required and providing other services necessary for proper and trouble free operation of the equipment. 3.02 INSPECTION AND STARTUP A. Inspect equipment prior to placing any equipment or system into operation. Make adjustments as necessary for proper operation. Do not start or test any apparatus until the complete unit has been installed and thoroughly checked. 1. Check for adequate and proper lubrication. 2. Determine that parts or components are free from undue stress from structural members, piping, or anchorage. 3. Adjust equipment for proper balance and operations. 4. Determine that vibrations are within acceptable limits. 5. Determine that equipment operates properly under full load conditions. 6. Determine that the equipment is in true alignment. 7. Ensure that the proper procedure is employed in startup of systems. 3.03 STARTING REQUIREMENTS A. Refer to the individual Specification Sections for specific startup procedures. 3.04 INITIAL OPERATION A. Start, test, and place equipment and systems into operation for 30 days to allow the Owner's Project Team to observe the operation and overall performance of the equipment and to determine that controls function as intended. B. Operate equipment which is used on a limited or part-time basis in the presence of the Owner's Project Team for a period long enough to demonstrate that controls function as specified. C. Perform acceptance test as specified in individual Specification Sections. Demonstrate that equipment and systems meet the specified performance criteria. D. Equipment and systems may be considered as substantially complete at the end of this initial operation period if the equipment is placed in continuous beneficial use by the Owner, unless specifically stated otherwise in the individual equipment Specification Section. 3.05 INITIAL MAINTENANCE A. Service equipment in accordance with the operation and maintenance manual immediately before releasing the equipment to the Owner. END OF SECTION Starting and Adjusting 01 75 00 - 2 LUB23203 -West Lubbock Water System Expansion April 30, 2024 01 78 36 WARRANTIES AND SERVICE AGREEMENTS 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS A. Provide Warranties and Extended Warranties that comply with the requirements of this Section. Do not provide Goods for which these Warranties and Extended Warranties are not available. B. Warranties required by this Section are in addition to and not a limitation of any other warranty or remedy required by law or by the Procurement Contract Documents. C. Manufacturer warranties will be assigned to the Owner with provisions that reserve the Contractor's right to also enforce the warranties. 1.02 WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS A. Guarantee and warrant Goods against: 1. Defects due to faulty or inadequate design; 2. Defects due to improper assembly, erection, or improper installation of the equipment; 3. Defective workmanship or materials; 4. Performance that fails to comply with the requirements of the Procurement Contract Documents; and 5. Damage to equipment and associated systems resulting from operation of the equipment prior to acceptance of the equipment by the Owner in accordance with the provisions of the Procurement Contract Documents. B. Warranty does not cover routine or normal deterioration or damage of the product resulting from using the product under the specified operational parameters and assumes that routine maintenance as required by supplier -provided detailed operation and maintenance manuals and startup instructions have been performed. C. The correction period is defined in the General Conditions. Individual Specification Sections may have more stringent requirements than those stated in the General Conditions. D. Extended Warranties and Extended Service Agreements may be required by this Section or by Specifications for the Goods and Special Services. E. Provide the longer or more stringent warranty in the event of conflicts between the requirements of this Section and other Specification Sections. 1.03 DOCUMENTATION A. Provide all required Warranties, Extended Warranties, and related documents with the Shop Drawings for approval. B. Include an additional copy of Warranties, Extended Warranties, and related documents with operation and maintenance manuals. Warranties and Service Agreements 0178 36 - 1 LUB23203 - West Lubbock Water System Expansion April 30, 2024 C. Provide a copy of all Warranties and Extended Warranties in a separate document in accordance with Section 0170 00 "Execution and Closeout Requirements." D. Extended warranties require that the warranty be accompanied by a letter from the Manufacturer, signed by an officer of the Manufacturer's organization, that specifically indicates: 1. The identification number(s) of the Goods; 2. Project name; 3. Owner's name; 4. The beginning and ending date of the Extended Warranty; and 5. Any other items required by the Procurement Contract Documents. Provide an Equipment Installation Report to document proper installation and startup of Goods after corrective actions are completed. Provide copies of bonds with Extended Warranties and Extended Service Agreements if bonds are required. G. Issue warranty certificates or bonds in the name of the Owner. 1.04 NOT USED 1.05 WARRANTY COVERAGE AND CORRECTIVE ACTION A. Correct Defective Goods during the one-year correction period in accordance with the General Conditions. B. Correct Defective Goods during the Extended Warranty Period by furnishing, delivering, and installing parts required to correct the defect. C. Owner will remove and load the Goods on a vehicle provided by the Manufacturer if it is necessary to return the Goods to the Manufacturer for correction of defects during the Extended Warranty Period. Owner will reinstall the Goods when they are returned to the Site after defects have been corrected. The Manufacturer is to provide all parts, labor, and incidental cost for making repairs, shipping the Goods to the Site, and providing startup services in accordance with Section 0175 00 "Starting and Adjusting." D. Begin correction of defects within 7 days after notification of defects by the Owner. Continue to work without delay or interruption until the Defective Goods have been corrected and returned to the Site if removed for repairs. Owner may correct Defective Goods if corrective action is not completed within 3 months, unless Owner agrees to a longer period of time. Manufacturer will pay cost for corrective action, including cost for design and legal fees. Manufacturer is not obligated to obtain competitive bids or take other action to reduce the cost of repairs for work to corrective Defective Goods if Owner takes corrective action under this paragraph. F. Correction of Defective Goods during the Extended Warranty Period does not extend the correction period as is required under the provisions of the one-year correction period included in the General Conditions. Warranties and Service Agreements 0178 36 - 2 LUB23203 - West Lubbock Water System Expansion April 30, 2024 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Warranties and Service Agreements 0178 36 - 3 LUB23203 - West Lubbock Water System Expansion April 30, 2024 01 79 00 TRAINING OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Provide services of Supplier's operation and maintenance training specialists to instruct Owner's personnel in recommended operation and maintenance procedures for equipment furnished. Details for training may be established in the specifications for that equipment. B. Provide a combination of classroom and hands on training. C. Training may be conducted at Manufacturer's or Supplier's facilities provided Manufacturer pays for travel, lodging, and per diem costs of the Owner. D. Record training sessions on video and submit to the Owner on DVD disk in MPEG-4 format for Owner's later use in instructing Owner's personnel. Include this recording as part of the final operation and maintenance manual. Provide legal releases or pay additional fees required to allow training by the manufacturer to be recorded. E. Include the cost for training and startup in the Cost of the Work for each equipment package. 1.02 DOCUMENTATION A. Provide documentation in accordance with Section 0133 00 "Document Management" and include: 1. Equipment Installation Reports in accordance with Section 0175 00 "Starting and Adjusting" on forms provided by the Project Construction Manager; 2. Operation and maintenance manuals per Section 0133 04 "Operation and Maintenance Data"; 3. A lesson plan for training in accordance with Paragraph 3.01.C; and 4. Credentials of Supplier's proposed operation and maintenance instructors demonstrating compliance with requirements of Paragraph 1.04. 1.03 SCHEDULING OF TRAINING A. Coordinate training services with startup and initial operation of equipment on days and times Owner is available. B. Training may be required outside of normal business hours to accommodate schedules of operation and maintenance personnel. C. Provide training of Owner's personnel after acceptable preliminary operation and maintenance manuals have been approved. D. Coordinate training with equipment startup and testing and availability of Owner's personnel. E. Provide a proposed training schedule for review and acceptance by Owner showing all training required in the Procurement Contract Documents. Demonstrate compliance with Training of Operation and Maintenance Personnel 0179 00 - 1 LUB23203 - West Lubbock Water System Expansion April 30, 2024 specified training requirements relative to number of hours of training, number of training sessions, and scheduling. Submit initial training schedule at least 60 days before scheduled start of first training session. Submit final training schedule, incorporating revisions in accordance with Owner's comments, no later than 30 days prior to starting the first training session. G. Owner reserves the right to modify personnel availability for training in accordance with process or emergency needs. H. Schedule for training is to be approved by Owner. 1. Schedule training and startup operations for no more than one piece of equipment or system at a time. 2. Owner may require re -scheduling of training if operations personnel are not available for training on a scheduled date. 3. Provide a minimum of 2 weeks' notice if training must be rescheduled. 4. Training is to be limited to 24 hours per week. 5. Time required for training is to be included in the development of the Project schedule. Schedule and coordinate training for equipment or systems which depend upon other equipment or systems for proper operation so that trainees can be made familiar with the operation and maintenance of the entire operating system. 1.04 SERVICES OF SUPPLIER'S REPRESENTATIVE A. Supplier's instructors must be factory -trained by the equipment manufacturer. B. Instructors must have knowledge of the theory of operation and practical experience with the equipment or system. C. Instructors must be proficient and experienced in conducting training of the type required and must have successfully conducted similar training courses. D. Qualifications of instructors are subject to acceptance by Owner. Provide services of replacement instructor with acceptable qualifications if Owner does not accept qualifications of proposed instructor. Include each instructor's resume and specific details of instructor's operating, maintenance, and training experience relative to the specific equipment for which instructor will provide training to demonstrate their qualifications. 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 OPERATOR TRAINING A. Provide classroom and hands-on training of the care and operation of the equipment to the Owner's personnel. Training of Operation and Maintenance Personnel 0179 00 - 2 LUB23203 - West Lubbock Water System Expansion April 30, 2024 B. Provide training in adequate detail to ensure that the trainees who complete the program will be qualified and capable of operating and maintaining the equipment, products, and systems provided. C. Provide a training plan that indicates the schedule and sequence of the training programs. The training plan is to include for each course: 1. Number of hours for the course; 2. Agenda and narrative description, including the defined objectives for each lesson; 3. Draft copy of training handbooks; 4. A descriptive listing of suggested reference publications; 5. Audio-visual equipment required for training; and 6. Type and number of tools or test equipment required for each training session. D. Provide and use training aids to complement the instruction and enhance learning. 1. Provide training handbooks for use in both the classroom and the hands-on phases of training for each course. 2. Provide instructional materials that include references to the operation and maintenance manuals and identify and explain the use of the manual. 3. Provide a copy of all audio/visual training materials used in the presentations to the Owner. E. Operations training is to include: 1. Orientation to provide an overview of system/subsystem configuration and operation; 2. Terminology, nomenclature, and display symbols; 3. Operations theory; 4. Equipment appearance, functions, concepts, and operation; 5. Operating modes, practices, and procedures under normal, diminished, and emergency conditions; 6. Startup and shutdown procedures; 7. Safety precautions; 8. On-the-job operating experience for monitoring functions, supervisory, or command activities. Include functions and activities associated with diminished operating modes, failure recognition, and responses to system/subsystem and recovery procedures; and 9. Content and use of operation and maintenance manuals and related reference materials. F. Provide training for performing on -site routine, preventive, and remedial maintenance of the equipment or system. Maintenance training is to include but not be limited to: 1. Orientation to provide an overview of system/subsystem concept, configuration, and operation; 2. Operations theory and interfaces; Training of Operation and Maintenance Personnel 0179 00 - 3 LUB23203 - West Lubbock Water System Expansion April 30, 2024 3. Instructions necessary to ensure a basic theoretical and practical understanding of equipment appearance, layout, and functions; 4. Safety precautions; 5. Use of standard and special tools and test equipment; 6. Adjustment, calibration, and use of related test equipment; 7. Detailed preventive maintenance activities; 8. Troubleshooting, diagnostics, and testing; 9. Equipment assembly and disassembly; 10. Repair and parts replacement; 11. Parts ordering practices and storage; 12. Failure and recovery procedures; 13. Cabling and/or interface connectors; 14. Content and use of operation and maintenance manuals and related reference materials; 15. Procedures for warranty repairs; 16. Lubrication; and 17. Procedures, practices, documentation, and materials required to commence system maintenance. END OF SECTION Training of Operation and Maintenance Personnel 0179 00 - 4 LUB23203 - West Lubbock Water System Expansion April 30, 2024 26 05 19 LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL CONDUCTORS & CABLES 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to install and test 600 volt wires and cables. Electrical work shall be in accordance with Section 26 05 00, "Common Work Results for Electrical". B. Work shall include building wire, cable, wiring connections and terminations, and modular wiring systems. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE: TESTING A. Megger test circuits for continuity and ground. Verify phasing at connection points. Torque test conductor connections and terminations to the Manufacturer's recommended values. Megger tests shall be performed by a testing company with a minimum of 10 years' experience. All low voltage cables shall be verified by use of telephone communications. B. Testing Agency Qualifications: Member company of NETA. 1. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Certified by NETA to supervise on -site testing. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0130 00, "Document Management " and shall include: 1. Shop Drawings: product data for each type of product. a. Low voltage wire b. Ground wire c. Paired shielded cable d. Triad shielded cable e. Terminations and connections 1.04 STANDARDS A. The applicable provisions of the following standards shall apply as if written here in their entirety: ICEA S-19-81/NEMA WC-3 Rubber -Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy ICEA S-61-402/NEMA WC-5 Thermoplastic -Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy NFPA 70 National Electrical Code ANSI/TIA/EIA 606A Standard for Telecommunications Infrastructure UL 83 Thermoplastic Insulated Wires and Cables Low Voltage Electrical Conductors & Cables 26 05 19-1 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion UL 1063 Machine Tool Wires and Cables ASTM B3 Soft or Annealed Copper Wires ASTM B8 Concentric -Lay -Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard, Medium, Hard, Soft 1.05 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Deliver cable and wire to the project site in the original packages. Conductors with damaged insulation or exposed nylon jacketing shall not be permitted. B. Where cut lengths are specified, mark reel footage accordingly. Each reel shall contain one continuous length of cable. C. Check for reels not completely restrained, reels with interlocking flanges or broken flanges, damaged reel covering or any other indication of damage. Provide impact protection by wood lagging or suitable barrier across the traverse of the reel. D. Do not drop reels from any height. E. Unload reels using a sling and spreader bar. Roll reels in the direction of the arrows shown on the reel and on surfaces free of obstructions that could damage the wire and cable. F. Store cable on a solid, well drained location. Cover cable reels with plastic sheeting or tarpaulin. Do not lay reels flat. G. Provide moisture protection by using manufacturer's standard procedure or heat shrinkable self -healing end caps applied to both ends of cable. Do not remove end caps until cables are ready to be terminated. 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Wires and cables shall be soft -drawn, annealed copper with a conductivity of not less than that of 98% pure copper, UL83 and UL1063 listed, rated 600 volts and certified for continuous operation at maximum conductor temperature of 90 Celsius in dry locations and in wet locations B. Conductors #8 or larger shall be stranded and conductors #14 shall be stranded. Utilize single conductors. C. Except for control, signal and instrumentation circuits and as specifically indicated on the plans the minimum conductor permitted is #12. 2.02 WIRE MARKING A. Wire marking shall be in accordance with the National Electrical Code Article 310 and shall be printed on the wire insulation at 2 foot intervals. The printing method used shall be permanent and the color shall sharply contrast with the jacket color. B. Wire marking shall include the U.L. label and necessary identification, including the Manufacturer, the number of conductors, size, conductor insulation type, sun -resistance, and other pertinent information. Low Voltage Electrical Conductors & Cables 26 05 19-2 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion 2.03 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. SINGLE CONDUCTOR CABLES: Conductor with thermoplastic insulation rated at 600 volts and insulated with type XHHW-2 insulation. Wire shall be water tank tested and approved as machine tool wire, in accordance with National Machine Tool Builders Association. Wire in light fixture channels and other special locations shall be as specifically noted for temperature in NEC Article 300. Conductors #8 or larger and conductors #14 shall be stranded. Wire shall be manufactured by Southwire, Okonite, Encore, General Cable, or Houston Wire & Cable. B. MULTI -CONDUCTOR CABLES: Type TC; multi -conductor cable specifically approved for the installation of cable trays, in accordance with NEC Article 340. Each cable conductor shall be insulated with XHHW-2 type insulation rated at 600 volts. The individual conductors shall be twisted together and jacketed with a PVC outer covering. Cables shall be 600 volts in accordance with NEC-725 and IEEE 383 and shall be suitable for wet location. Cable shall be as manufactured by Southwire, Okonite Okoseal-N, General Cable or Houston Wire & Cable. C. GROUND WIRE: Ground wire shall be Class B stranded tin-plated conductor without insulation in all cases where a single ground wire is indicated to be installed in a conduit with no other conductors in the conduit, or where the ground wire is directly buried in earth or concrete. In all other cases, insulate ground wire with green insulator as specified for low voltage wire. D. PAIRED SHIELDED CABLE: Individually and overall shielded 18 gauge, 7/28 stranded, tinned copper conductors with .021" extruded PVC; .004" nylon insulation twisted into pairs, stranded into a core and enclosed by a non -hygroscopic core tape, 100% coverage, helically wound, aluminum foil shield, drain wire, and .050" minimum extruded PVC jacket. Pairs shall be black/red or black/white numbered. Cables shall be 600 volts in accordance with NEC-725 and IEEE 383 and shall be suitable for wet location and cable tray rated. Cables shall be manufactured by Alpha, Okonite, General Cable, Southwire, Belden, or Houston Wire & Cable. E. TRIAD SHIELDED CABLE (RTD CABLE): RTD cable shall have the following characteristics: 1. Twelve (12) or as indicated on the plans, with three (3) 18 AWG conductors. 2. Triads shall each have individual shield and overall shield. 3. Each conductor insulated for 600V and entire cable rated for 90 Celsius in dry locations and 75 Celsius in wet locations. a. Primary Insulation: 15 mils nominal; PVC; 4 mils nylon b. Number of Conductors: 3 c. Color Code: Black and white and red d. Group Identification: Each triad numbered e. Pair Shield: 100% coverage; .35 mil aluminum x .5 mil Mylar tape and 20 gauge 7 strand tinned copper drain wire; shield tape to be applied to give a total shield isolation from all other triad shields. f. Cable Shield: 100% coverage; 2.35 mil aluminum Mylar tape shield and an 18 gauge 7 strand tinned copper drain wire. Low Voltage Electrical Conductors & Cables 26 05 19-3 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion g. Jacket: Black 90 Celsius FR PVC 4. RTD cable shall be as manufactured by Houston Wire & Cable, General Cable, Okonite or Belden. 2.04 WIRE CONNECTIONS AND DEVICES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: 1. 3M Electrical Products. 2. Ideal Industries, Inc. 3. ILSCO. 4. O-Z/Gedney; a brand of Emerson Industrial Automation. 5. AFC Cable Systems, Inc. 6. Hubbel Power systems, Inc. 7. Thomas & Betts Corporation, A Member of the ABB Group. 8. Tyco Electronics Corp. B. Description: Factory -fabricated connectors and devices of size, ampacity rating, material, type, and class for application and service indicated; listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. C. CONNECTORS, COMPRESSION, COPPER, 600 VOLT: As manufactured by Burndy, Thomas & Betts, or Ideal Industries; of the appropriate hole sizes and spacing which are in accordance with NEMA standards; two (2) holes in the tongue for use on conductor sizes 250 kcmil or larger; not required for connections to the circuit breakers in the lighting and/or receptacle panels. All compression connectors shall be long -barrel type, no exceptions. D. 600 VOLT PLASTIC TAPE: Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing Company (3M), No. 35. E. WIRENUTS: Silicone -based pre -filled spring wire connecting devices with plastic covering; UL listed for damp and wet locations. Wirenut shall meet requirements of UL 486D for Sealed Wire Connector Systems and shall be manufactured by Ideal Industries, Inc model 63, or as manufactured by ITT or Panduit. Wirenut shall be spring insulated, properly sized and resistant to vibration may be used for No.12 through No.10 solid gauge conductor for lighting and branch circuits only. F. SPLIT BOLTS: Kearney, Burndy, or Ilsco; shall be usable for connecting conductors which are both copper, both aluminum or one copper and one aluminum. Split bolts shall have a spacer between the two conductors, which it connects. G. MECHANICAL SET SCREW CONNECTOR: Blackburn HPS, ADR-ALCUL, GP or GT, Burndy or Ilsco; consisting of an aluminum body which has openings on opposite ends for insertion of the conductors. Conductors inserted into these holes shall each be clamped by two set screws. Connectors shall be suitable for use with copper conductors. H. RUBBER TAPE: Scotch 2210. I. VINYL TAPE: Scotch 88. Low Voltage Electrical Conductors & Cables 26 05 19-4 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion ARC PROOFING TAPE: 3M "Scotch 77 Fire and Electric Arc Proofing Tape". Fireproofing shall be done with a half -lapped layer of arc proofing tape, anchored at each end with a double wrap of 3M "Scotch 69 Glass Cloth Electrical Tape". K. INSULATING RESIN: Scotch 3576, 3577, or 3578. L. POWER DISTRIBUTION BLOCKS: Mersen, or Ilsco; rated for 600 VAC and termination of copper conductors. Individual poles shall be constructed of tin plated aluminum and mounted on an insulating base. 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Completely swab raceway system before installing conductors. Do not use cleaning agents and lubricants which have a deleterious effect on the conductors or their insulation. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. GENERAL Install raceway first as a complete system without conductors. Do not install pull wires and conductors until the raceway system is in place in accordance with the NEC and these specifications. Exception: Only flexible connections to motors shall be permitted to be installed after the installation of the remainder of the raceway system. The installation of these conductors shall be limited to exposure to damage for a maximum of one (1) week prior to installing flexible connection and making final terminations. Any conductors exposed to damage (i.e. not installed in raceway) longer than one (1) week shall be subject to rejection by the Owner and/or Engineer. If rejected, the cables shall be removed, discarded, replaced, reinstalled and retermination at the Contractor's expense. 2. Installed unapproved wire shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. 3. Grouping conductors together into one conduit shall not be allowed where the plans indicate the conductors to be placed in separate conduits. Each home run shown on the plans shall be in its own conduit. 4. Neatly train wiring inside boxes, equipment and panelboards. Pull conductors into a raceway at the same time and use U.L. listed, wire pulling lubricant for pulling No. 4 AWG and larger wire or where needed. 5. Use manufacturer -approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary; compound used must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values. 6. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket -weave wire/cable grips, that will not damage cables or raceway. 7. Install exposed cables parallel and perpendicular to surfaces of exposed structural members, and follow surface contours where possible. Low Voltage Electrical Conductors & Cables 26 05 19-5 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion 8. Except for hand -pulled conductors into raceways, all wire and cable installation shall be installed with tension -monitoring equipment. Where conductors are found to have been installed without tension -monitoring, the conductors and cables shall be immediately removed from the raceways, permanently identified as rejected material, and removed from the jobsite. New conductors and cables shall be reinstalled, tagged and raceways resealed, all at the Contractor's expense. 9. Support cables according to Section 26 05 29 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems." 10. Do not exceed cable manufacturer's recommendations for maximum pulling tensions and minimum bending radii. Where pulling compound is used, use only UL listed compound compatible with the cable outer jacket and with the raceway involved. 11. All wire and cable installed in cable trays shall be UL Listed as Type TC, for cable tray use. 12. Where single conductors and cables in manholes, hand holes, vaults, cable trays, and other indicated locations are not wrapped together by some other means such as arc and fireproofing tapes, bundle throughout their exposed length all conductors entering from each conduit with nylon, self-locking, releasable, cable ties placed at intervals not exceeding 4 inches on center. 13. Properly support cables in accordance with the NEC and manufacturer's recommendations in all raceways. Provide strain relief as required. 14. Arrange wiring in cabinets and panels neatly cut to proper length, remove surplus wire, and bundle and secure in an acceptable manner. Identify all circuits entering motor control centers or other control cabinets in accordance with the conductor identification system specified herein and in specification Section 26 05 53, "Identification For Electrical Systems." 15. Cap spare conductors and conductors not terminated, with the UL listed end caps. 16. Where conductors pass through holes or over edges in sheet metal, remove all burrs, chamfer all edges, and install bushings and protective strips of insulating material to protect the conductors. 17. For conductors that will be connected by others, provide at least 6 feet spare conductors in free standing panels and at least 2 feet spare in other assemblies. Provide additional spare conductor in any particular assembly where it is obvious that more conductor will be needed to reach the termination point. 18. Each circuit shall include a ground wire. Sharing grounds or neutrals is not allowed. B. CONNECTIONS Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque -tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A-486B. 2. Make splices, terminations, and taps compatible with conductor material and that possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than unspliced conductors. Low Voltage Electrical Conductors & Cables 26 05 19-6 LUB23203 —West Lubbock Water System Expansion 3. Power Conductors: Splice in junction boxes or at outlets only for lighting and receptacle branch circuits. Splices for all other circuits shall be disallowed. All splices are subject to the Engineer's approval. Obtain approval from Engineer before installing any splices. 4. Where pre -approved by Engineer, 480 V splices shall terminate conductors using power distribution blocks mounted in a junction box. 5. Control and Instrumentation Conductors: No splicing of control and instrumentation conductors shall be permitted between terminal points except as specifically indicated on the plans. 6. No splicing of conductors shall be performed in any below ground structure. 7. Condulet type fittings shall not contain splices. Under no condition shall conductors of a different color be spliced together. 8. For No. 10 and smaller, connect conductors with a twist -on spring wirenut. If a splice or tap is below 3' above the final grade, fill the spring connectors with an electrical insulating resin so that the resin encapsulates conductor and spring materials. Conductor splices and taps inside the 480V switchboard, VFDs, panels, etc. shall be on the terminal strips or power distribution blocks. 9. For No. 8 and larger, connect conductors with a split bolt type of connector or a mechanical, set screw type connector. Wrap splices and taps with a single half -lapped layer or rubber tape followed by successive layers of vinyl tape until a vinyl tape layer thickness of twice the original conductor insulation thickness is achieved. If splice or tap is below 3' above the finished grade, the tape or splice shall have a final outer coating or insulating resin. C. TERMINATIONS 1. Conductors terminated on a screw termination shall have a crimp on type spade connector applied on the wire end, Panduit PanTerm or approved equal. 2. Furnish and install power distribution blocks as required for tapping conductors at their load connection point with conductors of smaller size. Install power distribution blocks with the number of poles and sizes needed for connecting the phase, neutral, and ground conductors. 3. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque -tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A-486B. 4. Use crimp connectors on all stranded conductors. 5. Soldered mechanical joints insulated with tape will not be acceptable. 6. SINGLE CONDUCTORS: Sufficient wire shall be left at outlets to make connections to equipment without straining. Light switches and receptacles shall be connected with pig -tails and crimp -on connectors. Low Voltage Electrical Conductors & Cables 26 05 19-7 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion 7. PAIRED SHIELDED AND TRIAD SHIELDED CABLE: Ground paired shielded and triad shielded cables at the instrument panel or starter end only and insulate from ground elsewhere. The shield shall be continuous for the entire run. The paired shielded and triad shielded cable shall not be laced with or placed in the same conduit with power cables and digital control cables. Each termination of paired shielded or triad shielded cable shall be coated with silicone jelly after termination. The shield of pair shielded cable and triad shielded cable shall only be broken when the conductors are terminated on terminal strips. Each conductor and shield shall be landed on its own terminal. Sharing of shield shall not be allowed. D. GROUNDING Conduits and other raceway shall contain an equipment grounding conductor whether the raceway is metallic or not. Conduits, motors, cabinets, outlets, and other equipment shall be properly grounded in accordance with National Electrical Code requirements. Where ground wire is exposed to mechanical damage, install wire in rigid aluminum conduit. Make connections to equipment with solderless connections. All connections to ground rods shall be of the fused type utilizing an exothermic welding process. Ground metallic material, including but not limited to metallic raceway, metallic boxes and metallic enclosures. Where metallic material is not connected by raceway to a solid ground, connect the metallic material to the largest equipment grounding conductor, which it houses. Clean the metal surface under the grounding lug to bright metal. Grounding connections to motors shall be to the grounding stud, which shall be threaded into the stationary frame; Use Burndy KC Servit, or approved equal. The ground wire shall not be lugged to a mounting bolt. 3. Ground wire shall be uninsulated tin plated copper sized as shown on the plans in all cases where a single ground wire is indicated to be installed in a conduit with no other conductors in the conduit, or where the ground wire is directly buried in earth or concrete. In all other cases, insulate ground wire with green insulation as specified for low voltage wire. Provide and size bonding conductors in accordance with the National Electrical Code. 4. Provide a bare uninsulated ground wire to run the entire length of all cable trays. The contractor shall bond to each section and to every enclosure served by conductors routed through the cable tray system E. IDENTIFICATION 1. Identify and color -code conductors and cables according to Section 26 05 53 "Identification for Electrical Systems." 2. Identify each spare conductor at each end with identity number and location of other end of conductor, and identify as spare conductor. F. TESTING 1. Testing: All testing required shall be per Specification Section 26 0126, 'Testing of Electrical Systems". Low Voltage Electrical Conductors & Cables 26 05 19-8 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion 2. Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports and submit to the Owner/Engineer prior to final inspection. Test reports shall be submitted as required by Specification Section 26 0126, 'Testing of Electrical Systems". All test reports shall be submitted in one binder under Specification Section 26 0126, 'Testing of Electrical Systems". 3. Tests and Inspections: a. After installing conductors and cables and before electrical circuitry has been energized, test for compliance with requirements. b. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical tests stated in NETA Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters. 1). Inspect exposed sections of conductor and cable for physical damage and correct connection according to the single -line diagram. 2). Test bolted connections for high resistance using one of the following: a). A low -resistance ohmmeter. b). Calibrated torque wrench. c). Thermographic survey. 3). Inspect compression applied connectors for correct cable match and indentation. 4). Inspect for correct identification. 5). Inspect cable jacket and condition. 6). Insulation -resistance test on each conductor with respect to ground and adjacent conductors. Apply a potential of 500-V do for 300-V rated cable and 1000-V do for 600-V rated cable for a 1-minute duration. 7). Continuity test on each conductor and cable. a). Uniform resistance of parallel conductors. c. Test Reports: Prepare a written report to record the following: 1). Test procedures used 2). Test results that comply with requirements. 3). Test results that do not comply with requirements and corrective action taken to achieve compliance with requirements. d. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. END OF SECTION Low Voltage Electrical Conductors & Cables 26 05 19-9 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion 26 05 26 GROUNDING & BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to install a complete grounding system in strict accordance with Article 250 of the National Electrical Code (NEC) as shown on the drawings or as specified herein. Electrical work shall be in accordance with Section 26 05 00, "Common Work Results for Electrical". 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submittal shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00, "Document Management" and shall include: 1. Grounding materials, equipment and processes. 2. Product Data: For each type of product supplied. 3. Field quality -control grounding test reports. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with UL 467 for grounding and bonding materials and equipment. 1.04 JOB CONDITIONS A. Measure the ground grid resistance with the earth test megger and install additional ground rods and conductors as required until the resistance to the ground conforms to National Electrical Code requirements. Ground resistance measurement shall not exceed 5 ohms. Add ground rods as required to bring resistance to 5 ohms and connect to grounding system. 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. GROUND RODS: 316 copper clad, having a diameter of 3/4" and a minimum length of 10'. B. GROUND CABLES: Stranded, bare copper of 98% conductivity and as specified in Section 26 05 19, "Low Voltage Electrical Conductors & Cables". C. CONDUIT GROUND FITTINGS: Fittings for bonding ground cable to the conduit shall be FCI Burndy Corp., type NE or Thomas & Betts No. 3951 series. D. GROUND ROD BOXES: Precast Box with cast iron lid. Lid shall read "ground rod" on lid. Brooks Precast Model. "3-RT" or approved equal. Ground rod boxes located in driveway areas shall have an AASHTO HS-20 rating. Grounding & Bonding for Electrical Systems 26 05 26-1 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion E. EXOTHERMIC WELDING PROCESS: CADWELD MATERIALS —as manufactured by ERICO products or approved equal. F. GROUND PAD: Flat plate all copper alloy ERICO CADWELD B164-2Q or equal. Ground pad shall be installed in concrete foundations or pad for connections to motors and transformers. Ground pad shall be exothermic weld connection for connection to ground cable. 2.02 PROCESSES A. All grounding system connections to building steel and ground rods shall be exothermically welded including all cable connections, and cable steel terminations. The use of mechanical type connections is not acceptable. B. Any concealed connection (buried, encased in concrete or otherwise sealed) shall be done only with exothermic welds. C. All materials involved must be from the same sources to insure compatibility. Connections made from this process shall meet the requirements of IEEE Standards 80 and 837 and as listed in MIL419 and other standards, National Electrical Code, etc. 2.03 GROUNDING SYSTEM A. Provide a complete grounding system that includes all connections and the testing of ground rods, ground cables, ground buses, conduits, fittings, anchor supports, thermite process materials and equipment and other materials required for a complete installation. Grounding system shall be installed and sized in accordance with the National Electrical Code. 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Conductor Terminations and Connections: 1. Pipe and Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: Bolted/clamp type connectors. 2. Underground Connections or any concealed location: Exothermically welded connectors, 3. Connections to Ground Rods at Test Wells: Exothermically welded connectors. 4. Connections to Structural Steel: Exothermically welded connectors. 5. Connections to equipment: NEMA ground pads and insulated jumpers. 6. Connection to Ground Pad: Exothermic. 7. The use of "pig tails" for connections to ground loops or equipment shall not be allowed. B. Ground electrical work in accordance with NEC Article 250 and local codes. Grounding & Bonding for Electrical Systems 26 05 26-2 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion C. Install ground cables in conduits above grade or directly buried in earth to a depth of not less than 18" to 24" below grade. Installation to provide sufficient mechanical protection so as not to break ground cables or connections. If ground cables are exposed, run in conduits for added protection. D. Install ground cables continuously between connections. Splices shall not be permitted, except where indicated on the plans. Where ground cables pass through floor slabs, buildings, etc., and when not in metallic enclosures, provide a sleeve of approved, non- metallic materials. E. Install a green -colored, equipment grounding conductor in raceways. Size conductors in accordance with NEC Article 250. F. Where ground wire is directly buried in earth or concealed in concrete, structures or duct banks use standard bare copper cable, in all other cases install a green -colored insulation, equipment grounding conductor in accordance with Section 26 05 19, "Low Voltage Electrical Conductors & Cables". Size conductors in accordance with NEC Article 250. Provide grounding conductors as required per the NEC. For larger conductors where green insulation is not available, provide green indicating tape per the National Electrical Code. G. Metal conduits stubbed up into switchgear, motor control center or other electrical equipment shall be terminated with insulated grounding bushings and connected to the equipment ground bus. Size the grounding wire in accordance with applicable sections of the National Electrical Code. Provide grounding and bonding jumpers as required per the NEC and sized in accordance with the NEC. H. Provide exothermic weld connection for extension to existing stub -up ground conductors. Bonding Straps and Jumpers: Install in locations accessible for inspection and maintenance, except where routed through short lengths of conduit. 1. Provide grounding and bonding jumpers as required per the NEC. 2. Bonding to Structure: Bond straps directly to basic structure, taking care not to penetrate any adjacent parts. 3. Bonding to Equipment Mounted on Vibration Isolation Hangers and Supports: Install so vibration is not transmitted to rigidly mounted equipment. Bolt -on or crimp -on connections in lieu of exothermic welds, shall only be used upon Owner/Engineer's approval in writing on a case by case basis. 4. Use exothermic -welded connectors for outdoor locations, but if a disconnect type connection is required; use a bolt on crimp type lug. J. Grounding and Bonding for Piping: Metal Water Service Pipe: Install insulated copper grounding conductors, in conduit, from building's main service equipment, or grounding bus, to main metal water service entrances to building. Connect grounding conductors to main metal water service pipes, using a bolted clamp connector or by bolting a lug -type connector to a pipe flange, using one of the lug bolts of the flange. Where a dielectric main water fitting is installed, connect grounding conductor on street side of fitting. Bond metal grounding conductor conduit or sleeve to conductor at each end. Grounding & Bonding for Electrical Systems 26 05 26-3 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion 2. Water Meter Piping: Use braided -type bonding jumpers toelectrically bypass water meters. Connect to pipe with a bolted connector. Bond each aboveground portion of gas piping system downstream from equipment shutoff valve. K. Liquid tight flexible metal conduit in sizes 1-1/2" or larger shall have exceptional bonding jumpers. Bonding jumpers shall be external, run in parallel (not spiraled) and fastened with plastic tie wraps. Bonding jumpers shall be insulated copper conductors. CONTRACTOR shall provide bonding jumpers sized in accordance with the National Electrical Code. L. All equipment enclosures, motor and transformer frames, conduit systems, cable armor, exposed structural steel and all other equipment and materials required by the NEC to be grounded, shall be grounded and bonded in accordance with the NEC. Provide grounding and bondingjumpers as required per the NEC and sized in accordance with the NEC. M. Ground transformer neutrals to the nearest available grounding electrode with a conductor sized in accordance with NEC Article 250. N. Where exothermic bonding is used, molds shall be of the appropriate size for the wire and rod used. All bonds shall remain exposed for inspection of the OWNER's Representative. O. Run #4/0 bare copper grounded conductor in all cable trays, whether new or existing. Bond ground to each section of the cable tray, to each enclosure, and enclosure ground bus, where cable terminates, to each pump frame and motor frame, and to the building counterpoise. Install cable on the outside rail of tray to avoid damage to conductors from sharp edges on grounding clamps. P. Ground rod shall be installed such that the top of the ground rod is 6" below grade and enclosed by a ground rod box. Q. At each convenience outlet, install a grounding clip attached to the outlet box and leave a sufficient length of #12 wire with green -colored insulation to connect to the grounding terminal at the receptacle. R. Install #4/0 AWG bare copper ground cable that follows the route of the underground duct banks on top of the duct bank envelop, but in no case is embedded in the concrete. Run ground through the manholes and bond to ground rods in manholes. 1. Connect the ground cables of the duct bank to the nearest buried ground loop at both ends. If a ground loop is not available for connection at an end of a duct bank, the Contractor shall drive a 3/4" x 10' ground rod at the end of the duct bank and terminate the ground cable run along the top of the duct bank to the ground rod. 2. Ground all metallic cable racks, supports, and ladders by #4/0 bare copper ground loop exposed on the inside walls of the manhole. Connect the copper loop to the grounding cable that is run above the duct bank and through the manhole. S. Grounding Manholes and Handholes: Install a driven ground rod through manhole or handhole floor, close to wall, and set rod depth so 4 inches will extend above finished floor. If necessary, install ground rod before manhole is placed and provide No. 4/0 AWG bare, copper conductor from ground rod into manhole through a waterproof sleeve in manhole wall. Protect ground rods passing through concrete floor with a double wrapping of pressure -sensitive insulating tape or heat -shrunk insulating sleeve from 2 inches above to 6 inches below concrete. Seal floor opening with waterproof, nonshrink grout. Grounding & Bonding for Electrical Systems 26 05 26-4 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion T. Grounding Connections to Manhole Components: Bond exposed -metal parts such as inserts, cable racks, pulling irons, ladders, and cable shields within each vault, manhole or handhole, to ground rod or grounding conductor. Make connections with No. 4 AWG minimum, stranded, hard -drawn copper bonding conductor. Train conductors level or plumb around corners and fasten to manhole walls. Ground all metallic cable racks, supports, and ladders by #4/0 bare copper ground loop exposed on the inside walls of the manhole. Connect the copper loop to the grounding cable that is run above the duct bank and through the manhole. U. Provide a ground pad in all concrete foundations for connection to equipment and to grounding system. The ground pad shall be ERICO CADWELD B164-2Q or equal. No pigtails allowed. 1. Transformer Pads: Provide a ground pad in the concrete pad. Provide a #4/0 bare copper to the grounding system. Provide two hole spade terminals connected to a #4/0 bare copper conductor at each end and connect to the transformer enclosure and to the ground pad. 2. Generator Pads: Provide a ground pad in the concrete pad. Provide a #4/0 bare copper to the grounding system. Provide two hole spade terminals connected to a #4/0 bare copper conductor at each end and connect to the transformer enclosure and to the ground pad. 3. Motor Grounding: Provide a ground pad in the concrete slab. Provide a #4/0 bare copper to the grounding system. Provide two hole spade terminals connected to a #4/0 bare copper conductor at each end and connect to the motor enclosure and to the ground pad and to the pump frame. 4. The use of "pig tails" for connections to ground loops or equipment shall not be allowed. V. Provide a minimum of two ground connections to all medium voltage equipment including AFD's and transformer frames. 3.02 INSPECTION A. Inspect the grounding and bonding system conductors and connections for tightness and proper installation. B. Use Biddle Direct Reading Earth Resistance Tester or equivalent to measure resistance to ground of the system. Perform testing in accordance with the test instrument manufacturer's recommendation using the fall of potential method. C. All test equipment provided under this section shall be approved by the ENGINEER. D. Resistance to ground testing shall be performed during dry season. Submit test results in the form of a graph showing the number of points measured (12 minimum) and the numerical resistance to ground. E. Testing shall be performed before energizing the distribution system. F. A separate test shall be conducted for each building or system. Grounding & Bonding for Electrical Systems 26 05 26-5 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion G. Notify the ENGINEER immediately if the resistance to ground for any building or system is greater than five ohms. Provide additional ground rods and conductors as required to bring the resistance to five ohms. H. Submit reports of all tests to the Owner/Engineer. END OF SECTION Grounding & Bonding for Electrical Systems 26 05 26-6 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion 26 05 33 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary to install a complete conduit system for each type of electrical system. Electrical work shall be in accordance with Div. 26 Electrical specifications. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for sizing all pull boxes and junction boxes per the National Electrical Code (NEC) Article 314 and all other relevant sections of the NEC. Electrical work shall be in accordance with Section 26 05 00, "Common Work Results for Electrical." 1.02 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Metal conduits, tubing, and fittings. 2. Nonmetal conduits, tubing, and fittings. 3. Metal wireways and auxiliary gutters. 4. Nonmetal wireways and auxiliary gutters. 5. Surface raceways. 6. Boxes, enclosures, and cabinets. 7. Handholes and boxes for exterior underground cabling. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. RAC: Rigid aluminum conduit. B. LFMC: Liquid tight flexible metal conduit. C. LFNC: Liquid tight flexible nonmetallic conduit. D. RNC: Rigid nonmetallic conduit. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00, "Submittal Procedures" and shall include: 1. Product Data: For surface raceways, wireways and fittings, Pull and Junction Boxes, hinged -cover enclosures, and cabinets. 2. Pull and Junction Boxes Sizing Calculations: Detailed calculations shall be submitted to the Engineer with the pull and junction boxes' initial submittal. Submittals submitted without sizing calculations shall not be accepted. Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 05 33.08 - 1 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 METAL CONDUITS, TUBING, AND FITTINGS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. AFC Cable Systems; a part of Atkore International. 2. Allied Tube & Conduit; a part of Atkore International. 3. Anamet Electrical, Inc. 4. Electri-Flex Company. 5. FSR Inc. 6. O-Z/Gedney; a brand of Emerson Industrial Automation. 7. Picoma Industries, Inc. 8. Republic Conduit. 9. Robroy Industries. 10. Southwire Company. 11. Thomas & Betts Corporation, A Member of the ABB Group. 12. Western Tube and Conduit Corporation. 13. Wheatland Tube Company. 14. Eaton - Crouse -Hinds. 15. Calbond by Atkore International 16. No approved equal. B. Listing and Labeling: Metal conduits, tubing, and fittings shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. C. RAC: Heavy wall, aluminum alloy 6063; low temper number, tube, free from detects and manufactured in accordance with ANSI C80.5 and UL 6A. D. PVC -coated Rigid Aluminum conduit. 1. Comply with NEMA RN 1. 2. Coating Thickness: minimum 0.040-inch PVC exterior coating and 0.020-inch urethane interior coating. 3. ETL Verified PVC-001. E. PVC -coated Rigid Steel conduit. 1. Comply with NEMA RN land UL 6A Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 05 33.08 - 2 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion 2. Coating Thickness: minimum 0.040-inch PVC exterior coating and 0.020-inch urethane interior coating. 3. ETL Verified PVC-001 and U.L. listed. F. LFMC: Single strip, helically wound, interlocking, aluminum, in accordance with U.L. 360. Liquid tight conduit shall have an extruded, polyvinyl jacket over the flexible metal. Acceptable product shall be Anaconda type UTUA. G. Fittings for Metal Conduit: Threaded type material to match the conduit. Comply with NEMA FB 1 and UL 514B. 1. Conduit Fittings for Hazardous Locations (Class I Divisions 1 & 2, groups B, C & D): Comply with UL 886 and NFPA 70. 2. Flexible and liquid tight fittings: In accordance with ANSI/NEMA FBI; copper -free aluminum, aluminum ferrule, insulated throat, integrally -cast, external ground lugs. Acceptable products shall be Crouse -Hinds Liquidator Aluminum LT -SA, Appleton Aluminum Liquidtight ST series. 3. Expansion Fittings: Copper -free aluminum match conduit type, rated for environmental conditions where installed, and including aluminum bonding jumper. Linear expansion fittings shall be OZ Gedney AX or Crouse Hinds XJG Aluminum for use with rigid aluminum conduit. Combination linear expansion and deflection fittings shall be OZ Gedney type AXDX, or Crouse Hinds XJGD, rated for environmental conditions where installed. 4. Coating for Fittings for PVC -Coated Rigid Aluminum and Steel Conduit: minimum 0.040- inch PVC exterior coating and 0.020-inch urethane interior coating, with overlapping sleeves protecting threaded joints. 5. Elbow and Bends: Conduit systems shall use PVC coated aluminum for all elbows and bends unless indicated otherwise. 0.040-inch PVC exterior coating and 0.020-inch urethane interior coating. 6. Conduit seal fittings: explosion proof, listed for use in respective classified areas, copper -free aluminum bodies, nipples and enclosures. Acceptable products shall be Crouse -Hinds fittings with Chico "X" fiber and Chico "A" sealing compound; or Appleton fittings with Kwiko A Sealing compound and fiber. H. Insulated Grounding Bushings: Conduit grounding bushings shall consist of an aluminum, insulated throat conduit bushing with an attached aluminum set screw lug. Grounding bushing shall comply with Fed. Spec. W-F-408b and W-W-C-581d, UL Standards 514B and467. Acceptable products shall be O-Z Gedney type ABLG with lay -in means of grounding conduit. Joint Compound for RAC or PVC -Coated Rigid Aluminum Conduit: Approved, as defined in NFPA 70, by authorities having jurisdiction for use in conduit assemblies, and compounded for use to lubricate and protect threaded conduit joints from corrosion and to enhance their conductivity. UL listed, compatible with insulating materials such as rubber, or polyethylene, Penetrox A-13 or approved equal. J. Lubricants: 1. Metal -to -metal joint: STL thread lubricant. Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 05 33.08 - 3 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion a. Applicable to dissimilar metals. b. Maintain grounding continuity. 2. Lighting Fixture Threaded joint: HTL high temperature lubricant a. Applicable to dissimilar metals. b. Maintain grounding continuity. 2.02 NONMETALLIC CONDUITS, TUBING, AND FITTINGS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. AFC Cable Systems; a part of Atkore International. 2. Anamet Electrical, Inc. 3. Arnco Corporation. 4. CANTEX INC. 5. CertainTeed Corporation. 6. Condux International, Inc. 7. Electri-Flex Company. 8. Kraloy. 9. Lamson & Sessions. 10. Niedax, Inc. 11. RACO; Hubbell. 12. Thomas & Betts Corporation, A Member of the ABB Group. 13. Allied Tube Conduit by Atkore International. B. Listing and Labeling: Nonmetallic conduits, tubing, and fittings shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. C. RNC: Type EPC-40-PVC and Type EPC-80-PVC, complying with NEMA TC 2 and UL 651 unless otherwise indicated. D. Fittings for RNC: Comply with NEMA TC 3; match to conduit or tubing type and material. Elbows and bends for all conduit systems shall be PVC -coated aluminum unless indicated otherwise. E. LFNC: Comply with UL 1660. F. Fittings for LFNC: Comply with UL 514B. 2.03 METAL WIREWAYS AND AUXILIARY GUTTERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. B-line, an Eaton business. Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 05 33.08 - 4 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion 2. Hoffman; a brand of Pentair Equipment Protection. 3. MonoSystems, Inc. 4. Square D. 5. No approved equal. B. Enclosures: 1. Sheet metal, complying with UL 870 and NEMA 250, Type 1 (metallic) for Air - Conditioned spaces, Type 4X 304 Stainless Steel for all other non -hazardous and non- corrosive locations unless otherwise indicated, and sized according to NFPA 70. 2. All materials installed in Class I, Divisions 1 & 2, Groups B, C & D hazardous areas shall conform to NFPA 70 requirements for the hazardous area classifications. C. Fittings and Accessories: Include covers, couplings, offsets, elbows, expansion joints, adapters, hold-down straps, end caps, and other fittings to match and mate with wireways as required for complete system. D. Wireways shall have integral lugs, quick release cover with stainless steel latches, continuously welded seams, oil resistant gasket. E. Conductors in vertical wireways must be supported per NEC 300.19. F. Finish: ANSI 61 gray finish for NEMA 1. 2.04 BOXES, ENCLOSURES, AND CABINETS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Adalet. 2. Crouse -Hinds, an Eaton business. 3. EGS/Appleton Electric. 4. Erickson Electrical Equipment Company. 5. FSR, Inc. 6. Hoffman; a brand of Pentair Equipment Protection. 7. Hubbell Incorporated. 8. Kraloy. 9. Milbank Manufacturing Co. 10. MonoSystems, Inc. 11. Oldcastle Enclosure Solutions. 12. O-Z/Gedney; a brand of Emerson Industrial Automation. 13. RACO; Hubbell. 14. Robroy Industries. 15. Spring City Electrical Manufacturing Company. Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 05 33.08 - 5 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion 16. Stahlin Non -Metallic Enclosures. 17. Thomas & Betts Corporation, A Member of the ABB Group. 18. Wiremold / Legrand. B. General Requirements for Boxes, Enclosures, and Cabinets: Boxes, enclosures, and cabinets installed in wet locations shall be listed for use in wet locations. C. Sheet Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: Comply with NEMA OS 1 and UL 514. D. Cast -Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: Comply with NEMA FB 1, with gasketed cover, threaded hubs and integral mounting lugs. 1. Damp and outdoor locations: a. Material: Copper -free Aluminum. b. Type: FD. 2. Class I Divisions 1 & 2 locations: a. Material: Copper -free aluminum. b. Type: Series GUA c. Covers: Copper -free aluminum 3. Outlet boxes for PVC Coated Rigid Aluminum: a. Material: PVC Coated Cast Aluminum. b. Coating for Fittings for PVC -Coated Conduit: Minimum thickness of 0.040 inch, with overlapping sleeves protecting threaded joints. E. Luminaire Outlet Boxes: Nonadjustable, designed for attachment of luminaire weighing 50 lb. Outlet boxes designed for attachment of luminaires weighing more than 50 lb shall be listed and marked for the maximum allowable weight. F. Small Sheet Metal Pull and Junction Boxes: NEMA OS 1. G. Cast -Metal Access, Pull, and Junction Boxes: Comply with NEMA FB 1 and UL 1773, cast aluminum with gasketed cover. H. PVC junction and pull boxes shall be used in chemical rooms and whenever PVC conduit is required due to corrosive conditions. I. Box extensions used to accommodate new building finishes shall be of same material as recessed box. J. Gangable boxes are allowed. K. Hinged -Cover Enclosures: 1. Comply with UL 50 and NEMA 250, Type 1 for Air Conditioned spaces, Type 4X 316 Stainless Steel for all other nonhazardous and noncorrosive locations unless noted otherwise, gasketed doors and quarter -turned latches or a 3-point latch (single operator) system on enclosures larger than 36-inch wide or 32 inch tall unless otherwise indicated, and sized according to NFPA 70. All equipment and materials installed in Class Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 05 33.08 - 6 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion I, Group D, Divisions 1 & 2 hazardous areas shall conform to NFPA 70 requirements for the hazardous area classifications. L. Cabinets: 1. NEMA 250, Type 1 for Air -Conditioned spaces, Type 4X 316 Stainless Steel for all other nonhazardous locations, sized according to NFPA 70. Explosion proof NEMA 7 cast copper -free aluminum, watertight neoprene cover gasket with stainless steel bolts, for Class I, Divisions 1 & 2, Group B, C and D hazardous areas. All penetrations shall be factory drilled and tapped. 2. Hinged, gasketed doors and quarter -turned latches or a 3-point latch (single operator) system on enclosures larger than 36-inch wide or 32-inch tall unless otherwise indicated. 3. Key latch to match panelboards. 4. Metal barriers to separate wiring of different systems and voltage. 5. Accessory feet where required for freestanding equipment. 6. Cabinet shall include a grounding kit. 2.05 HANDHOLES AND BOXES FOR EXTERIOR UNDERGROUND WIRING A. General Requirements for Handholes and Boxes: 1. Boxes and handholes for use in underground systems shall be designed and identified as defined in NFPA 70, for intended location and application. 2. Boxes installed in wet areas shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. Manholes and Concrete Pull Boxes 1. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS; PRECAST: Precast concrete products shall comply with the specifications and shall be produced by the following Manufacturers: a. Brooks Products. b. American Industrial Precast Products. c. Dalworth Quickset Co. d. Old Castle. e. No equal. 2. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS; CASTINGS: Metal castings shall comply with the specifications and shall be produced by the following Manufacturers: a. McKinley Iron Works, Fort Worth, TX. b. Neenah Foundry, Neenah, WI. c. No equal. 3. DESIGN CRITERIA: Concrete for precast concrete shall obtain a compressive strength of 4000 psi minimum at 28 days and shall be an air -entrained mix of the Manufacturer's standard mix design. Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 05 33.08 - 7 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion 4. STANDARDS a. The applicable provisions of the following standards shall apply as if written here in their entirety: AASHO H-20 "Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges" ANSI/ASTM A-15 "Zinc Coating (Hot Dipped) on Iron and Steel Hardware" ANSI/ASTM A-569 "Steel, Sheet and Strip, Carbon (0.15% Maximum), Hot Rolled, Commercial Quality. ASTM A-48 "Gray Iron Castings" ASTM A-123 "Zinc (Hot Galvanized) Coatings on Products fabricated from Rolled, Pressed, and Forged Steel Shapes, Plates, Bars, and Strips." 5. Materials a. MANHOLE FRAMES AND COVERS: Class 30B gray cast iron conforming to ASTM A- 48; machine finished with flat bearing surfaces. b. SUMP COVERS: Class 30B gray cast iron conforming to ASTM A-48. c. PULLING IRONS: 316 Stainless Steel bar with 7/8" diameter forming a triangle of 9" per side when set; galvanized according to ANSI/ASTM A-153 for irregularly shaped articles. d. CABLE RACK INSERTS: 316 Stainless Steel channel inserts with a minimum load rating of 800 pounds; length to match cable rack channel. e. CABLE RACK CHANNEL: 4" x 1-1/2" x 3/16" 316 stainless steel channel wall bracket, 48" long, with cable rack arm mounting slots on 8" centers. f. CABLE RACKS: 2-1/2" x 14" 316 stainless steel channels with high glazed, wet -process porcelain insulators conforming to ANSI/ASTM A-569. g. GROUND ROD: 3/4" x 10' copper clad steel, installed in the floor of the manhole, and all metallic cable racks, irons, etc. grounded (to the ground rod). Ground rod may be field installed, but floor penetration shall be sealed against the entrance of water under positive head. h. JOINT SEALANT: Flexible plastic gasket of flexible butyl resin sealant. i. DAMPPROOFING: Sonneborn, Div. of Chem Rex, Inc. or approved equal. 1). BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING a). Cold -Applied, Emulsified -Asphalt Dampproofing: b). Brush and Spray Coats: ASTM D 1227, Type III, Class 1. 2). MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS a). Emulsified -Asphalt Primer: ASTM D 1227, Type III, Class 1, except diluted with water as recommended by manufacturer. Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 05 33.08 - 8 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion 6. Mixes a. Concrete and reinforcing shall be in accordance with Section 03 30 00, "Cast -In - Place Concrete." C. Polymer -Concrete Handholes and Boxes with Polymer -Concrete Cover: Molded of sand and aggregate, bound together with polymer resin, and reinforced with steel, fiberglass, or a combination of the two. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Armorcast Products Company. b. Carson Industries LLC. c. NewBasis. d. Oldcastle Precast, Inc. e. Quazite: Hubbell Power Systems, Inc. f. Synertech Moulded Products. 2. Standard: Comply with SCTE 77. 3. Conduit Entrance Provisions: Conduit -terminating fittings shall mate with entering ducts for secure, fixed installation in enclosure wall. 2.06 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL FOR UNDERGROUND ENCLOSURES A. Handhole and Pull -Box Prototype Test: Test prototypes of handholes and boxes for compliance with SCTE 77. Strength tests shall be for specified tier ratings of products supplied. 1. Strength tests of complete boxes and covers shall be by either an independent testing agency or manufacturer. A qualified registered professional engineer shall certify tests by manufacturer. B. Testing machine pressure gages shall have current calibration certification complying with ISO 9000 and ISO 10012 and traceable to NIST standards. 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 RACEWAY APPLICATION A. Apply raceway products as specified below unless otherwise indicated: 1. Exposed above grade conduit: RAC unless noted otherwise. PVC coated rigid aluminum conduit shall be used in corrosive environments or where in contact with concrete. 2. Underground Conduit: RNC, Type EPC-40-PVC, red concrete encased. Conduit below grade shall not be smaller than 2". All elbows and bends for underground conduit systems shall be PVC coated rigid aluminum. a. All instrumentation cables — 4-20mA cables or manufactured supplied cables — those that are associated with the level transmitters, flow meters, etc. shall be routed in PVC coated rigid steel conduit in underground duct banks. Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 05 33.08 - 9 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion 3. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor -Driven Equipment): LFMC shall only be used to equipment in non -hazardous locations not subject to physical damage or excessive temperatures, 6'-0" maximum length. The bending radius shall be in accordance with Chapter 9, Table 2 of the NEC and shall not deform or alter the flex jacket. LFNC shall be used to equipment in chemical rooms only. 4. Boxes and Enclosures, Aboveground: NEMA 250, Type 12 for Air -Conditioned spaces, Type 4X 304 Stainless Steel for all other nonhazardous and noncorrosive locations unless noted otherwise. All boxes and enclosure installed outdoor or in non -air-conditioned spaces shall have bottom or side entry. No top entry permitted. B. Minimum Raceway Size: 3/4-inch trade size. C. Raceway Fittings: Compatible with raceways and suitable for use and location. 1. Rigid and Intermediate Aluminum Conduit: Use threaded rigid aluminum conduit fittings unless otherwise indicated. Comply with NEMA FB 2.10. 2. PVC Externally Coated, Rigid Aluminum Conduits: Use only fittings listed for use with this type of conduit. Patch and seal all joints, nicks, and scrapes in PVC coating after installing conduits and fittings. Use sealant recommended by fitting manufacturer and apply in thickness and number of coats recommended by manufacturer. 3. PVC Externally Coated, Rigid Steel Conduits: Use only fittings listed for use with this type of conduit. Patch and seal all joints, nicks, and scrapes in PVC coating after installing conduits and fittings. Use sealant recommended by fitting manufacturer and apply in thickness and number of coats recommended by manufacturer. 4. Flexible Conduit: Use only fittings listed for use with flexible conduit. Comply with NEMA FB 2.20. D. Install nonferrous conduit or tubing for circuits operating above 60 Hz. Where aluminum raceways are installed for such circuits and pass through concrete, install in nonmetallic sleeve. E. Do not install aluminum conduits, boxes, or fittings in contact with concrete or earth. 3.02 CONDUIT INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for installation requirements except where requirements on Drawings or in this article are stricter. Comply with NECA 102 for aluminum conduits. Comply with NFPA 70 limitations for types of raceways allowed in specific occupancies and number of floors. B. Use the conduit route where shown on the plans. Route conduits that do not have a specified route in the most direct path between the two points, i.e. home runs shown with an arrow symbol. Route conduits parallel to building lines. Concealed conduits on the plans shall be below grade, within walls, or above ceilings. C. Route conduit through roof openings for piping and ductwork where possible. Otherwise, route conduit through the roof with pitch pocket. Conduit shall not penetrate ductwork. Exposed conduit shall not be installed on the roof without the Engineer's prior approval. Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 05 33.08 - 10 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion D. Install conduit at elevations which maintain headroom, and at locations which avoid interference with other work requiring grading of pipe, the structure, finished walls, etc. Avoid crossing other work. Conduits shall not be placed in close proximity to equipment, systems, and service lines. Maintain a minimum of 3" separation, except in crossing which shall be a minimum of 1". Conduits shall not be installed/concealed in water bearing walls. E. Conduits in buildings shall be exposed on unfinished ceilings and basements, as shown on the plans. Rigidly support conduits to the building structures using hardware bolted or screwed to the structure. The mounting hardware shall not mount the conduit directly on concrete walls and ceilings but shall space the conduit away from the surfaces using mineralac-type hardware, strut channel clamps, or one hole straps with clamp backs. F. Group conduit in parallel runs where practical. Use a conduit rack constructed of channels with conduit straps or clamps. Provide space for an additional 25% conduit. G. Parallel runs of conduit shall have bends and offsets made at the same point such that the angle of bend is the same in each conduit and the conduits remain parallel throughout the run. Conduits not installed in this manner shall be removed and reinstalled at the Contractor's expense. Conductors that are installed shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. H. Conduits installed in parallel shall be arranged such that crossings are eliminated. I. Nuts, bolts, concrete anchor bolts and other metallic fasteners shall be 316 stainless steel. J. Install conduit with threaded couplings and other threaded fittings. Threadless, or clamp type fittings shall not be used on metallic conduit. Rigid metal conduit shall have each set of threads coated with an oxidation inhibitor, Ilsco, De-Ox, ITT Noalox, Blackburn Contax or approved equal. K. Use suitable conduit caps to protect installed conduit against entry of dirt and moisture. The use of duct tape or any other tape shall be prohibited. L. Use watertight hubs to fasten conduit to metal boxes, etc. in wet or damp locations per the National Electrical Code. M. Provide at least 1/4-inch air space between the back of boxes, equipment and the wall. N. Conduits terminating inside an air-conditioned space from outside shall be sealed to prevent moisture/condensation from entering the enclosure. O. Keep raceways at least 6 inches away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot-water pipes. Install horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping. P. Where applicable, aluminum conduit, straps, and struts shall not be in direct contact with concrete. Provide a neoprene washer between the two materials. Q. PVC conduit shall not be installed above grade level, above concrete slab level, or for any exposed installations unless specified. R. Conduit system shall be swabbed clean prior to installation of conductors. S. Ground conduits in accordance with the National Electrical Code and Specification 26 05 26, "Grounding & Bonding for Electrical Systems." Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 05 33.08 - 11 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion T. Install manufactured PVC coated aluminum conduit elbows for stub -ups at poles and equipment and at building entrances through floor. Encase elbows for stub -up ducts throughout length of elbow. U. Complete raceway installation before starting conductor installation. V. Cut conduit perpendicular to the length. For conduits 2" trade size and larger, use roll cutter or a guide to make cut straight and perpendicular to the length. W. Comply with requirements in Section 26 05 29.08 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems" for hangers and supports. X. Arrange stub -ups so curved portions of bends are not visible above finished slab. Y. Install no more than the equivalent of three (3) 90-degree bends in any conduit run except for control wiring conduits, for which fewer bends are allowed. Support within 12 inches of changes in direction or where conduit penetrates through a floor, wall, or transitions from underground. Conduits transitioning from underground to be supported by a structure shall include an expansion fitting before the conduit is strapped at its first conduit support. Z. Threaded Conduit Joints, Exposed to Wet, Damp, Corrosive, or Outdoor Conditions: Apply listed compound to threads of raceway and fittings before making up joints. Follow compound manufacturer's written instructions. AA. Coat field -cut threads on PVC -coated raceway with a corrosion -preventing conductive compound prior to assembly. BB. Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use polypropylene or monofilament plastic line with not less than 200-lb tensile strength. Leave at least 12 inches of slack at each end of pull wire. Cap underground raceways designated as spare above grade alongside raceways in use. CC. Install conduit drain assemblies in outside or underground conduits to provide for draining. 3.03 CONDUITS THROUGH CONCRETE: A. Conduit shall not be placed horizontally in a concrete floor slab or a beam without the Engineer's written approval. B. Conduit stubbed -up through concrete and under free standing enclosures located indoors/outdoors, in an electrical room, etc., such as a motor control center, shall include a solvent welded PVC end bell fitting to the conduit termination. End bell shall be installed flush with the finished floor. No fiberglass shall be exposed to daylight or be installed such that any portion is out of concrete housekeeping pad or duct bank. Contractor shall properly tape PVC coated aluminum conduit where it transitions to PVC conduit in underground concrete encased duct banks so that no aluminum conduit is in contact with concrete encasement. Tape shall be manufactured by Scotch or approved equal. Coordinate with tape manufacturer for type of tape to use for the installation. C. Conduit passing through concrete shall be PVC coated aluminum. Conduit shall extend 6" above concrete transition. Aluminum conduit which penetrates into concrete shall be factory -coated with 0.40" of polyvinyl chloride, per Spec. MIL-P-15147. D. Where conduit transitions from below concrete into a duct bank, the conduit shall be PVC coated aluminum to the elbow. Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 05 33.08 - 12 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion E. Conduit extending into concrete shall not be closer than 3" from adjacent conduit and shall not be closer than 1" from any reinforcement bars. Where conduits stub up through a floor slab from below finished floor level for multi -level structures, install a threaded fitting with PVC plug so that the top of the fitting is flush with the concrete or finished floor surface. 3.04 RACEWAYS EMBEDDED IN SLABS: A. Run conduit larger than 1" trade size, parallel or at right angles to main reinforcement. Where at right angles to reinforcement, place conduit close to slab support. Secure raceways to reinforcement at maximum 10-foot intervals. B. Arrange raceways to cross building expansion joints at right angles with expansion fittings. C. Arrange raceways to keep a minimum of 2 inches of concrete cover in all directions. D. Do not embed thread less fittings in concrete unless specifically approved by Engineer for each specific location. 3.05 SURFACE RACEWAY INSTALLATION A. Install surface raceway with a minimum 2" radius control at bend points. B. Secure surface raceway with screws or other anchor -type devices at intervals not exceeding 48 inches and with no less than two supports per straight raceway section. Support surface raceway according to manufacturer's written instructions. Tape and glue are not acceptable support methods. 3.06 HAZARDOUS LOCATION CONDUIT INSTALLATION A. Install raceway sealing fittings at accessible locations according to NFPA 70 and fill them with listed sealing compound. For concealed raceways, install each fitting in a flush aluminum box with a blank cover plate having a finish similar to that of adjacent plates or surfaces. Install raceway sealing fittings according to NFPA 70. 1. Sealing fittings shall be filled with compound rated for hazardous locations Class I Divisions 1 & 2 for conduits leaving classified areas as indicated on the drawings. B. Install devices to seal raceway interiors at accessible locations. Locate seals so no fittings or boxes are between the seal and the following changes of environments. Seal the interior of all raceways at the following points: 1. Where conduits pass from warm to cold locations, such as boundaries of refrigerated spaces. 2. Where an underground service raceway enters a building or structure. 2. Where otherwise required by NFPA 70. C. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for solvent welding RNC and fittings. B. All raceways containing intrinsically safe circuits shall be labeled as such. Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 05 33.08 - 13 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion 3.07 EXPANSION FITTING INSTALLATION A. Expansion fittings used with aluminum conduit shall be installed in the following locations: 1. At construction joints. 2. In conduit runs longer than 100'. 3. Transitions from underground to above elevation (exposed). B. Install in each run of aboveground RMC conduit that is located where environmental temperature change may exceed 100 deg F and that has straight -run length that exceeds 100 feet. C. Install expansion fittings at all locations where conduits, concealed or surface mount, cross building, structure, construction and seismic expansion joints. D. Install each expansion -joint fitting with position, mounting, and piston setting selected according to manufacturer's written instructions for conditions at specific location at time of installation. Install conduit supports to allow for expansion movement. E. Acceptable expansion/deflation fittings made of neoprene in outdoor applications shall have aluminum lagging over the neoprene held in place with stainless steel tie -wraps. 3.08 LIQUID TIGHT FLEXIBLE CONDUIT INSTALLATION A. Flexible Conduit Connections: Comply with NEMA RV 3. Use a maximum of 72 inches of flexible conduit for equipment subject to vibration, noise transmission, or movement; and for transformers and motors. 1. Use LFMC in damp or wet locations subject to severe physical damage. 2. Use LFMC in damp or wet locations not subject to severe physical damage. 3.09 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CONDUIT A. Concrete Encased Conduit: 1. Duct banks routed below building slabs or any equipment pad shall be steel reinforced concrete encased. 2. Excavate trench bottom to provide firm and uniform support for conduit. Prepare trench bottom as specified in Section 3123 33, "Trenching and Backfill [Utilities]" for pipe less than 6 inches in nominal diameter. 3. Install backfill as specified in Section 3123 33, "Trenching and Backfill [Utilities]". 4. After installing conduit and concrete, backfill and compact. Start at tie-in point, and work toward end of conduit run, leaving conduit at end of run free to move with expansion and contraction as temperature changes during this process. Firmly hand tamp backfill around conduit to provide maximum supporting strength. After placing controlled backfill to within 12 inches of finished grade, make final conduit connection at end of run and complete backfilling with normal compaction as specified in Section 31 23 33, "Trenching and Backfill." Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 05 33.08 - 14 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion 5. At the transition from underground and or from concrete, protect conduit from mechanical damage by extending PVC coated rigid aluminum conduit a maximum of 12"and a minimum of 4" into the earth or concrete at the transition. 6. Contractor shall properly tape PVC coated aluminum conduit where it transitions to PVC conduit in underground concrete encased duct banks so that no aluminum conduit is in contact with concrete encasement. Tape shall be manufactured by Scotch or approved equal. Coordinate with tape manufacturer for type of tape to use for the installation. a. Couple PVC coated aluminum conduits to ducts with adapters designed for this purpose and encase coupling with 3 inches of concrete for a minimum of 12 inches on each side of the coupling. 7. Underground Warning Tape: Comply with requirements in Section 26 05 53.08 "Identification for Electrical Systems." 8. For installation of conduits to be used by electric utility, coordinate with the utility for exact requirements. 9. Conduit which is below the finished grade shall be PVC schedule 40, except where indicated on the plans or noted otherwise. 10. Where underground conduits are routed under a concrete slab on grade and brought up under the slab, the duct bank reinforcing steel shall be tied into the slab. 11. Bury underground conduit a minimum of 18" deep to the top of the concrete encasement for 600V duct banks and as shown on the plans, whichever is greater Backfill buried conduit banks with material which is free from large rock, paving material, or large angular substance. 12. Install underground conduit with the conduit duct bank dimensions shown on the plans. Adhere to conduit spacing by using spacers at intervals to ensure that proper spacings are maintained. 13. The concrete shall be red in color. Apply dye in concrete truck, sprinkling dye on top of the duct bank after concrete placement is prohibited. Place 3" CMU blocks under rebar cage to suspend rebar off of the bottom of the trench so that it does not contact the soil and is completely encased in the concrete envelope when concrete is placed. 14. Underground conduits terminating in a vault or below grade structure shall first turn up at least three feet above the structure top slab and terminate in a junction box. Only then shall a conduit penetrate the structure and go directly into the structure. 15. Grade underground and outdoor conduits to drain free of condensation and moisture. Provide for automatic draining at low points. Install horizontal runs of conduit to provide a natural drain for condensation without pockets or traps where moisture may collect. 16. Underground conduits shall drain to an underground structure with a floor drain, such as a manhole. 17. Underground conduit bends shall have a long sweep bend radius. Underground conduit bends shall have a minimum 2' bend radius or larger as required by the minimum bending radius of the cables, whichever is greater. All Underground conduit bends shall utilize PVC factory -coated rigid aluminum bends. Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 05 33.08 - 15 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion 18. Contractor shall install duct bank spacers a minimum of every 5 feet. 19. Conduit shall slope uniformly at not less than 4" per 100', or more than 60" per 100' unless indicated otherwise on the plans or approved by the Engineer. Arrange duct banks to drain into manholes with no low pockets in the duct runs. The electrical contractor shall coordinate with the Contractor and the plans on the proposed grades for the site. 3.10 CONDUIT TERMINATIONS A. Conduit terminations at enclosures shall maintain the NEMA rating of the enclosure. Conduit terminations damaging enclosures shall not be permitted. Damaged enclosures will not be accepted and shall be replaced at the contractor's expense. B. Use grounding Myers hubs for termination of conduits into enclosures. C. Locknut termination of conduits shall not be used on this project except were liquid tight fittings require locknuts to maintain UL listings. Locations utilizing liquid tight fittings shall include a stainless -steel banded sealing gasket. Damaged bands or gaskets due to overtightening shall be replaced by the contractor. D. For exterior, wet locations, corrosive, hazardous, and where conduit enters from exterior, wet or hazardous locations, conduit terminations shall not penetrate the top of NEMA 4X, NEMA 7 and NEMA 311 enclosures. Enclosures with top penetrations shall be removed and replaced with conduits re-routed for side or bottom penetration at contractor's expense. If conductors have been installed and are too short to accommodate the re-routed conduit, then they shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. E. Raceway Terminations at Locations Subject to Moisture or Vibration: Use insulating bushings to protect conductors including conductors smaller than No. 4 AWG. F. Use suitable conduit caps to protect installed conduit against entry of dirt and moisture. The use of duct tape or any other tape shall be prohibited. G. Conduits terminating inside an air-conditioned space from outside shall be sealed to prevent moisture/condensation from entering the enclosure. H. Where locknuts are allowed, do not rely on locknuts to penetrate nonconductive coatings on enclosures. Remove coatings in the locknut area prior to assembling conduit to enclosure to assure a continuous ground path. I. Install raceways square to the enclosure and terminate at enclosures with Myers hubs. Install Myers hub hand tight plus 1/4 turn more. 3.11 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND HANDHOLES AND BOXES A. Install handholes and boxes level and plumb and with orientation and depth coordinated with connecting conduits to minimize bends and deflections required for proper entrances. B. Unless otherwise indicated, support units on a level bed of crushed stone or gravel, graded from 1/2" sieve to No. 4 sieve and compacted to same density as adjacent undisturbed earth. C. Elevation: In paved areas, set so cover surface will be flush with finished grade. Set covers of other enclosures 1 inch above finished grade. Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 05 33.08 - 16 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion D. Install handholes with bottom below frost line. E. Field -cut openings for conduits according to enclosure manufacturer's written instructions. Cut wall of enclosure with a tool designed for material to be cut. Size holes for terminating fittings to be used, and seal around penetrations after fittings are installed. 3.12 BOXES AND ENCLOSURES INSTALLATION A. Unless otherwise noted, location of outlet boxes shall be as follows: Equipment or Outlets Toggle switches Receptacles Equipment or Outlets Flow/Level Transmitters Circular Chart Recorder Motor starters Control stations Manual starters Thermostats in office areas Telephone outlets Circuit protective devices * Above Finished Floor. Elevation *(A.F.F.) 4'0" 1'6" Elevation *(A.F.F.) 5'S" 5'S" 5'0" 4'0" 5'0" 4'0" 1'6" 66" to top of enclosure B. Recessed Boxes in Masonry Walls: Saw -cut opening for box in center of cell of masonry block and install box flush with surface of wall. Prepare block surfaces to provide a flat surface for a raintight connection between box and cover plate or supported equipment and box. C. Horizontally separate boxes mounted on opposite sides of walls, so they are not in the same vertical channel. D. Locate boxes so that cover or plate will not span different building finishes. E. Support boxes of three gangs or more from more than one side by spanning two framing members or mounting on brackets specifically designed for the purpose. F. Fasten junction and pull boxes to or support from building structure. Do not support boxes by conduits. G. Drilling holes in boxes to support the box shall not be allowed. H. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing and sizing all wireways, pull boxes and junction boxes per the National Electrical Code (NEC) Article 314 and all other relevant sections of the NEC. I. Install Products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. J. Use screws, clips, and straps to fasten raceway channel to surfaces. Mount plumb and level. K. Use suitable insulating bushings and inserts at connections to outlets and corner fittings. Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 05 33.08 - 17 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion L. Wireway Supports: Per manufacturer's recommendations. The Contractor shall support the wireway rigidly to the building structures using hardware bolted or screwed to the structure. Supporting wireways from corrugated metal structures shall not be allowed. M. Close ends of wireway and unused conduit openings. N. Use separate pull boxes and junction boxes for electric power, control and communication systems. O. Install pull boxes in interior conduit at not more than 100' apart when conduit runs are not broken by junction or outlet boxes. P. Pull and junction boxes shall be accessible and not buried. Q. Do not install boxes back to back in walls and provide a minimum of 6" separation, except in acoustic -rated walls, provide 24" separation. R. Support boxes independently of conduit except for cast boxes that is connected to two rigid metal conduits, both supported within 12" of box. S. Junction boxes shall have terminal strips/distribution blocks for splicing conductors where approved by the Engineer or as shown/specified on the plans. Terminal strips shall be manufactured by Allen-Bradley, Phoenix Contact or approved equal. No top entry in junction boxes with a terminal strip. T. Box shall be mounted using mounting lugs. Drilling through the box to mount is prohibited. Any box drilled to mount will be rejected and shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. U. Provide at least 1/4-inch air space between the back of the box and the wall. 1. Conduit penetrations in the top of any enclosure or junction box is strictly prohibited in all areas except dry interior, non -hazardous, air-conditioned areas. Any enclosure top penetrated will be rejected and shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. 3.13 SLEEVE AND SLEEVE -SEAL INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS A. Install sleeves and sleeve seals at penetrations of exterior floor and wall assemblies. B. Concrete Slabs and Walls: Install sleeves for penetrations unless core -drilled holes or formed openings are used. Install sleeves during erection of slabs and walls. C. Use pipe sleeves unless penetration arrangement requires rectangular sleeved opening. D. Fire -Rated Assemblies: Install sleeves for penetrations of fire -rated floor and wall assemblies unless openings compatible with firestop system used are fabricated during construction of floor or wall. E. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces of walls. F. Extend sleeves installed in floors 2 inches above finished floor level. G. Size pipe sleeves to provide 1/4" annular clear space between sleeve and raceway unless sleeve seal is to be installed. H. Seal space outside of sleeves with grout for penetrations of concrete and masonry Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 05 33.08 - 18 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion I. Interior Penetrations of Non -Fire -Rated Walls and Floors: Seal annular space between sleeve and raceway, using joint sealant appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. Refer to Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants" for materials and installation. J. Fire -Rated -Assembly Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at raceway penetrations. Install sleeves and seal with firestop materials. K. Roof -Penetration Sleeves: Seal penetration of individual raceways with flexible, boot -type flashing units applied in coordination with roofing work. L. Aboveground, Exterior -Wall Penetrations: Seal penetrations using sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1" annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. 3.14 PROTECTION A. Protect coatings, finishes, and cabinets from damage and deterioration. 1. Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc -rich paint recommended by manufacturer. 2. Repair damage to PVC coatings or paint finishes with matching touchup coating recommended by manufacturer. END OF SECTION Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 05 33.08 - 19 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion 26 22 13 LOW VOLTAGE DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to install transformers. Electrical work shall be in accordance with Section 26 05 00, "Common Work Results for Electrical". 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Transformers shall comply with the specifications and shall be produced by the following Manufacturers: 1. ABB/General Electric 2. Eaton 3. Square D 4. No Approved Equal 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00, "Document Management" and shall include: 1. Bill of Material 2. Equipment Data Sheets showing impedance weights, dimensions, etc. for each transformer. 3. Product data on specified product documenting the following: a. Dimensions b. Weight c. KVA d. Voltage e. % Impedance f. Magnetizing current magnitude and duration g. Taps h. Insulation Class i. Sound Level j. Wiring Diagram k. Installation Instructions Low Voltage Distribution Transformers 26 22 13-1 LUB23203 —West Lubbock Water System Expansion 1.04 STANDARDS A. The applicable provisions of the following standards shall apply as if written here in their entirety: ANSI/IEEE C57.96 Distribution and Power Transformers, Guide for Loading Dry -Type appendix to ANSI C57.12 standards ANSI/IEEE C89.2 Dry Type Transformers for General Applications IEEE C57.12.01 General Requirements for Dry -Type Distribution and Power Transformers Including Those with Solid Cast and / or Resin - Encapsulated Windings IEEE C57.12.91 Test Code for Dry -Type Distribution and Power Transformers UL 506, Specialty Transformers NEMA/ANSI ST20 Dry type transformers for General Applications IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers NEMA TR1 Transformers, Regulators and Reactors NEMA TP-1 2002 Guide for Determining Energy Efficiency for Distribution Transformers 2.00 PRODUCTS A. DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS 1. Provide dry type, 3-phase, delta wye connected transformers with KVA rating as required. 2. Transformers shall be suitable for indoor or outdoor installation as indicated on the plans, or as required by conditions. Transformers 75 KVA and less shall be suitable for floor, wall or trapeze mounting. Transformers larger than 75 KVA shall be suitable for floor or trapeze mounting. 3. Transformer shall be enclosed in a steel enclosure with covers secured with captive type hardware. Transformer shall be cooled by natural convection of air. The transformer enclosure shall be degreased, cleaned, phosphatized, primed and finished with a gray baked on enamel. 4. The average audible sound level shall not exceed 50 DB for transformers rated at 75 KVA and below, nor 60 DB for transformers rated above 75 KVA, when measured in accordance with NEMA Standard TR1. 5. The percent impedance for transformers shall not exceed 4.6 for up to 112 1/2 KVA 6 for 150 KVA to 750 KVA. 6. The transformers shall have the following characteristics: a. Class H insulation b. 150 degree Centigrade temperature rise rating at 40 degrees C ambient at full rated load. c. Compartment for primary and secondary connections. Low Voltage Distribution Transformers 26 22 13-2 LUB23203 —West Lubbock Water System Expansion d. Transformer coils shall be of continuous copper wound construction with terminations brazed or welded. Coils shall be impregnated with non hygroscopic, thermosetting varnish. e. The maximum temperature of top of the enclosure shall not exceed 50 degrees C rise above a 40 degrees C ambient. f. The core of the transformer shall be visibly grounded to the enclosure by means of a flexible copper grounding conductor sized in accordance with applicable NEMA, IEEE, or ANSI standards. g. Transformers shall have two (2) 2-1/2% full ampacity taps below and two (2) 2-1/2% taps above rated voltage in primary. h. The basic impulse level shall be 10 KV for transformers less than 30 KVA, 30 KV for transformers 300 KVA and larger. i. Transformer primary and secondary windings shall be copper. Aluminum windings shall not be permitted. j. Transformers shall have efficiencies in accordance with NEMA TP-1. Provide written documentation as part of submittal process stating this and showing actual transformer efficiencies. 7. Three-phase transformer efficiency, total losses, shall not exceed losses @ 35% and 75°C per the NEMA Premium program tested per 10 C.F.R. Part 431 ('Test Procedures for Distribution Transformers"). Maximum losses at 35% and 75% (respectively) are: a. 15 kVA: 97.88% 112.30 W; 121.28 W b. 30 kVA: 98.24% 185.52 W; 200.35 W c. 45 kVA: 98.38% 256.42 W; 276.93 W d. 75 kVA: 98.59% 362.89 W; 391.92 W e. 112.5 kVA: 98.73% 500.31 W; 540.33 W f. 150 kVA: 98.80% 576.14 W; 622.22 W g. 225 kVA: 98.95 % 764.14 W; 825.26 W h. 300 kVA: 99.02% 1010.010 W; 1090.81 W. 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 LOCATION A. Electrical Contractor to verify proper location for the unit. B. The transformer shall be installed in a location where the sides with ventilated openings are a minimum distance of six inches from noncombustible structures or equipment to ensure adequate air circulation Low Voltage Distribution Transformers 26 22 13-3 LUB23203 —West Lubbock Water System Expansion 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Set the transformer plumb and level. Provide solderless lug bonding connection on the inside of the transformer enclosure in accordance with the NEC. Make primary and secondary connections with liquid tight flexible metal conduit to isolate transformer noise from the building structure or conduit system. B. When final connection has been made, check secondary voltage at dry transformers and make tap adjustments required to obtain correct voltage. C. Perform the following isolation procedures in addition to those provided by the transformer Manufacturer. Provide pad -type vibration isolators or waffle pads sized to load 50 pounds per square inch. Install one (1) at each corner of the transformer at floor mount or trapeze installations. Locate pads between hanger and wall for wall hung installations D. For critical installations, spring type isolation may be required by the Engineer consisting of steel, spring -type isolators, sized for 1/2" deflection based on the weight of the transformer. Install at each corner or in hanger rods so that vibration is not transmitted to the building structure. E. Secure transformer to concrete base according to manufacturer's written instructions. F. Secure covers to enclosure and tighten all bolts to manufacturer -recommended torques to reduce noise generation. 3.03 CONNECTIONS A. Ground equipment according to Section 26 05 26, "Grounding & Bonding for Electrical Systems". B. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque - tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in U L 486A-486 B. C. Provide flexible connections at all conduit and conductor terminations and supports to eliminate sound and vibration transmission to the building structure. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect installed dry type transformers for anchoring, alignment, grounding and physical damage. B. Check tightness of all accessible mechanical and electrical connections with calibrated torque wrench. Minimum acceptable values are specified in manufacturer's instructions. 3.05 CLEANING A. Repaint scratched or marred exterior surfaces to match original finish. 3.06 TESTING A. Testing: All testing required shall be per Specification 26 0126, "Testing of Electrical Systems". Low Voltage Distribution Transformers 26 22 13-4 LUB23203 —West Lubbock Water System Expansion 3.07 ADJUSTING A. Record transformer secondary voltage at each unit for at least 48 hours of typical occupancy period. Adjust transformer taps to provide optimum voltage conditions at secondary terminals. Optimum is defined as not exceeding nameplate voltage plus 5 percent and not being lower than nameplate voltage minus 3 percent at maximum load conditions. Submit recording and tap settings as test results. B. Output Settings Report: Prepare a written report recording output voltages and tap settings. END OF SECTION Low Voltage Distribution Transformers 26 22 13-5 LUB23203 —West Lubbock Water System Expansion 26 24 13 600V VOLT SWITCHBOARDS 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary to manufacture, fabricate, test, and deliver a complete 600 Volt Switchboard "PS17-SWBD" to be used at the Pump Station #17. Electrical work shall be in accordance with Section 26 05 00 "Common Work Results for Electrical." 1.02 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Service and distribution switchboards rated 600 volts and less. 2. Surge protection devices. 3. Disconnecting and overcurrent protective devices. 4. Instrumentation. 5. Control power. 6. Accessory components and features. 7. Identification. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The manufacturer shall provide the services of factory field engineers for startup, field tests, troubleshooting, Owner training and the supervision of storage and installation. The manufacturer field services shall include a minimum of the following. These times do not include travel time and include a minimum of 8 hours working per day. Field Tests/ Start-up 2 days (2 trips minimum) Troubleshooting 2 day (1 trip minimum) Owner Training 1 day (1 trip minimum) B. Installer Qualifications: An employer of workers qualified as defined in NEMA PB 2.1 and trained in electrical safety as required by NFPA 70E. C. Testing Agency Qualifications: Member company of NETA or an NRTL. D. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Certified by NETA to supervise on -site testing. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00, "Document Management" and shall include shop drawings with the following minimum information: Low Voltage Switchboards 26 24 13 - 1 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion 1. Pre -and Post -Submittal Meeting a. Equipment Supplier shall include in his bid the cost of attending a one -day pre - submittal meeting and a one -day post -submittal meeting in the City of Lubbock office or Freese and Nichols' office in Lubbock, TX. Specific location will be determined when the meeting is scheduled. b. A pre -submittal meeting shall be held before any shop drawings are submitted and shall be attended by the Owner, Engineer, Electrical Contractor (if selected), and Equipment Manufacturer. c. Representative(s) from the Switchboard Supplier shall include the Project Manager/Individual(s): who will be responsible for the project at the factory and has technical knowledge of the switchboard design, no exceptions and the individual who will be responsible for putting together the shop drawing Submittal, no exceptions. A salesperson may attend, but not as a substitute for the individuals indicated above. Manufacturer shall determine the number of people attending the meeting and cover each person's cost. d. A post -submittal meeting with the Owner, Engineer, Electrical Contractor (if selected), and Equipment Manufacturer shall be held to discuss review comments in order to resolve issues and allow equipment to be released for manufacturing upon completion of the Shop Drawing review by the Engineer. This second meeting may only be waived at the Engineer's discretion. e. Any shop drawings submitted before the pre -submittal meeting will be rejected and sent back "Not Approved, Revise and Re -submit". The switchboard supplier shall bring with them a detailed list of items their submittal will include for review by the Engineer and an unofficial draft copy of the actual submittal a minimum of 5 business days before the meeting. B. Shop Drawings: For each switchboard, overcurrent protective device, surge protection device, ground -fault protector, accessory, and component related equipment. 1. Shop Drawings a. Any deviations from the specifications should be clearly identified on a separate sheet of paper in the shop drawing submittal. b. Complete rating c. Short circuit withstandability of bus and lowest rated device d. Overall outline dimensions including the space available for conduit e. Conduit entry and exit points clearly showing dimensions of entry and exit points. Provide a detailed bottom view showing how conduits penetrate the bottom of the switchboard. Coordinate with the Electrical Contractor (if selected) on this prior to submitting information to the Engineer. f. Overall weight of line-up and each shipping split g. Complete bill of materials with cut sheets on all major equipment clearly identifying exact model numbers of each component. h. Circuit schedule indicating the circuit number Device description Low Voltage Switchboards 26 24 13 - 2 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion j. One -Line diagram and Three -Line diagram to be submitted with initial submittal, No Exceptions. k. Product Data Sheets for Switchboard, meter, and circuit breakers, miscellaneous electrical equipment, etc. clearly identifying exact model numbers of each component. I. Provide a drawing of the front view elevation with designation of equipment and devices on doors, and clearly indicating the maximum mounting height of devices on doors. m. Project Specific Wiring Diagram: 1). Detail wiring diagram and differentiate between manufacturer -installed and field -installed customer wiring. Show both power and control wiring. Show terminal strip information identifying all customer field terminations. 2). Provide project specific wiring diagrams. Generic wiring diagrams are not acceptable. 3). Provide Project Specific Wiring Diagram for power meter clearly indicating where it is connected in relation to the circuit breaker and the sizes of the CT's, etc. n. Project Specific description of transfer operating sequence, both automatic and manual. o. Terminal strip layout showing customer field connections. The terminal strip layout shall also include a label next to each connection indicating signal description. p. Bill of Material q. Nameplate Schedule r. Warranty Information s. Main breaker ground fault test data per National Electrical Code requirements t. Submit updated data sheet included in the Attachment at the end of this specification section. u. Note: All documentation listed above shall be supplied with the Switchboard's initial submittal. Incomplete submittals will be returned "NOT APPROVED, REVISE AND RESUBMIT". 2. Prior to Shipment: The manufacturer shall provide detailed addresses (memory map) for the software 1/0 points that are communicated over Ethernet, RS485, etc. that are applicable to this project — this would include but not be limited to the data highways associated with the auto throwover controller, power meter, etc. Coordinate with Owner/Engineer for the list of 1/0 that will be transmitted over the data highways, the manufacturer shall verify with the Owner if any changes have been made to the lists prior to submitting the memory map. 3. Field Test Data — Equipment Installation Report: a. Field test data shall include summary of all tests performed in the field specifically identified in this specification and other factory standard tests. Low Voltage Switchboards 26 24 13 - 3 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion b. Test ground fault systems on service entrance main breakers per National Electrical Code. Main breaker ground fault test data per National Electrical Code requirements. Document all tests and finish to Engineer as formal submittal. 4. NETA Acceptance Testing Specification (ATS) field tests and inspections tests report. 5. Supplier shall submit a training outline for Owner's/Engineer's review and comment a minimum of 4 weeks before training is to take place. 6. Operation & Maintenance Manual Data: For switchboards and components to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. a. In addition to items specified in Section 0178 23 "Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following: 1). Routine maintenance requirements for switchboards and all installed components. 2). Manufacturer's written instructions for testing and adjusting overcurrent protective devices. 3). Time -current coordination curves for each type and rating of overcurrent protective device included in switchboards. Submit on translucent log -log graft paper; include selectable ranges for each type of overcurrent protective device. b. Include all features and operating sequences, both automatic and manual. List all factory setting relay and provide relay -setting and calibration instructions, including software, where applicable. O&M manuals shall include a hard copy of the power meter settings and all breaker settings. Coordinate with the Power System Studies Contractor (by others) for breaker settings, etc. c. Operation and maintenance manuals shall contain the shop drawings, submittals, list of manufacturer recommended spare parts, schematics, equipment installation report, and maintenance procedures. O&M manuals shall include all field changes made during startup and testing. d. Operation and maintenance manuals shall include warranty information as well as a warranty information page that shall include information on the warranty start and end date as well as contact information for service. e. Manuals shall be prepared by the Equipment Manufacturer and shall also incorporate appropriate final certified shop drawings. Manuals may be manufacturer's standard instructions, but shall be supplemented as necessary to cover any special feature not included in standard material. f. Submit preliminary manuals for review prior to start-up of equipment. C. SPARE PARTS: 1. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. a. Potential Transformer Fuses: Equal to 10 percent of quantity installed for each size and type but no fewer than two of each size and type. b. Control -Power Fuses: Equal to 10 percent of quantity installed for each size and type, but no fewer than two of each size and type. Low Voltage Switchboards 26 24 13 - 4 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion c. Fuses and Fusible Devices for Fused Circuit Breakers: Equal to 10 percent of quantity installed for each size and type but no fewer than three of each size and type. d. Fuses for Fused Switches: Equal to 10 percent of quantity installed for each size and type but no fewer than three of each size and type. e. Fuses for Fused Power -Circuit Devices: Equal to 10 percent of quantity installed for each size and type but no fewer than three of each size and type. f. Indicating Lights: Equal to 10 percent of quantity installed for each size and type but no less than one of each size and type. 1.05 STANDARDS A. The applicable provisions of the following standard shall apply as if written here in its entirety: B. NEMA Std. PB-2 Deadfront Distribution Switchboards C. NEMA Std. AB-1 Molded Case Circuit Breakers and Molded Case Switches D. NEMA Std. KS-1 Enclosed Switches E. U.L. 489 Molded Circuit Breakers F. U.L.891 Switchboards G. NFPA 70 National Electrical Code 1.06 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. The manufacturer shall be responsible for delivery of the equipment, and accessories, f.o.b. to the job site or to such storage site as may be designated by the Owner or the Contractor, in good condition and undamaged. B. Unloading and storage of the equipment shall be the responsibility of the Contractor who shall inspect the equipment the equipment for apparent damage. Equipment which is found to be damaged will not be accepted until properly repaired or replaced by the equipment manufacturer. C. Handling and shipment of the equipment shall be in such a manner to prevent internal component damage, breakage, and denting and scoring of the enclosure finish. D. Equipment must be delivered and stored in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendation at all times in a licensed and bonded warehouse. Equipment shall be stored indoors in a clean, dry, climate -controlled heated and air-conditioned environment that is free from dust, No Exceptions. Store equipment indoors in a dry space with uniform temperature to prevent condensation. Protect equipment from exposure to dirt, fumes, water, corrosive substances and physical damage. E. Equipment that does not have space heaters shall have temporary space heaters placed in it and energized to eliminate the build-up of condensation in the equipment. The contactor will provide temporary wiring and power to the space heaters for the equipment. F. Deliver in sections or lengths that can be moved past obstructions in delivery path. Low Voltage Switchboards 26 24 13 - 5 LUB23203 —West Lubbock Water System Expansion 1.07 COORDINATION A. Contractor shall coordinate layout and installation of switchboards and components with other construction that penetrates walls or is supported by them, including electrical and other types of equipment, raceways, piping, encumbrances to workspace clearance requirements, and adjacent surfaces. Maintain required workspace clearances and required clearances for equipment access doors and panels. B. Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided. Cast anchor -bolt inserts into bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified with concrete. 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 SWITCHBOARD A, The switchboard shall be freestanding front access only and consist of the required number of vertical sections bolted together to form one (1) metal, enclosed, rigid switchboard. The switchboard shall conform to U.L. Standard #UL891 and NEMA Standard 1313-2. The U.L. label shall appear on all switchboard sections which contain U.L. devices. The switchboard shall be U.L. listed for service entrance equipment. I Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. ABB/GE 2. Square D 3. No Approved Equal C, General 1. Nominal System Voltage: 480Y/277 volts. 2. Main -Bus Continuous: 1600 amps. 3. Enclosure a. Switchboard "PS17-SWBD" to be in a NEMA 1, steel enclosure. 4. The Switchboard shall be of deadfront construction and require front access only. 5. The switchboard frame shall be of formed steel rigidly bolted together to support all cover plates, bussings, and component devices during shipping and installation. The sides, top and rear shall be covered with single tool removable screw -on, code gauge, steel plates. Include all protective devices and equipment, including necessary interconnections. 6. Each switchboard enclosure shall have an open bottom and individually removable top plate for installation and termination of conduit. Top and bottom conduit areas shall be clearly indicated on shop drawings. a. The incoming section of the Switchboard shall be top entry/top exit and shall be suitable for terminating the number and size of conductors indicated in the contract drawings. Low Voltage Switchboards 26 24 13 - 6 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion b. INFRARED INSPECTION WINDOWS: The main incoming conductor terminals for each main breaker section shall be provided with an infrared inspection window. The window shall be permanently fitted into the indicated electrical equipment to give permanent access for infrared inspections. Window material must be transparent for visual, infrared and ultraviolet energy (corona) bands. Each incoming section shall have one rectangle infrared viewing window for the terminals of the main (utility and generator) feeder conductors. IR window shall be IRISS model no. CAP-CT-12 or approved equal. c. The feeder section of the switchboard shall be top exit. Refer to the One -Line Diagrams for number and size of cables/conduit entering/exiting the switchboard. 7. The switchboard enclosure shall be painted on all exterior surfaces. The paint finish shall be ANSI 61 light gray, ANSI 49 grey or manufacturer's standard grey applied by electro- deposition process over an iron phosphate pre-treatment. 8. The maximum dimensions for the switchboard shall be as indicated below, No Exceptions. Maximum Dimensions of Equipment Switchboard (no exceptions) Name PS17-SWBD 78" W x 30" D x 92" H D. Future Devices: Equip compartments with mounting brackets, supports, bus connections, and appurtenances at full rating of circuit -breaker compartment. All feeder device line and load connection straps shall be rated to carry current rating of device frame. The main incoming bus bars shall be rated for the protective frame size or main incoming conductors. G. A tin-plated copper bus shall be of the amperage scheduled on the plans. Tin-plating shall be applied continuously to all bus work. Neutral shall be full capacity. H. Bus bars shall be mounted on supports of high impact, non -tracking, insulation material which is braced to withstand mechanical forces exerted during 65,000 amp RMS symmetrical short circuit conditions. I. Secure a tin-plated copper ground bus to each vertical section of the structure and extend it the entire length of the switchboard. Bus arrangement shall be A-B-C type, left -to -right, top -to -bottom and front -to -rear. The switchboard, cables and bus connections shall be entirely accessible from the front, unless specifically indicated otherwise. K. Power Meter displays, indication lights, switches, etc. shall be mounted no higher than 5'-6" AFF, which shall include the height of the 4" housekeeping pad. Front panel layout showing exact mounting heights shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. L. Incoming Main Sections and Feeder Devices 1. Main devices and feeder devices 800 amps and above shall be individually mounted circuit breakers (100% rated). Low Voltage Switchboards 26 24 13 - 7 LUB23203 —West Lubbock Water System Expansion 2. Feeder devices shall be group mounted molded case circuit breakers, unless noted otherwise. 3. All circuit protective devices shall have the following minimum symmetrical current interrupting capacity: 65kA. 4. Series rated feeder devices shall not be acceptable. 5. All breakers shall be capable of being locked in the OFF position. 6. Front access only. Enclosure shall be top entry/top exit for all feeders, unless noted otherwise on the plans. Input and output sections of the starter section/circuit breaker(s) shall be suitable for terminating the number and size of conductors indicated below. See plans for additional information. Cable requirements with phase and ground conductors Main 5 sets each Incoming (4-350kcmil, 3"C.) M. Molded Case Circuit Breakers 1. Molded case circuit breakers shall be provided with the following symmetrical current interrupting capacity: 65kA. 2. Group mounted breakers shall be connected to the vertical bus by bolted connection. 3. Individually mounted breakers shall be stationary mounted. 4. Circuit breaker frames shall be constructed of a high -strength, molded, glass -reinforced polyester case and cover. Breakers shall have an over center, toggle handle -operated, trip free mechanism with quick make, quick break action independent of the speed of the toggle handle operation. 5. Breakers shall have ON and OFF position clearly marked on escutcheon. Breakers shall include a trip -to -test means on the escutcheon for manually tripping the breaker and exercising the mechanism and trip latch. 6. Breakers larger than 150 amps shall use digital true RMS sensing trip units and a rating plug to determine the breaker trip rating. N. Main Breaker and Feeder Breakers 800 Amps and Above 1. Breakers shall be manually operated, fixed mounted, with the capability of being electrically operated. 2. Breakers shall have solid-state adjustable trip settings with Long time, Short time, Instantaneous and Ground settings (LSIG). 3. Breakers shall have trip indication of Overload, Short Circuit, and Ground Fault trip. 4. Breaker sections shall be suitable for terminating copper conductors using compression type lugs. See electrical one -line diagram for size and number of conductors required per phase for breakers. Low Voltage Switchboards 26 24 13 - 8 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion a, The manufacturer shall make accommodations in the main incoming termination section for the quantity and size of incoming conductors as indicated on contract drawings. The incoming utility circuit breaker shall be bottom entry for incoming conductors and conduit. Refer to the 480V one -line diagram for number and size of incoming conductors and conduits for the main utility circuit breaker. P. The manufacturer shall make accommodations in the generator termination section for the generator conductors. The generator circuit breaker shall be bottom entry for the generator conductors and conduit. Refer to the 480V one -line diagram for number and size of incoming conductors and conduits for the main generator circuit breaker. Q. Metering 1. Metering device on main incoming breaker and generator breaker section shall be Multilin PQM II, or approved equal. Meter shall have capability to communicate using Modbus TCP/IP Ethernet. Provide all hardware and software as required for Ethernet communications. Communication signals shall be wired out to terminal blocks that are readily accessible. 2. The metering device shall incorporate the following functions and features: a. Metering Functions with accuracy of 0.2 percent for A & V and 0.4 percent for power parameters. Meter shall comply with ANSI C12.20 (Class 0.5 CL) for revenue meters. 1). A, V, VA, W, var, KWH, KVARH, PF, Hz 2). W, var, A VA Demand 3). A, V, Unbalance 4). Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) of each current and voltage 5). Waveform Capture 6). Data Logging 7). Communications (RS485 Modbus connection with a Serial to Ethernet converter, if required) b. User Interface 1). The digital meter shall have the following user interfaces: a). Integrated keypad to access actual values and set points. 2). Relay output shall be through alarm, auxiliary and pulse output functions. 3). The meter shall provide a user configurable pulse output base on KWH, KVARH, or KVAH. 4). The meter shall provide a pulse input for demand synchronization. 5). The meter shall include a simulation mode capability for testing the functionality and meter response to programmed conditions without the need for external inputs. 2.02 SURGE PROTECTION DEVICES Low Voltage Switchboards 26 24 13 - 9 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion A. Electrical Requirements 1. Unit Operating Voltage — Refer to drawings for operating voltage and unit configuration 2. Maximum Continuous Operating Voltage (MCOV) —The MCOV shall not be less than 115% of the nominal system operating voltage. 3. The suppression system shall incorporate thermally protected metal -oxide varistors (MOVs) as the core surge suppression component for the service entrance and all other distribution levels. The thermal protection assembly shall disconnect the MOV(s) from the system in a fail-safe manner should a condition occur that would cause them to enter a thermal runaway condition. The system shall not utilize silicon avalanche diodes, selenium cells, air gaps, or other components that may crowbar the system voltage leading to system upset or create any environmental hazards. End of life mode to be open circuit. Unit with end of life short-circuit mode are not acceptable. 4. Unit shall operate without the need for an external overcurrent protection device (OCPD), and be listed by UL as such. Unit must not require external OCPD or replaceable internal OCPD for the UL Listing. 5. Protection Modes —The SPD must protect all modes of the electrical system being utilized. The required protection modes shall be line to neutral, line to ground, line to line and neutral to ground. B. Protection modes and UL 1449 VPR for grounded wye circuits with 480Y/277 volts, three- phase, four -wire circuits shall not exceed the following: 1. Line to Neutral: 1200 volts for 480Y/277 volts 2. Line to Ground: 1200 volts for 480Y/277 volts 3. Line to Line: 2000 volts for 480Y/277 volts C. SCCR: Equal or exceed 250 kA. D. Nominal Rating: 20 kA. E. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Advanced Protection Technologies Inc. (APT). 2. Eaton. 3. GE by ABB. 4. Siemens Power Transmission & Distribution, Inc. 5. Square D; by Schneider Electric. F. Surge Protection Device Description: IEEE C62.41-compliant, integrally mounted, wired -in, solid-state, parallel -connected, modular (with field -replaceable modules) type, with sine - wave tracking suppression and filtering modules, UL 1449, third edition Type 2, short-circuit current rating matching or exceeding the switchboard short-circuit rating, and with the following features and accessories: Low Voltage Switchboards 26 24 13 - 10 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion 1. SPDs with the following features and accessories: a. Monitoring Diagnostics — Each SPD shall provide the following integral monitoring options: 1). Protection Status Indicators - Each unit shall have a solid-state indicator light that reports the status of the protection on each phase. a). For wye configured units, the indicator lights must report the status of all protection elements and circuitry in the L-N and L-G modes. Wye configured units shall also contain an additional solid-state indicator light that reports the status of the protection elements and circuitry in the N-G mode. SPDs that indicate only the status of the L-N and L-G modes shall not be accepted. b). The SPD shall have a configuration that represents that damage has occurred on the respective phase or mode. All protection status indicators must indicate the actual status of the protection on each phase or mode. If power is removed from any one phase, the indicator lights must continue to indicate the status of the protection on all other phases and protection modes. Diagnostics packages that simply indicate whether power is present on a particular phase shall not be accepted b. Four -digit, transient -event counter set to totalize transient surges. c. Form-C contacts rated at 5 amps and 250 VAC, one normally open and one normally closed, for remote monitoring of protection status. d. Audible Alarm and Silence Button — The SPD shall contain an audible alarm that will be activated under any fault condition. There shall also be an audible alarm silence button used to silence the audible alarm after it has been activated. e. Fabrication using bolted compression lugs for internal wiring. 2. Peak Surge Current Rating: The minimum single -pulse surge current withstand rating per phase shall not be less than 200 kA. The peak surge current rating shall be the arithmetic sum of the ratings of the individual MOVs in a given mode. G. INSTRUMENT CURRENT TRANSFORMERS: Capable of carrying continuously its rated primary amperes under conditions of accidental open secondary circuit without damage to the primary insulation. Burden capacity shall be adequate to supply the connected relays, meters and accessories. H. INSTRUMENT POTENTIAL TRANSFORMERS: Substantial and well built, insulation meeting the requirements of the standards of ANSI. At normal ratings under usual service conditions, no part of the transformer shall exceed the heating limits specified in the standards of ANSI when serving its connected load. Where the Plans indicate an switchboard to have voltage metering, two (2) instrument potential transformers shall be furnished at the switchboard metering point. INDICATING LIGHTS, SWITCHES, PUSHBUTTONS: Heavy duty and oil tight (30 mm); Square D Class 9001 or approved equal. Pilot lights shall be push to test (LED type) and shall be Square D SK or approved equal. Low Voltage Switchboards 26 24 13 - 11 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion J. Provide switchboard with adequate lifting means, capable of being rolled or moved into installation position and bolted directly to the floor without the use of floor sills. K. Nameplates 1. Equipment nameplates and designations shall be 2 in. by 5 in. minimum, not less than 1/16 in. thick, engraved laminated plastic fastened with stainless steel screws. Nameplates shall be 1 in. white lettering on black background, and shall indicate equipment designations as shown on the drawings. 2. Provide legend plates or 1 in. by 3 in. engraved nameplates with % in. lettering for identification of all pilot devices and meters. Legend nameplates shall be secured with stainless steel screws. 3. Provide permanent warning signs as follows: a. "DANGER— HIGH VOLTAGE— KEEP OUT" on all enclosure doors. b. "WARNING— HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK— DISCONNECT POWER BEFORE OPENING OR WORKING ON THIS UNIT" 4. Provide arc flash labeling in accordance with the National Electrical Code Article 110 and per the Arc Flash Hazard Analysis (performed by others). See Section 26 05 73.01, "Electrical Power System Studies" for more information. 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. The Manufacturer's Representative has responsibilities in the installation and field testing of the equipment as described in this Section. B. Installation of equipment shall be performed by the Construction Contractor who shall be required to assemble the equipment, if required, and install it in accordance with Installation, Operation and Maintenance instructions which shall be furnished by the vendor or manufacturer, and the installation drawings for this project. 1. The Construction Contractor shall furnish all labor, tools, equipment and machinery necessary to receive, inspect, unload, store, protect, and install completely, in proper operating condition, the equipment. Contractor shall protect and store the Switchboard indoors, as recommended by the manufacturer and as described in section 1.05. 2. The Construction Contractor shall also furnish such incidental items not supplied with the equipment, but which may or may not be described in the Plans and Specifications, for complete installation, such as wiring, conduit, ducts, anchors and other appurtenances as necessary. C. The Contractor shall schedule the service of the manufacturer to assist in the installation, adjustment, and acceptance test of the equipment. Low Voltage Switchboards 26 24 13 - 12 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install the distribution switchboards on concrete foundations as indicated. Terminate service and feeder conduits only in the switchboard section containing the lugs or device to which they are to be connected. 3.03 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify field -installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components; provide warning signs complying with requirements for identification specified in Section 26 05 53 "Identification for Electrical Systems." B. Switchboard Nameplates: Label each switchboard compartment with a nameplate complying with requirements for identification specified in Section 26 05 53 "Identification for Electrical Systems." C. Device Nameplates: Label each disconnecting and overcurrent protective device and each meter and control device mounted in compartment doors with a nameplate complying with requirements for identification specified in Section 26 05 53 "Identification for Electrical Systems." 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect completed installation for physical damage, proper alignment, anchorage, and grounding. B. Measure, using a Megger, the insulation resistance of each bus section phase -to -phase and phase -to -ground for one minute each, at minimum test voltage of 1000 VDC; minimum acceptable value for insulation resistance is 1 megohms. C. Check tightness of accessible bolted bus joints using calibrated torque wrench per manufacturer's recommended torque values. D. Test ground fault systems on service entrance main breakers per the National Electrical Code. Document all tests and furnish to Engineer as formal submittal. E. Prepare for acceptance test as follows: 1. Test insulation resistance for each switchboard bus, component, connecting supply, feeder and control circuit. 2. Test continuity of each circuit. F. Engage a qualified testing and inspection agency to perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare tests report: 1. Perform each electrical test and visual and mechanical inspection in NETA Acceptance Testing Specification (ATS). Certify compliance with test parameters. 2. Correct malfunctioning units on -site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, replace with new units and retest. 3. Perform infrared scan tests and inspections and prepare and submit report. Low Voltage Switchboards 26 24 13 - 13 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion 3.05 WARRANTY A, Equipment Manufacturer shall warrant the equipment furnished under this specification for a period of two (2) years against defects in materials and workmanship, equipment design, and operational failure. B. In the event of failure in material, workmanship, or equipment design of any part or parts of the equipment during the warranty period, and provided that the equipment has been operated and maintained in accordance with good practice, the Equipment Manufacturer shall furnish, deliver, and install a replacement for the defective part or parts at its own expense. During the warranty period, the Contractor will remove and load the Goods on a vehicle provided by the Equipment Manufacturer if it is necessary to return the Goods to the Equipment Manufacturer for correction of defects during the Warranty Period. Contractor will reinstall the Goods when they are returned to the Site after defects have been corrected. Equipment Manufacturer is to provide all parts, labor and incidental cost for making repairs, shipping the Goods to the Site and providing startup services in accordance with the Specifications. C, The warranty period shall be interpreted as the 24-month period following the installation, adjusting and acceptance testing, and the start of actual operation of the equipment, or 36 months after complete delivery, whichever occurs first. 3.06 ADJUSTING A. Adjust all operating mechanisms for free mechanical movement per manufacturer's specifications. B. Tighten bolted bus connections in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Adjust moving parts and operable components to function smoothly, and lubricate as recommended by manufacturer. D. Set field -adjustable circuit -breaker trip ranges as specified in Section 26 05 73.01, "Electrical Power System Studies". 3.07 CLEANING A. Touch up scratched or marred surfaces to match original finish. Provide one quart of touch- up paint. 3.08 TRAINING A. The Contractor shall provide a training session for the Owner's representatives for 8 hours at the jobsite or other office location chosen by the Owner. The 1-day, 8-hour training session shall be broken up into two segments each of 4 hours with a 15-minute break every 2 hours. Lunch break will be 1 hour. Training session shall be scheduled and coordinated with the Owner. B. The training session shall be conducted by a manufacturer's qualified representative. C. A training outline and manual of training course material shall be provided to the Owner 2 weeks in advance of the course. Training shall be for four members of the Owner's staff. D. The training program shall consist of the following: Low Voltage Switchboards 26 24 13 - 14 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion 1. Review of the switchboard one -line drawings and schedules. 2. Review of the factory record Shop Drawings. 3. Review of each type of cell, components within, control, and power wiring. 4. Discuss the maintenance timetable and procedures to be followed in an ongoing maintenance program. 5. Provide three-ring binders to participants complete with copies of drawings and other course material covered. 6. Training shall include an overview of the operation, application and troubleshooting of the power meter. 7. Training shall include theory of operation, application and troubleshooting of the switchboard. E. All costs (travel expenses, testing equipment, etc.) required for the start-up, testing and training shall be the responsibility of the equipment manufacturer/contractor. Low Voltage Switchboards 26 24 13 - 15 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion SUBMITTAL DATA SHEET FOR 26 24 13, 600 VOLT SWITCHBOARDS Submit the following data with Bid Proposal and with Shop Drawing submittal: Item No. Description 600V Switchboard "PS17-SWBD1" 1 Manufacturer: Total Equipment Dimensions for 2 Switchboard Line-up (inches): W x D x H Length x Width x Height Total Weight for Switchboard Line-up 3 (lbs.): Total Heat Loss for Switchboard 4 Line-up (kW): END OF SECTION Low Voltage Switchboards 26 24 13 - 16 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion 26 24 16 PANELBOARDS 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary to install lighting and branch panelboards. Electrical work shall be in accordance with Section 26 05 00, "Common Work Results for Electrical". 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE - ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Panelboards shall comply with the specifications and shall be by the following Manufacturers: 1. ABB/General Electric 2. Eaton 3. Square D 4. No Approved Equal. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00, "Document Management" and shall include: 1. Shop Drawings: a. Bill of Material b. Front Elevation with dimensions c. Assembly ratings including short circuit ratings, continuous current and voltage d. Cable terminal sizes e. Cut sheet on circuit breakers and surge protective devices 1.04 STANDARDS A. Circuit breakers, molded case, and branch circuit shall be in accordance with the applicable provisions of the following standards as if written here in their entirety: 1. Fed. Spec. W-C-375 2. NEMA A131 Molded Case Circuit Breakers and their application. 3. NEMA PB1 Panelboards 1.05 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Equipment shall be handled and stored in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Equipment shall be protected from damage. Lighting and Branch Panelboards 26 24 16.02-1 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion 1.06 WARRANTY A. The manufacturer shall warrant the equipment to be free from defects. 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 2000 or later certified. B. Manufacturer shall have produced similar electrical equipment for a minimum period of five (5) years. When requested by the engineer, an acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance with this requirement. 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 PANELBOARDS A. Panelboards shall consist of a box, front, interior and circuit protective devices and shall be manufactured in accordance with NEMA PB1 and bearing the applicable U.L. labels. B. Panelboards shall be four wire, three phase as scheduled or required. Panelboards shall be NEMA 1 for air conditioned spaces and 4X, 316 Stainless Steel for all other locations and suitable for surface mounting. Panelboards shall contain sequence style busing and full capacity neutral, composed of an assembly of bolt -on, molded case, automatic breakers with thermal and an instantaneous, magnetic trip in each pole and a trip -free position separate from either the "On" and the "Off' positions. Two (2) and three (3) pole circuit breakers shall simultaneously open all poles. The use of metal clips tying single pole circuit breakers together to make a multi -pole breaker shall not be allowed. Circuit breakers, molded case and branch circuits shall be in accordance with Fed. Spec. W-C-375. C. The voltage rating, phase, number of wires and ampere rating shall be as indicated and scheduled on the plans. D. The panelboard box shall be fabricated of code gauge, steel in accordance with U.L. standards and have turned edges around the front for rigidity and frontal clamping. Provide standard knockouts on the panel enclosures. E. The panelboard front shall be fabricated of sheet steel and finished with a baked on gray enamel over a rust inhibitor. Each front shall have a door mounted on semi -concealed hinges with a cylinder lock, an index card and a card holder. Panelboard locks shall be master keyed, with two (2) keys furnished for each panelboard. Index cards shall be properly typewritten. F. The interior of the panelboard shall consist of a factory -assembled, rigid frame supporting the rectangular bus, the mains and the neutral bar. G. Busings (phases, ground, neutral) shall be tin-plated copper and arranged for sequential phasing throughout. The bus bar shall be sized so that the temperature rise is limited in accordance with NEMA standards. The insulated neutral bar shall be located at the opposite end of the structure from the mains. H. Panelboards shall have either solderless lugs or a main circuit protective device as scheduled. Each enclosure shall have grounding lugs and uninsulated equipment grounding terminals. Lighting and Branch Panelboards 26 24 16.02-2 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion Panelboards shall be arranged such that the top circuit breaker(s) shall not exceed 6'-7" A.F.F. 2.02 CIRCUIT BREAKERS A. Panelboards shall be equipped with circuit breakers. B. Circuit breakers shall be molded case, bolt in type. C. Single pole circuit breakers serving fluorescent lighting loads shall have the SWD marking. Circuit breakers serving air conditioning branch loads shall be U.L. listed as type HACR. D. Each circuit breaker used in the panelboards shall have an interrupting capacity of not less than the RMS symmetrical rating indicated on the plans for that panelboard. E. Circuit breakers shall be manufactured by the panelboard manufacturer. F. The panelboard and circuit breaker interrupting capacities and rating shall be equal to or greater than the fault currents available to each panelboard and as shown on the panelboard schedules on plans. Series rating of breakers shall not be permitted. 2.03 SURGE PROTECTION DEVICES A. Surge Protection Device Description: IEEE C62.41-compliant, internally or externally mounted as indicated in one line diagrams, wired -in, solid-state, parallel -connected, modular (with field -replaceable modules) type, with sine -wave tracking suppression and filtering modules, UL 1449, fourth edition Type2, short-circuit current rating matching or exceeding the panelboard short-circuit rating, and with the following features and accessories: 1. Fuses, rated at 240-kA interrupting capacity. 2. Fabrication using bolted compression lugs for internal wiring. 3. Integral disconnect switch/circuit breaker. 4. Redundant suppression circuits. 5. Redundant replaceable modules. 6. Arrangement with wire connections to phase buses, neutral bus, and ground bus. 7. LED indicator lights for power and protection status. 8. Audible alarm, with silencing switch, to indicate when protection has failed. 9. Form-C contacts rated at 5 A and 250-V ac, one normally open and one normally closed, for remote monitoring of system operation. Contacts shall reverse position on failure of any surge diversion module or on opening of any current -limiting device. Coordinate with building power monitoring and control system. 10. Four -digit, transient -event counter set to totalize transient surges. B. Peak Single -Impulse Surge Current Rating as indicated in panelboard schedule. C. Protection modes and UL 1449 4th edition VPR for grounded wye circuits with 480Y/277V, 208Y/120V, three-phase, four -wire circuits shall be as follows: Lighting and Branch Panelboards 26 24 16.02-3 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion 1. Line to Neutral, Line to Ground, Neutral to Ground: 1200 V for 480Y/277V and 800 V for 208Y/120V. 2. Line to Line: 2000 V for 480Y/277V and 1200 V for 208Y/120V. D. Protection modes and UL 1449 3rd edition VPR for 240V, three-phase, three -wire circuits shall be as follows: 1. Line to Line: 1200 V for 240V. 2. Line to Ground: 1200 V for 240V 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install the panelboard in accordance with applicable codes at each location indicated on the plans. Provide filler plates for unused spaces in the panelboard. All labeling shall be in accordance to Section 26 05 00, "Common Work Results for Electrical" and Section 26 05 53 "Identification for Electrical Systems". B. Mount panelboard with 1/4" spacers off of walls. 3.02 NAMEPLATES: A. For indoor applications with Air Conditioning: Plastic, white 1" letters on black background, on the front of each door on the panel; identifying the compartment contents for each compartment. B. All other applications: Plastic, white 1" letters on black background, on the front of each door on the switchgear; identifying the compartment contents for each compartment. C. Attach nameplates with a stainless steel screw and nut at each end of the nameplate. Adhesive backed nameplates shall not be installed. END OF SECTION Lighting and Branch Panelboards 26 24 16.02-4 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion 26 27 26 WIRING DEVICES 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to install wiring devices. Electrical work shall be in accordance with Section 26 05 00, "Common Work Results for Electrical". 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE -ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of wiring device and associated wall plate through one source from a single manufacturer. Insofar as they are available, obtain all wiring devices and associated wall plates from a single manufacturer and one source. B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. C. Comply with NFPA 70. D. Products shall comply with the specifications and shall be by the following Manufacturers: 1. Hubbell 2. Leviton 3. Pass & Seymour 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00, "Document Management" and shall include: 1. Shop Drawings for Wiring Devices: Cut sheets of all devices indicating model being provided, NEMA configuration, rating, color, etc. 2. Operation and Maintenance Data: For wiring devices to include in all manufacturers' packing -label warnings and instruction manuals that include labeling conditions. 1.04 STANDARDS A. The applicable provisions of the following standard shall apply as if written here in its entirety: NEMA WD-1 General Color Requirements for Wiring Devices NEMA WD-6 Wiring Devices — Dimensional Requirements UL 943 Ground -Fault Circuit -Interrupters NFPA 70 National Electrical Code Wiring Devices 26 27 26-1 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL WIRING -DEVICE REQUIREMENTS A. Wiring Devices, Components, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. Comply with NFPA 70. 2.02 MANUFACTURED PRODUCTS A. WALL SWITCHES: For general use, totally enclosed industrial type, specification grade, rated for 120/277 VAC and 20 amps. Approved wire connection to switches shall consist of inserting wire into back wiring hole and tightening terminal screw until wire is tightly griped by clamping mechanism inside switch body. Side wiring shall not be allowed. Switches installed in hazardous areas shall be explosion proof type in accordance with the NEC. 1. Weatherproof Switches: Fitted with single switch as specified, and weather proof cover with spring door cover; grey in color for all areas. Switch ratings shall be as identified below for the number of poles required. 2. Motor Rated Switches: HP rated switches approved for motor control or disconnect service when controlling or disconnecting motor loads in excess of 1/4 HP; 20-amp switches for loads exceeding 10 amps. 3. Single -Pole: a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1). Eaton (Arrow Hart). 2). Hubbell Incorporated; Wiring Device-Kellems. 3). Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. 4). Pass & Seymour/Legrand (Pass & Seymour). 4. Two -Pole: a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1). Eaton (Arrow Hart). 2). Hubbell Incorporated; Wiring Device-Kellems. 3). Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. 4). Pass & Seymour/Legrand (Pass & Seymour). 5. Three -Way: a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1). Eaton (Arrow Hart). 2). Hubbell Incorporated; Wiring Device-Kellems. Wiring Devices 26 27 26-2 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion 3). Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. 4). Pass & Seymour/Legrand (Pass & Seymour). 6. Four -Way: a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1). Eaton (Arrow Hart). 2). Hubbell Incorporated; Wiring Device-Kellems. 3). Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. 4). Pass & Seymour/Legrand (Pass & Seymour). B. RECEPTACLES: For general use shall be U.L. approved, hospital grade heavy duty duplex grounding type 20 ampere 125 volt heavy duty phosphor bronze contacts. Comply with NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6 Configuration 5-20R, UL 498, and FS W-C-596. Terminal screws shall be large head, deep slotted #8-32 brass, backed out, color coded for polarity identification, and shall accept up to 10 AWG wire. Side wiring shall not be allowed. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Eaton (Arrow Hart). b. Hubbell Incorporated; Wiring Device-Kellems. c. Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. d. Pass & Seymour/Legrand (Pass & Seymour). 2. Description: Single -piece, rivetless, nickel -plated, all -brass grounding system. Nickel - plated, brass mounting strap. 3. GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTING, INDOOR: GFCI receptacle shall include visible indication of ground fault condition. Feed -through feature shall not be used. Install GFCI device at each location indicated. GFCI circuit breaker shall not be permitted. a. Include indicator light that shows when the GFCI has malfunctioned and no longer provides proper GFCI protection. 4. ISOLATED -GROUND RECEPTACLES: Isolated -ground receptacles shall be listed and labeled as isolated -ground type. Receptacle body shall be orange in color. Isolation - ground shall be integral to the receptacle construction and not dependent on removable parts. a. Description: Straight blade; equipment grounding contacts shall be connected only to the green grounding screw terminal of the device and with inherent electrical isolation from mounting strap. Isolation shall be integral to receptacle construction and not dependent on removable parts. 5. WEATHER RESISTANT RECEPTACLES: Weather resistant receptacles shall be listed as weather resistant type in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Wiring Devices 26 27 26-3 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion 6. WEATHERPROOF RECEPTACLES: a. Weatherproof receptacles shall be hospital grade, 20 ampere, 125 volt and shall be listed as weather resistant type in accordance with the National Electrical Code and shall include a weatherproof device cover. 1). Weatherproof Duplex Receptacle: Provide GFCI duplex receptacle with weatherproof cover. 2). Weatherproof Single Receptacle: Provide a cast box fitted with a single receptacle and threaded cap with a weatherproof cover. b. Weatherproof device covers shall have a NEMA 311 rating while receptacle is in use Heavy Duty rating with die cast metal construction as manufactured by Taymac Corporation, Tempe, Arizona or Thomas & Betts C. SPD RECEPTACLES: 1. General Description: Comply with NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6 Configuration 5-20R, UL 498, UL 1449, and FS W-C-596, with integral SPD in line to ground, line to neutral, and neutral to ground. a. 125 volts, 20 amps, straight -blade type. b. SPD Components: Multiple metal -oxide varistors; with a nominal clamp -level rating of 400 volts and minimum single transient pulse energy dissipation of 240 J, according to IEEE C62.41.2 and IEEE C62.45. c. Active SPD Indication: Visual and audible, with light visible in face of device to indicate device is "active" or "no longer in service." 2. Duplex SPD Convenience Receptacles: a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1). Eaton (Arrow Hart). 2). Hubbell Incorporated; Wiring Device-Kellems. 3). Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. 4). Pass & Seymour/Legrand (Pass & Seymour). 3. Isolated -Ground, Duplex SPD Convenience Receptacles: a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1). Eaton (Arrow Hart). 2). Hubbell Incorporated; Wiring Device-Kellems. 3). Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. 4). Pass & Seymour/Legrand (Pass & Seymour). Wiring Devices 26 27 26-4 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion b. Grounding: Equipment grounding contacts shall be connected only to the green grounding screw terminal of the device and with inherent electrical isolation from mounting strap. Isolation shall be integral to receptacle construction and not dependent on removable parts. 4. Hospital -Grade, Duplex SPD Convenience Receptacles: Comply with UL 498 Supplement SD. a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1). Eaton (Arrow Hart). 2). Hubbell Incorporated; Wiring Device-Kellems. 3). Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. 4). Pass & Seymour/Legrand (Pass & Seymour). 5. Isolated -Ground Hospital -Grade Duplex SPD Convenience Receptacles: Comply with UL 498 Supplement SD. a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1). Eaton (Arrow Hart). 2). Hubbell Incorporated; Wiring Device-Kellems. 3). Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. 4). Pass & Seymour/Legrand (Pass & Seymour). b. Grounding: Equipment grounding contacts shall be connected only to the green grounding screw terminal of the device and with inherent electrical isolation from mounting strap. Isolation shall be integral to receptacle construction and not dependent on removable parts. D. SWITCH AND RECEPTACLE COVER PLATES: The cover plate color shall be stainless steel for all areas, unless otherwise indicated or required by the NEC. Screw heads shall have color to match plate, 302/304 stainless steel. Provide telephone cover plates which are the same as above, except with a single bushed pole for the telephone cable. 1. Material for Damp Locations: Thermoplastic with spring -loaded lift cover, and listed and labeled for use in wet and damp locations. 2. Wet -Location, Weatherproof Cover Plates: NEMA 250, complying with Type 3R, weather -resistant, die-cast aluminum with lockable cover. 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1, including the mounting heights listed in that standard, unless otherwise noted. Wiring Devices 26 27 26-5 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion B. Coordination with Other Trades: 1. Take steps to insure that devices and their boxes are protected. Do not place wall finish materials over device boxes and do not cut holes for boxes with routers that are guided by riding against outside of the boxes. 2. Keep outlet boxes free of plaster, drywall joint compound, mortar, cement, concrete, dust, paint, and other material that may contaminate the raceway system, conductors, and cables. 3. Install device boxes in brick or block walls so that the cover plate does not cross a joint unless the joint is troweled flush with the face of the wall. 4. Install wiring devices after all wall preparation, including painting, is complete. C. Conductors: 1. Do not strip insulation from conductors until just before they are spliced or terminated on devices. 2. Strip insulation evenly around the conductor using tools designed for the purpose. Avoid scoring or nicking of solid wire or cutting strands from stranded wire. 3. The length of free conductors at outlets for devices shall meet provisions of NFPA 70, Article 300, without pigtails. D. Pigtailing all conductors is required. Outlet boxes shall be oversized to allow pigtailing. All wiring devices shall be wired using pigtails. E. Terminate stranded wire with crimp on connectors. F. Install receptacles and switches only in electrical boxes which are clean, free from excess building materials, dirt and debris. G. Install switches, wall -mounted duplex receptacles and telephone outlets at the heights specified in Section 26 05 33, "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems", unless indicated otherwise on the plans. H. Switches installed at one (1) location shall be ganged together under one (1) cover plate. I. Sharing of neutrals is not allowed. J. Through on wiring at receptacles is not allowed. K. Replace devices that have been in temporary use during construction and that were installed before building finishing operations were complete. L. Keep each wiring device in its package or otherwise protected until it is time to connect conductors. M. Do not remove surface protection, such as plastic film and smudge covers, until the last possible moment. N. Connect devices to branch circuits using pigtails that are not less than 6 inches in length. O. When there is a choice, use side wiring with binding -head screw terminals. Wrap solid conductor tightly clockwise, two-thirds to three -fourths of the way around terminal screw. P. Use a torque screwdriver when a torque is recommended or required by manufacturer. Wiring Devices 26 27 26-6 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion Q. When conductors larger than No. 12 AWG are installed on 15- or 20-amp circuits, splice No. 12 AWG pigtails for device connections. R. Tighten unused terminal screws on the device. S. When mounting into metal boxes, remove the fiber or plastic washers used to hold device - mounting screws in yokes, allowing metal -to -metal contact. T. Install ground pin of vertically mounted receptacles up, and on horizontally mounted receptacles to the right. U. Device Plates: Do not use oversized or extra -deep plates. Repair wall finishes and remount outlet boxes when standard device plates do not fit flush or do not cover rough wall opening. V. Arrangement of Devices: Unless otherwise indicated, mount flush, with long dimension vertical and with grounding terminal of receptacles on top. Group adjacent switches under single, multigang wall plates. 3.02 GFCI RECEPTACLES A. Install non -feed -through -type GFCI receptacles where protection of downstream receptacles is not required. 3.03 IDENTIFICATION A. Comply with Section 26 05 53 "Identification for Electrical Systems." B. Identify each receptacle with panel board identification and circuit number. Use hot, stamped, or engraved machine printing with white -filled lettering on face of black plate, and durable wire markers or tags inside outlet boxes. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Test wiring devices to insure electrical continuity of grounding. Energize the circuit to demonstrate compliance with the requirements. B. Perform the following tests and inspections: 1. Test Instruments: Use instruments that comply with UL 1436. 2. Test Instrument for Convenience Receptacles: Digital wiring analyzer with digital readout or illuminated digital -display indicators of measurement. 3. Tests for Convenience Receptacles: a. Line Voltage: Acceptable range is 108 to 132 V. b. Percent Voltage Drop under 15-A Load: A value of 6 percent or higher is not acceptable. c. Ground Impedance: Values of up to 2 ohms are acceptable. d. GFCI Trip: Test for tripping values specified in UL 1436 and UL 943. e. Using the test plug, verify that the device and its outlet box are securely mounted. Wiring Devices 26 27 26-7 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion f. The tests shall be diagnostic, indicating damaged conductors, high resistance at the circuit breaker, poor connections, inadequate fault current path, defective devices, or similar problems. Correct circuit conditions, remove malfunctioning units and replace with new ones, and retest as specified above. 4. Wiring device will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. 5. Prepare test and inspection reports. END OF SECTION Wiring Devices 26 27 26-8 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion 26 29 23.11 LOW VOLTAGE VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A� Furnish labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to manufacture, fabricate, test, and deliver a variable frequency drives (VFDs) as shown on the drawings and as specified herein, including all required appurtenances to be used in Pump Station 17 as shown in the schedule below. The VFDs shall operate on 480 VAC, 3-phase, 60 Hz. VFD's shall contain/incorporate harmonic mitigation technology, drive isolation transformers, and all appurtenances to meet or exceed IEEE-519. B. The VFDs shall be suitable to drive the pumping units over the range specified in specification 43 24 13, "Vertical Centrifugal Pumping Units". At Pump Station For Pump VFD Name Pump Station 17 Pump PS17-PI PS17-PI-VFD Pump PS17-132 PS17-P2-VFD Pump PS17-133 PS17-P3-VFD C. The VFD and motor shall be completely compatible electrically. The VFD Manufacturer and the Motor Manufacturer shall together issue a guarantee of compatibility letter at the time Shop Drawings are submitted. The VFD and Motor Manufacturer shall determine the insulation voltage rating required to accommodate common mode voltages and prevent insulation failure. D. The manufacturer shall provide the services of factory field engineers for startup, field tests, troubleshooting, Owner training and the supervision of storage and installation. The minimum time required for the manufacturer field services to be on -site shall include a minimum of the following. These times do not include travel time. Provide a minimum of 8 working hours per day. Start-up 4 days (3 trips minimum) Field Tests/Testing 2 days (2 trips minimum) Troubleshooting 2 day (2 trips minimum) Owner Training 1 day (1 trip minimum) E. Perform harmonic analysis. Test VFDs to verify harmonic analysis results. F. VFDs shall be 18 pulse type. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A, ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: The VFD manufacturer shall demonstrate 5 years' experience with the drives of the type and size herein specified. 1. ABB/GE (18-pulse) 2. Danfoss (18-pulse) 3. Siemens (18 pulse) Low Voltage Variable Frequency Drives 26 29 23.11-1 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion 4. No other manufacturers will be accepted. I Variable frequency drives shall be of sufficient size for the duty to be performed and shall not exceed their full rated capacity when the driven equipment is operating as specified. G, The variable frequency drive manufacturer shall maintain, as part of a national network (United States), engineering service facilities within 250 miles of the project site to provide start-up service, emergency service calls, repair work, service contracts, and maintenance and training of customer personnel. When requested by the Engineer, documentation shall be provided showing compliance, capabilities, and references for this requirement. D. All equipment shall be NEMA rated. IEC or dual rated IEC/NEMA shall not be acceptable. E. Complete VFD integrated line-up shall be U.L. listed. F. The VFD manufacturer shall be responsible for coordinating with the pump motor manufacturer to meet the design and performance requirements of the specification. The VFDs shall be installed by the Contractor. G. FACTORY INSPECTION AND TESTS 1. GENERAL a. VFD manufacturer shall provide to the Engineer a complete list of all tests to be performed on the VFD as a formal submittal to the Engineer a minimum of 30 days prior to the VFD being tested. b. Equipment furnished under these specifications shall be subject to inspection during manufacturing by a representative of the Owner who shall be afforded proper facilities for determining compliance with the specifications. Travel and lodging expenses associated for the representative of the Owner for the inspection shall be provided by Manufacturer. c. The Owner may, at his option, elect to have the factory test witnessed by the Owner, or a designated representative of the Owner. If the option is taken to witness the test, then payment will be in accordance with the appropriate item of the Proposal. The costs for a maximum of two representatives for the Factory Inspection and Test shall be included as an alternate bid item. d. If tests are to be witnessed by the Owner or Owner's representative, the manufacturer shall notify the Owner at least 30 days in advance of the dates that tests will be made, so that the Owner can make arrangements for his representative to be present. The cost for the travel, lodging expenses, meals and transportation for Owner and Engineer personnel (two maximum) to witness the factory VFD inspections and tests shall also be included in the bid price. The Manufacturer or Vendor will pay for the cost of the representative's (travel, lodging, meals and other expenses for the tests, for a maximum of one trip). The manufacturer shall bear all other costs for performing the witnessed test. If a test must be re -run due to failure in meeting the specified requirements, then the witness expenses for the re -test shall be born by the manufacturer. Witness tests shall be conducted in continental United States. e. It is preferred that witness testing be conducted in the continental United States of America. No testing shall be conducted in Mexico. If the Equipment Manufacturer Low Voltage Variable Frequency Drives 26 29 23.11-2 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion wishes to test equipment outside of United States of America, the cost for the travel, lodging expenses, meals and transportation for Owner and Engineer personnel (two maximum) to witness the factory VFD inspections and tests shall also be included in the bid price. All international flights including connections over three hours shall be business class or better. Where available, all flights shall be non-stop originating and returning to DFW International Airport. All travel arrangements are subject to approval by the Owner and Engineer. The Equipment Manufacturer shall be responsible for obtaining travel visa and letters of invitation, English-speaking interpreter, transportation, a local guide, and access to one international mobile phone as deemed necessary by the Owner or Engineer. Equipment Manufacturer shall obtain Visas for the Owner and Engineer personnel attending the witness testing. g. The VFD manufacturer shall notify the Owner and Electrical Contractor (if selected) a minimum of one month in advance of the dates when equipment is scheduled for inspections and tests so that the Owner can schedule accordingly. 1) A detailed testing package shall be submitted during the submittal review phase listing dates and times of each component of the test with copies of all relevant standards used during the testing. A Manufacturer's technical representative shall be present throughout the testing period to aid the Engineer in performing and verifying all calculations. The technical representative shall be fully versed in the testing methods and calculations and shall be capable of certifying test results. The VFD manufacturer shall provide the following quality assurance steps within his factory: a. Incoming inspection of all components. b. In -process inspection of assemblies. c. 100% test and inspection of power devices. H. The VFD printed circuit boards shall be tested per the manufacturer's standard testing procedure. The VFD manufacturer shall provide certification that the tests have been completed. L Witnessed factory tests shall include a test and demonstration of all equipment functions, per manufacturer's standard testing procedures. The purpose of the test shall be to verify the functionality, performance and stability of each VFD. The test shall include, but not be limited to, a complete operational test demonstrating all controls, trips, inputs, outputs, etc., shown on the attached pump control schematic including those associated with the motor protection relay. A clearly labeled test box with dedicated switches, lights, etc. for each 1/0 shall be provided and used to demonstrate all controls, trips, inputs, outputs, etc. The manufacturer shall submit two weeks in advance of the day that test will be made a detailed testing plan. This plan shall be subject to the Engineer's approval. Low Voltage Variable Frequency Drives 26 29 23.11-3 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion J. After all tests have been performed, each adjustable frequency controller shall undergo a factory 4 (four) -hour burn -in test. The controllers shall be burned in at 100 percent motor load connected to a dynamometer for 4 hours without an unscheduled shutdown. During this test, the efficiency of the VFD shall be measured by simultaneously measuring the total KW input to the VFD and the KW output of the VFD. Simultaneous KW measurements shall be made with two watt -meters with required accessories to confirm compliance with specified efficiencies. K. The VFD manufacturer shall submit the factory test report to the Engineer as an official submittal prior to the equipment being shipped from the factory. L. The variable frequency drive manufacturer shall provide the actual test data, observations, and certification that the tests have been completed prior to shipment to the Engineer for approval. M. Efficiency test for 100% and 75% load (100% and 75% of the motor HP) at 100% speed shall be performed on all units with a dynamometer or reactor banks. N. Each drive shall be operated full loaded for the VFD testing simulating the actual field operating conditions and the operating data — amps, true power factor, efficiency, etc. for the drive shall be recorded and officially submitted to the Owner/Engineer prior to the VFD being shipped. a, FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: The manufacturer shall furnish an equipment test report after installation, start-up, and testing. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with this section, the General Requirements, Section 0133 00, "Document Management" and shall include the following minimum information: 1. Proposal Submittal: In order to evaluate the bid proposals, submit the following information. a. Where the Bidder's product differs from the specified requirements and/or catalog description, each point of difference shall be clearly stated. This requirement is set forth to facilitate the review of bids and not to be construed by the Bidder as waiving any of the requirements of the specifications. b. Data Sheets: Submit Data Sheets containing the following information: 1) Complete description of all equipment, including catalogs, cuts, and pertinent engineering data. 2) Manufacturer of equipment. 3) Manufacturer's type. 4) Outline dimensions of line-up location of cable connections. Dimensions shall be provided with a guarantee by the supplier. Changes shall be approved by the Engineer. The Owner reserves the right to deduct compensation from the supplier for any redesign cost or for changes in construction cost which are caused by changes to outline dimensions after the bid submittal. 5) Weight if line-up Low Voltage Variable Frequency Drives 26 29 23.11-4 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion 6) Parts list. c. True and displacement power factor and efficiency data. d. VFD Testing Information: Provide information on the VFD testing facility, location, and test method. Provide a testing schedule and plan. e. Provide a plan and schedule indicating dates for submittals, manufacturing, testing, and delivery. 2. Pre -and Post -Submittal Meeting a. Supplier shall include in his bid the cost of attending a one -day pre -submittal meeting and a one -day post -submittal meeting at City of Lubbock office or in the offices of Freese and Nichols, in Lubbock, TX Specific location will be determined when the meeting is scheduled. b. A pre -submittal meeting shall be held before any shop drawings are submitted and shall be attended by the Owner, Engineer, Electrical Contractor (if selected), and Equipment Manufacturer. c. Representative(s) from the VFD Supplier shall include the Project Manager/Individual(s): who will be responsible for the project at the factory and has technical knowledge of the VFD design, no exceptions and the individual who will be responsible for putting together the shop drawing Submittal, no exceptions. A salesperson may attend, but not as a substitute for the Project individual(s) indicated above. Manufacturer shall determine the number of people attending the meeting and cover each person's cost. d. A second meeting with the same parties shall be held to discuss review comments in order to resolve issues and allow equipment to be released for manufacturing upon completion of the Shop Drawing review by the Engineer. This second meeting may only be waived at the Engineer's discretion. e. Any shop drawings submitted before the pre -submittal meeting will be rejected and sent back "Not Approved, Revise and Re -submit". The VFD Supplier shall provide an unofficial draft copy of the actual submittal a minimum of 5 business days before the meeting. 3. SHOP DRAWINGS a. Any deviations from the specifications should be clearly identified on a separate sheet of paper in the shop drawing submittal. b. Size, type, and rating of all system components c. Internal component layout diagrams. d. Drawings shall show: 1) equipment dimensions. 2) Stub -up locations and conduit entry and exit locations. Conduit entry and exit points clearly showing dimensions of entry and exit points. Provide a detailed top view showing how conduits penetrate the top of the VFD. Coordinate with the installation Electrical Contractor on this prior to submitting information to the Engineer. The Manufacturer shall provide space in wire-ways/wire-ducts for control cables routed to all field devices and equipment. The Manufacturer shall Low Voltage Variable Frequency Drives 26 29 23.11-5 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion accommodate all conductors for controls without exceeding the bending radius of the wire. 3) shipping splits. 4) shipping and installation weights. 5) ventilation details. 6) nameplate schedule. 7) power equipment. 8) cable terminal sizes. 9) Drawings shall show vertical distance between terminations to top/bottom of enclosure. 10) Provide a drawing of the front view elevation with designation of equipment and devices on doors, and clearly indicating the maximum mounting height of devices on doors. 11) Project specific control schematics and wiring diagrams: Detail wiring diagram and differentiate between manufacturer -installed and field -installed wiring. Show both power and control wiring. Labels on the control schematic for control relays, level switches, indication lights, etc. shall correspond to equipment tags/labels indicated on the Pump Control Schematic included in the plans. Include a label above each timing relay indicating the range and setpoint for that timing relay. Generic wiring diagrams are not acceptable. 12) The pump control schematic shall clearly indicate next to the corresponding device symbol the following: the circuit breaker size, number of cables that can be terminated on the incoming and outgoing, fuse sizes, size of CPT, CTs, etc. The schematic shall include the motor nameplate information (HP, FLA, RPM) and shall also include the valve limit switch position table. 13) Provide a drawing showing the Terminal strip layout showing customer field connections. The terminal strip layout shall also include a label next to each connection indicating signal description. Handwritten terminal numbers are not acceptable. 14) One -Line diagram shall be submitted with initial submittal, No Exceptions. A Three -Line diagram shall also be submitted with initial submittal, No Exceptions. e. Complete bills of materials with model numbers listed for individual components. f. Breakdown description of the VFD model number indicating what options are being provided. g. Catalog cut sheets of major components, power equipment clearly identifying make and model number of device being provided. h. Data sheets of miscellaneous electrical equipment. i. Spare Parts List. j. Cable termination sizes. k. Conduit Entry and Exit locations. Low Voltage Variable Frequency Drives 26 29 23.11-6 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion Warranty information. m. True and displacement power factor and efficiency. n. Letter of Compatibility: The VFD supplier in conjunction with the pump/motor supplier shall issue a letter of compatibility stating that the VFD and motor are compatible. o. Data on the characteristics and performance of the variable frequency drives, including amperage ratings, horsepower rating, frame sizes, trip settings, short- circuit current rating, etc. p. Heat dissipation for the VFD and phase shifting/isolation transformers, and transformer inrush data (duration versus magnitude). Transformer impedance and X/R data. Provide complete information for the phase shifting /isolation transformer including cut sheets for all transformer accessories. Submit the transformer elevations and side views, floor plan, dimensions, weight, packaging for shipment, field wiring diagrams for power and control circuits, transformer nameplate information, and itemized bill of materials for accessories. q. Project specific magnetizing current for the transformer (if applicable). Provide magnetizing current magnitude and duration. r. List of default VFD microprocessor motor protective features and their settings. Harmonic distortion analysis: The manufacturer of the drive equipment shall perform a bus voltage and/or current distortion calculation for each bus that supplies a drive. The harmonic study shall be performed to determine the harmonic content expected on the Purchaser's supply bus due to the addition of the variable frequency drive and to determine the harmonic filter requirements. The total harmonic distortion shall not exceed THD values as recommended by IEEE - 519- latest version, under normal worst case operating conditions. The recommended harmonic filter shall be supplied by the drive manufacturer. Harmonic analysis shall be provided prior to or with the VFD shop drawings for approval. SUBMITTALS FOR THE VFD SUBMITTED PRIOR TO OR WITHOUT THE HARMONIC ANALYSIS SHALL BE CONSIDERED INCOMPLETE AND NOT REVIEWED. THE INITIAL SUBMITTAL SHALL INCLUDE ALL INFORMATION LISTED ABOVE WITH THE EXCEPTION OF TEST RESULTS. The Harmonic Distortion Analysis study shall contain, as a minimum, the following: 1) Project specific information. Using typical pump motor and/or utility information will not be accepted. 2) Preliminary harmonic levels without VFDs installed. 3) Preliminary harmonic levels with the VFDs operating as indicated in section 1.07. 4) Explanation of method used to perform the study. 5) Explanation of study results. 6) All calculations and/or computer printouts used to arrive at the recommendations. Low Voltage Variable Frequency Drives 26 29 23.11-7 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion 7) Voltage and Current harmonic content up to the fiftieth harmonic, for the conditions specified above in table format. t. Note: All documentation listed above shall be supplied with the VFD's initial submittal. Incomplete submittals will be returned "NOT APPROVED, REVISE AND RESUBMIT". 4. Prior to Shipment: The manufacturer shall provide detailed addresses (memory map) for the software 1/0 points that are communicated over Ethernet, RS485, etc. that are applicable to this project —this would include but not be limited to the data highways associated with the motor protection relay and VFD. Coordinate with Owner/Engineer for the list of 1/0 that will be transmitted over the data highways, the manufacturer shall verify with the Owner if any changes have been made to the lists prior to submitting the memory map. 5. FACTORYTEST DATA a. Factory test data shall include a summary of all tests performed at the factory, both those specifically identified in this specification and other factory standard tests. Factory test data shall be submitted for approval prior to the drives being released for shipment. 6. FIELD TEST DATA— Equipment Installation Report a. The Electrical Contractor shall submit a detailed testing agenda a minimum of three (3) weeks in advance prior to testing start date. b. Field test data shall include summary of all tests performed in the field specifically identified in this specification and other factory standard tests. 7. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS a. Operation and maintenance manuals shall be prepared by the equipment manufacturer and shall contain the final certified approved shop drawings, submittals, schematics, final wiring diagrams with any changes made during start- up, equipment installation report and maintenance procedures and test data. b. Manuals may be manufacturer's standard instructions, but shall be supplemented as necessary to cover any special feature not included in standard material. c. Operation and maintenance manuals shall include warranty information as well as a warranty information page that shall include information on the warranty start and end date as well as contact information for service. d. Submit preliminary manuals for review prior to start-up of equipment. 1.04 STANDARDS The applicable provisions of the following standards shall apply as if written here in their entity. A. Local Laws and Ordinances. R. State and Federal Laws. C. National Electrical Code (NEC). D. Underwriters' Laboratories (UL). E. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). F. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA). Low Voltage Variable Frequency Drives 26 29 23.11-8 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion G. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE). 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. The VFD manufacturer shall be responsible for delivery of the equipment and accessories, f.o.b. to the job site or to such storage site as may be designated by the Owner in good condition and undamaged. B. Unloading and storage of the equipment shall be the responsibility of the Owner or the Electrical Contractor (if selected) who shall inspect the equipment for apparent damage. Equipment which is found to be damaged will not be accepted until properly repaired or replaced by the VFD manufacturer. C. Handling and shipment of the equipment shall be in such a manner to prevent internal component damage, breakage, and denting and scoring of the enclosure finish. D. Equipment must be delivered and stored in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendation at all times in a licensed and bonded warehouse. Equipment shall be stored indoors in a clean, dry, climate controlled heated and air-conditioned environment that is free from dust, No Exceptions. Protect equipment from exposure to dirt, fumes, water, corrosive substances and physical damage. Stored equipment shall be properly protected from rodents such as mice and rats. Equipment that will be stored indoors for an extended period of time and that do not have space heaters shall have temporary space heaters placed in it and energized to eliminate the build-up of condensation in the equipment. The Electrical Contractor will provide temporary wiring and power to the space heaters for the equipment. Coordinate with equipment manufacturer for additional storage requirements. F. Deliver in sections or lengths that can be moved past obstructions in delivery path. 1.06 WARRANTY A. Equipment Manufacturer shall warrant the equipment furnished under this specification for a period of two (2) years against defects in materials and workmanship, equipment design, and operational failure. B. In the event of failure in material, workmanship, or equipment design of any part or parts of the equipment during the warranty period, and provided that the equipment has been operated and maintained in accordance with good practice, the Equipment Manufacturer shall furnish, deliver, and install a replacement for the defective part or parts at its own expense. During the warranty period, the Contractor will remove and load the Goods on a vehicle provided by the Equipment Manufacturer if it is necessary to return the Goods to the Equipment Manufacturer for correction of defects during the Warranty Period. The Contractor will reinstall the Goods when they are returned to the Site after defects have been corrected. Equipment Manufacturer is to provide all parts, labor and incidental cost for making repairs, shipping the Goods to the Site and providing startup services in accordance with the Specifications. C. The warranty period shall be interpreted as the 24-month period following the installation, adjusting and acceptance testing, and the start of actual operation of the equipment, or 36 months after complete delivery, whichever occurs first. Low Voltage Variable Frequency Drives 26 29 23.11-9 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion 1.07 HARMONICS ANALYSIS A, A preliminary harmonic analysis shall be provided to the Engineer for approval prior to or at the same time as the VFD shop drawings being sent for approval. Submittals for the variable frequency drives submitted prior to or without the study will be considered incomplete and not reviewed. B. Provide an electrical system harmonics analysis for the electrical distribution system including the electric utility. The goal of the study shall be to determine requirements for the variable frequency drives and isolation/phase shifting transformers to comply with the harmonic distortion levels. C. The harmonics analysis shall verify compliance with the harmonics and line notching requirements specified herein. The location of the point of common coupling shall be as defined in section 3.04.C. The study shall evaluate all VFDs operating at the lowest operating speed as specified in 43 24 13, "Vertical Centrifugal Pumping Units", all VFDs operating at the full speed condition, and ten percent speed increments between these points. D, The harmonic distortion for voltage and current distortion levels and line notching shall meet the requirements of IEEE 519, latest version without the need for any ancillary filtering equipment. The Manufacturer shall coordinate with the Owner or Electrical Contractor (if selected) to obtain all data necessary to perform the study. This includes feeder cable sizes, approximate feeder length, motor data, switchgear data, electric utility data, and any other information relevant to the study. The analysis shall use actual system impedance, Utility transformer impedance, and available fault current from the Utility. If harmonic filters are required to meet the requirements of the IEEE 519, latest version the VFD manufacturer must provide the filters, and is responsible for the design and manufacturer of the filters at no cost to the Owner. G. Compliance shall be verified with onsite field measurements of both the voltage and current harmonic distortion at the defined point of common coupling with and without the VFDs operating. H, VFD manufacturer shall coordinate with the Electric Utility Company for electrical data required for the harmonic analysis. 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A, Any modifications to a standard product required to meet this specification shall be performed by the VFD manufacturer only. B, Drive shall be air cooled. Liquid cooled systems shall not be acceptable. The VFD shall consist of an incoming main circuit breaker section with a 65,000 AIC rating, input rectifier grade drive isolation transformer or a phase shifting transformer, input converter/DC bus/output inverter, a dv/dt filter if applicable, and control logic section. All components shall be integral to the VFD lineup, factory wired and tested as a complete system. Low Voltage Variable Frequency Drives 26 29 23.11-10 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion C, VFDs shall meet IEEE Std. 519-latest version, Recommended Practices and Requirements for Harmonic Control in Electrical Power Systems. The VFDs shall not exceed the following harmonic limits at the point of common coupling for any combination of the pump throughout the speed range. D. The point of common coupling (PCC) shall be the customer's switchboard bus as shown on the one -line diagram. See plans for more detail. E. The voltage harmonic distortion (THD) at the point of common coupling shall not exceed 5 percent as indicated in Table 10.2 of IEEE Std. 519-latest version, for General System. F. The current harmonic distortion at the point of common coupling shall not exceed the limits in Table 10.3 of IEEE Std. 519-latest version, for General Distribution Systems. G. The preliminary harmonic analysis and preliminary torsional analysis must be submitted by the VFD manufacturer at the time of bid, which includes all voltage and current harmonics to the 99th. H, Compliance shall be verified by manufacturer or manufacturer's representative with onsite field measurements of both the voltage and current harmonic distortion at the defined point of common coupling with and without the VFDs operating. L VFD system shall maintain a .95 minimum true power factor from 30% to 100% speed. Power factor shall not become leading at any speeds. VFD manufacturer shall provide written documentation verifying this. VFD system shall include power factor correction and/or harmonic filter and shall never have a leading power factor under utility or generator operation. VFD manufacturer is to supply a power factor correction system, if required, to meet this requirement. Power factor correction system shall include a separate input isolating contactor with fuses, power factor correction grade capacitors and series harmonic decoupling reactors, all mounted and wired as part of the drive system. Power factor correction system shall be mounted in the VFD. 2.02 SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS A, Refer to drawing 1/E-23 of the Pre -Purchase Package for the Pump Control Schematic. B. In the Local mode of operation, the sequence of operations is initiated at the VFD. In Remote mode the sequence of operations is initiated via the SCADA system. C. Note: Control and timing relays shown on control schematic shall be hardwired NEMA type. PLC/computer programming shall not be used for timers and relays. 2.03 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES A, RATINGS Guaranteed minimum VFD efficiency shall be 95% at 100% speed and 100% load and minimum 94% at 75% speed. Losses shall include drive isolation transformer/phase shifting transformer, input harmonic filters and power factor correction system, if applicable, converter/DC bus/Inverter, and dv/dt filter. Auxiliary control, such as internal VFD control boards, cooling fans or pumps, shall be included in all loss calculations. 2. Rated Input Power: Non -phase sequence sensitive, 380-480 Volts, +/-10%, 3-phase, 60 Hz. Low Voltage Variable Frequency Drives 26 29 23.11-11 LUB23203 —West Lubbock Water System Expansion a. Voltage Dip Ride -through: VFD shall be capable of sustaining continued operation with a 30% dip in nominal line voltage. Output speed may decline only if current limit rating of VFD is exceeded. b. Power Loss Ride -through: VFD shall be capable of 5 cycle power loss ride -through without fault activation. c. All 120VAC power for VFD control logic and cooling fans shall be fused and supplied by the integral to the VFD. 3. Output Power: 200 HP (1800RPM), 480V, 6 to 60 HZ. VFD manufacturer shall coordinate with pump and motor manufacturers for exact motor requirements: HP, amps, RPM, etc. VFD and pump/motor manufacturers shall provide a letter stating that the VFD and motor are compatible. 4. Ambient Temperature Range: 0 to 40°C. 5. Humidity: 95% non -condensing. 6. Elevation: Up to 3300 feet (1000 meters) above MSL without derating. 7. Power Unit Rating Basis: 100% rated current continuous, 150% rated current for one minute, at rated temperature. B. CONSTRUCTION 1. The control logic section shall be fully digital and not require analog adjustment pots or fixed selector resistors. A power failure will not necessitate a re -load of any drive parameters or configurations. The controller shall be suitable for any standard NEMA-B squirrel -cage induction motor having a service factor of 1.15. The inverter output shall be generated by IGBT's. The VFD shall not create excessive power losses in the motor. VFD are to allow only 1 pump activation at a time. 2. VFDs shall be TOP ENTRY/TOP EXIT. 3. Provide VFD with adequate lifting means, capable of being rolled or moved into installation position and bolted directly to the floor without the use of floor sills. C, BASIC FEATURES 1. The VFD shall be capable of producing an adjustable AC voltage/frequency output to provide continuous operation over the normal system 30%-100% speed range. The VFD must be capable of sustained operation at 1/10 speed to facilitate checkout and maintenance of the driven equipment. 2. The door of each unit shall include the door mounted components (as shown on the VFD control schematic) arranged in a logical manner, subject to the Owner/Engineer's approval. Operator interface and control logic shall be 120VAC. All control and signal wires shall be shielded and fully protected against EMI/RFI interference. 3. The VFD shall include a customer selectable automatic restart feature. When enabled, the VFD shall automatically attempt to restart after a trip condition resulting from overcurrent, overvoltage, under voltage, or over -temperature. For safety, the drive shall shut down and require manual reset and restart if the automatic reset/restart function is not successful within a maximum of three attempts within a customer programmable time period. Low Voltage Variable Frequency Drives 26 29 23.11-12 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion 4. A door -mounted membrane keypad as provided by the manufacturer as their standard interface shall be furnished, capable of controlling the VFD and setting drive parameters. The keypad shall include the following features: a. The digital display must present all diagnostic message and parameter values in English engineering units when accessed, without the use of codes. b. The keypad module shall contain a "self -test" software program which can be activated to verify proper keypad operations. c. The digital keypad shall allow the operator to enter exact numerical settings in English engineering units. A plain English user menu shall be provided in software as a guide to parameter setting (rather than codes). Driver parameters shall be factory set in EEPROM and resettable in the field through the keypad. Two (2) levels of password security shall be available to protect drive parameters from unauthorized personnel. The EEPROM stored drive variables must be able to be transferred to new boards to reprogram spare boards. d. The following door mounted digital indications shall be supplied: 1) Speed demand in percent. 2) Input current in amperes. 3) Output current in amperes. 4) Output Frequency in hertz. 5) Input voltage. 6) Output voltage. 7) Total 3-phase KW. 8) Kilowatt hour meter. 9) Elapsed time running meter. 10) Output speed in percent. e. The following door mounted pushbuttons, control switches and indicating lights shall be supplied: 1) White indicating light (power on). 2) Elapsed time running meter (electro mechanical). 3) Emergency Stop pushbutton (push/pull type). 4) Hand-Off-SCADA selector switch. 5) Start Pushbutton. 6) Stop Pushbutton. 7) Amber push -to -test indicating light (VFD Fault) 8) Amber push -to -test indicating light (Motor Over Temp.) 9) Reset pushbutton (valve failure). 10) Blue push -to -test indicating light (pump failure). Low Voltage Variable Frequency Drives 26 29 23.11-13 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion 11) Red push -to -test indicating light (pump run). 12) Green push -to -test indicating light (pump stop). 13) Green push -to -test indicating light (valve closed). 14) Blue push -to -test indicating light (valve failure). 15) Red push -to -test indicating light (valve open). f. VFD shall be capable of direct communication to an IBM or compatible computer for serial link setup of parameters, fault diagnostics, trending and diagnostic log downloading. A USB port shall be door -mounted for computer interface. VFD drawings shall indicate physical location of USB port. D. ENCLOSURE: All VFD components including transformer shall be mounted and wired by the VFD manufacturer in a grounded enclosure meeting the following requirements without exception: 1. Power conversion and auxiliary equipment enclosure sections shall be NEMA-1 design. 2. All controls relays, pushbuttons, etc. shall be housed in a separate, 20" minimum, auxiliary equipment enclosure that shall be a part of the VFD enclosure. 3. Maximum dimensions for VFD enclosure, including transformer shall be as indicated below, No Exceptions: Maximum Dimensions of VFD lineup (no exceptions) 68"W x 36"D x 94"H 4. Front access only. Enclosure shall be top entry and top exit. Input and output sections of the starter shall be suitable for terminating the number and size of conductors indicated below. See plans for additional information. Cable requirements with phase and ground conductors Incoming 2 sets each Section (3- 250kcmil, #3/OG., 3"C.) Outgoing (3 — 350kcmil , #3/OG., 3"C.) Section 5. Printed circuit boards shall be conformal coated. 6. All power conductors (bus or cable) shall be insulated. 7. All relays and pushbuttons shall be NEMA rated, heavy duty type. IEC or dual IEC/NEMA rated equipment shall not be acceptable. 8. All wiring shall be located internally within the VFD enclosure. External ductwork or wireways shall not be utilized. 9. Terminal blocks shall be NEMA rated, 600V. Stacking (two -high) terminal blocks is not acceptable. Low Voltage Variable Frequency Drives 26 29 23.11-14 LUB23203 —West Lubbock Water System Expansion 10. All wiring shall be identified with wiring markers with alphanumeric characters. The identification of each wire shall be the same as that shown on the electrical schematic. Each wire shall be so identified at each end. Each end of every wire shall be provided with a heat shrinkable or equivalent sleeve -type wire marker -labeled in accordance with the electrical schematic. Use of adhesive and clip -on type markers is prohibited. 11. INSTRUMENT CURRENT TRANSFORMERS: Each instrument current transformer shall be indoor wound type, meter class. Insulation shall be equal to that necessary to meet the requirements of the IEEE standards. At normal rated amperes, under usual service conditions, no part of the transformer shall exceed the heating limits specified in the IEEE standards. Each current transformer shall be capable of carrying continuously, its rated primary amperes, under conditions of accidental open secondary circuit, without damage to the primary insulation. Accuracy shall have ANSI accuracy classification C400. 12. CONTROL RELAYS: Industrial type; contacts rated for 10 amps at 600 VAC; Square D Class 8501 Type X, or approved equal. Relays shall have the capability of having contact decks added in the field. Contacts shall be field convertible to normally open or normally closed. Coils and contacts shall each be replaceable without replacing any other part of the relay. Where control relays are indicated on the Plans, industrial control relays shall be furnished whether the relay coil is operated with 120 VAC or 24 VDC. General purpose "plug-in" type relays are not acceptable. Provide (2) NO, (2) NC spare contacts 13. TIMING RELAYS: Solid state. Ranges shall be as shown on the Plans. The timing relays shall have both normally open and normally closed contacts by having two sets of form C contacts. Timing relays where shown on the Plans shall be Square D, Class 9050 Type JCK60, or approved equal model for operation on the control voltage of the equipment it is used in. Timing relay shall be provided with restraining strap. Terminal shall be front -mounted and readily accessible. 14. INDICATING LIGHTS, SWITCHES, PUSHBUTTONS: Heavy duty and oil tight (30 mm); Square D Class 9001 or approved equal. Pilot lights shall be push to test (LED type) and shall be Square D SK or approved equal. 15. ELAPSED TIME METER: The meter shall be of a non -reset type, for totalizing of hours and shall operate on 120 VAC, 60 Hertz. Starter shall be provided with an elapsed time meter; Yokogawa Model 240, 3 %" New Big Look type elapsed time meter, or approval equal. Digital time meters are not acceptable. 16. Maximum door swing clearance shall not exceed 36". 17. After fabrication, metal structures shall be thoroughly cleaned, bonderized as a unit and then given a primary coat, a coat of rust preventative and a finishing coat of quick - drying lacquer. Unless otherwise specified, the color of the panels and the exteriors of structures shall be gray ANSI-61 or ANSI-49. Instruments, relays, and meters shall have dull black standard finish. 18. Air shall be exhausted through the top and front of the VFD enclosure. No air shall be exhausted through the rear of the enclosure. Low Voltage Variable Frequency Drives 26 29 23.11-15 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion 19. The control relays, timing relays, and terminal strips shall be readily accessible while the VFD is energized and operating without exposing a person to live 480V when the VFD door is open. Provide a 20" wide (minimum) full vertical section for controls only, no exceptions. This full vertical section shall only have devices 120V or lower. Locating a CPT in this full vertical section is not acceptable. 20. Provide a print pocket pouch with the control schematic drawings on the inside of the VFD door. The control schematic drawings shall be the final version of the drawings and shall include any field revisions made during start-up. 21. Lights, pushbuttons, switches, displays, etc. shall be mounted no higher than Y-6" AFF, which shall include the height of the 4" housekeeping pad. Front drive panel layout showing exact mounting heights shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. 22. VFD manufacturer shall verify with motor manufacturer that the contact from the VFD for energizing the motor space heater is properly sized to handle the space heater load. E. NAMEPLATES 1. Externally visible, permanent nameplates shall be provided to identify each instrument, switch, indicating light, etc. Equipment and terminal blocks shall be suitably identified. This shall include items on the back side of doors and panel mounted items. Nameplates shall be white lettering on a black background and attached with stainless steel screws. 2. Equipment nameplates and designations shall be 2 in. by 5 in. minimum, not less than 1/16 in. thick, engraved laminated plastic fastened with stainless steel screws. Nameplates shall be 1 in. white lettering on black background, and shall indicate equipment designations as shown on the drawings. 3. Provide legend plates or 1 in. by 3 in. engraved nameplates with % in. lettering for identification of all pilot devices and meters. 4. Provide permanent warning signs as follows: a. "DANGER— HIGH VOLTAGE— KEEP OUT" on all enclosure doors. b. "WARNING— HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK— DISCONNECT POWER BEFORE OPENING OR WORKING ON THIS UNIT" F. PROTECTIVE FEATURES AND CIRCUITS The VFD controller shall be used for motor protection and metering. The VFD controller shall include the following alarms and protective features: a. Static instantaneous overcurrent and overvoltage trip. b. Undervoltage and power loss protection. c. Power unit overtemperature alarm and protection. Upon sensing an overtemperature condition VFD is to annunciate an alarm and automatically reduce output speed in order to shed load maintaining process operation. If overtemperature continues beyond specified period, unit to trip on overtemperature. d. Electronic motor inverse time overload protection. e. The VFD shall be protected from damage due to the following, without requiring an output contactor: 1) Single-phase fault or three-phase short circuit on VFD output terminals. Low Voltage Variable Frequency Drives 26 29 23.11-16 LUB23203 —West Lubbock Water System Expansion 2) Failure to communicate inverter thermistor due to severe overload or other conditions. 3) Loss of input power due to opening of VFD input disconnect device or utility power failure during VFD operation. 4) Loss of one (1) phase of input power. 5) Motor regeneration due to backspin or loss of VFD input power. f. The VFDs shall be able to withstand the following fault conditions without damage to the power circuit components. 1) Failure to connect a motor to the VFD output. 2) VFD output open circuit that may occur during operation. g. The VFD shall have auto frequency roll -back capability during overload or overtemperature and conditions to minimize nuisance tripping. h. Control functions such as speed setpoint, start, stop, alarm, and status functions shall be transmitted as discrete 1/0 to the station PLC (provided by others). The VFD shall be capable of communicating setup parameters for 4 diagnostics, trending information, and diagnostic log downloading over an Ethernet TCP/IP data highway to the station PLC. i. All 1/0, discrete and analog signals shall be wired to terminal blocks for customer's use. G. PARAMETER SETTINGS 1. The following system configuring settings shall be provided, without exception, field adjustable through the keypad/display unit or via the serial communication port only. Except for Motor Nameplate Data, all parameters must be adjustable while the processor is online and the drive is running. a. Motor Nameplate Data 1) Motor frequency. 2) Number of poles. 3) Full load speed. 4) Motor volts. 5) Motor full load amps. 6) Motor KW. 7) Current limit, max. b. VFD Limits 1) Manual accel rate. 2) Manual decel rate. 3) Auto accel rate. 4) Auto decel rate. Low Voltage Variable Frequency Drives 26 29 23.11-17 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion 5) Motor flux buildup delay: time/amount. 6) 1 boost. 7) Overload trip curve select (Inverse or Constant). 8) Min/Max speed (frequency). 9) Auto reset for load or voltage trip select. 10) Overload trip time set. 11) Slip compensation. 12) Catch -A -Spinning -Load select. c. VFD Parameters 1) Voltage loop gain. d. Controller Adjustments 1) PID control enable/disable. 2) Setpoint select. 3) Proportional band select. 4) Reset time select. 5) Rate time select. 6) Input signal scaling. 7) Input signal select (4-20 mA/0-5 Volts). 8) Auto start functions: On/Off, Delay On/Off, Level Select On/Off. 9) Speed Profile: Entry, Exit, Point Select. 10) Min, Max Speed Select. 11) Inverse Profile Select. 12) Critical speed avoidance select. 2. All drive setting adjustments and operation parameters shall be stored in a parameter log which lists allowable maximum and minimum points as well as the present set values. This parameter log shall be accessible via Ethernet communications as well as on the keypad display. H, DIAGNOSTIC FEATURES AND FAULT HANDLING 1. The VFDs shall include a comprehensive microprocessor based digital diagnostic system which monitors its own control functions and displays faults and operating conditions. Microprocessor systems must be products of the same manufacturer as the VFD (to assure single source responsibility, availability of service and access to spare parts). 2. A "FAULT LOG" shall record, store, display and print upon demand, the following for the 8 most recent events: a. VFD mode (LOCAL -OFF -REMOTE). Low Voltage Variable Frequency Drives 26 29 23.11-18 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion b. Date and time of day. c. Type of fault. d. Reset mode (Auto/Manual). 3. A "HISTORIC LOG" shall record, store, display and print upon demand, the following control variables at 2.7 M/Sec. intervals for the 50 intervals immediately preceding a fault trip: a. VFD mode (LOCAL -OFF -REMOTE). b. Speed demand. c. VFD output frequency. d. Demand (output) Amps. e. Feedback (motor) Amps. f. VFD output volts. g. Type of fault. h. REMOTE enable. 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A, The Manufacturer's Representative has responsibilities in the installation and field testing of the equipment as described in this Section. Installation of equipment shall be performed by the Contractor who shall be required to assemble the equipment, if required, and install it in accordance with Installation, Operation and Maintenance instructions which shall be furnished by the vendor or manufacturer, and the installation drawings for this project. 1. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, tools, equipment and machinery necessary to receive, inspect, unload, store, protect, and install completely, in proper operating condition, the equipment. Contractor shall protect and store the VFD indoors, as recommended by the manufacturer and as described in section 1.05. 2. He shall also furnish such incidental items not supplied with the equipment, but which may or may not be described in the Plans and Specifications, for complete installation, such as wiring, conduit, ducts, anchors and other appurtenances as necessary. B. The Contractor shall schedule the service of the manufacturer to assist in the installation, adjustment, and acceptance test of the equipment. 3.02 INSTALLATION AND START-UP A, Manufacturer's representative shall be available to advise and assist the installation of the VFDs by the Contractor. B. Furnish the services of a competent manufacturer's service representative from the factory of the VFD manufacturer who shall be experienced in the assembly and wiring of the VFD drive units of similar size and character. He shall direct the installation of the equipment and shall assist and advise with the electricians or other workmen who are performing the actual work of installing the VFD drive units. He also shall assist in the adjustment and testing of the equipment. Low Voltage Variable Frequency Drives 26 29 23.11-19 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion C, Adjust the calibration of protective relays/breakers according to the protective device coordination study (provided by others) and test the settings. Prepare a card index for the relays, the settings, the test results and marked thereon, and submit to the Owner. D, Instruct the operating and maintenance personnel in principle of operating of all major devices and the care and maintenance of components included in the VFD drive units, for a period of not less than five consecutive 8-hour days. E. Time spent on the job by the service representative shall be adequate for performing the above functions. F. All costs (travel expenses, testing equipment, etc.) required for testing and start-up shall be the responsibility of the equipment manufacturer/Contractor. 3.03 TRAINING A, The equipment manufacturer shall coordinate with the Contractor to provide a training session for the Owner's representatives at the jobsite or other office location chosen by the Owner. Each eight -hour training session shall be broken up into two segments each of 4- hours with a 15 minute break every two hours. Lunch break will be one hour. Training sessions shall be scheduled and coordinated with the Owner. B, Training sessions shall be conducted by VFD manufacturer personnel. C, Training shall be for four members of the Owner's staff. D, Supplier shall submit a training outline and manual of training course material for Owner's/Engineer's review and comment a minimum of 4 weeks before training is to take place. Instruct the operating and maintenance personnel in principle of operating of all major devices and the care and maintenance of components included in the VFD drive units, and troubleshooting for a period of not less than one (1) eight (8) hour day. Coordinate with Owner for exact requirements. Provide three-ring binders to participants complete with copies of drawings and other course material covered. F. All costs (travel expenses, testing equipment, etc.) required for the training shall be the responsibility of the equipment manufacturer/contractor. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A, Testing, checkout and start-up of the VFD equipment shall be performed under the technical direction of the manufacturer's field service Engineer from the Factory of the VFD manufacturer. Under no circumstances are any portions of the drive system to be energized without authorization from the field service Engineer. B. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory -authorized service representative to perform the following. Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports. 1. Inspect controllers, wiring, components, connections, and equipment installation. Test and adjust controllers, components, and equipment. 2. Assist in field testing of equipment (including pretesting and adjusting of solid-state controllers). 3. Report results in writing. Low Voltage Variable Frequency Drives 26 29 23.11-20 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion 4. Perform each electrical test and visual and mechanical inspection, except optional tests, stated in NETA ATS. Certify compliance with test parameters. 5. Correct malfunctioning units on -site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, replace with new units and retest. C. Harmonics, Efficiency and True Power Factor Testing: 1. Once the drive has been installed, testing shall be provided by the manufacturer to verify conformance with the specifications for the following: a. Harmonics. b. Efficiency. c. True Power Factor. Note: Tests are to be conducted on normal utility power and stand-by generator power. The harmonics, efficiency and power factor tests shall be measured at the input to each drive and point of common coupling and data shall be taken at the different operating speeds (50%-100% speed in 10% increments). Readings with printouts shall be provided for the harmonics, efficiency and true power factor in the report to be submitted to the Engineer. 2. The type of instruments' make, model and manufacturer that are used in the field testing shall be submitted along with the report. 3. A description of the testing procedures shall be sent to the Engineer prior to testing taking place. 4. Prepare for acceptance tests as follows: Test insulation resistance for each enclosed controller element, bus, component, connecting supply, feeder, and control circuit. b. Test continuity of each circuit. 5. The VFD Supplier shall provide readings with printouts (in table and graphical format) of the harmonic current at each harmonic as well as the total voltage distortion up to the 501h harmonic. The following readings shall be provided: a. At point of common coupling (Main Switchboard PS17-SWBD1): 1) The following combinations shall be evaluated for each set of VFDs connected to their point of common coupling. With VFDs operating and starting at minimum pump speed and ramping up simultaneously to full pump speed with testing conducted at 10% speed increments: a) With all Drives off b) One (1) VFD running with load — operating and starting at minimum pump speed and ramping up to full speed with testing conducted at 10% increments. c) Two (2) VFDs running with load — VFDs operating and starting at minimum speed and ramping up to full speed with testing conducted at 10% increments. d) All Three (3) VFDs running with load — all VFDs operating and starting at minimum speed and ramping up simultaneously to full sped with testing conducted at 10% increments. Low Voltage Variable Frequency Drives 26 29 23.11-21 LUB23203 —West Lubbock Water System Expansion b. At the power connection to each drive. 6. The VFD manufacturer shall test the motor at the job site, once the motors and VFD line-up are installed to verify minimum 0.95 power factor. VFD manufacturer shall provide hand calculations verifying motor power factor corrected to 0.95 or better as part of report data. 7. A bound report shall include graphical representation of this information in the following format for each 10% speed increment: a. Voltage harmonic content versus harmonic order through 99th harmonic. b. Current harmonic content versus harmonic order through 99th harmonic. c. True Power factor (displacement and non -sinusoidal) versus harmonic order through 99th harmonic. 8. Report shall provide written description of field test results and show verification that field tests meet the requirements of this VFD specification. Report shall be reviewed by Engineer/Owner for approval. If these tests show that the drives are not in compliance with the Specifications, the drive manufacturer shall make all changes required to comply with the Specifications at no cost to the Owner. If required, this could mean replacing the drives that are not in compliance. 9. A copy of all tests and checks performed in the field, complete with meter readings and recordings, where applicable, shall be submitted to the Engineer and Owner as an official submittal. D, The tests shall be witnessed by the Owner and Engineer. Provide at least two (2) weeks notice to the Owner and Engineer prior to conducting these tests. Final acceptance of the VFD installation will not be considered until the Owner and Engineer have witnessed the test described above and a formal written report has been submitted and approved by the Engineer. The VFD manufacturer or manufacturer representative shall submit a written Equipment Installation Report certifying the equipment is properly installed and has been operated under all operating conditions and is operating under all operating conditions and is operating satisfactorily per the requirements of the specification. F. Provide for the Engineer's review a complete list of test procedures, standards, equipment and calibration reports of the measuring and testing equipment used. G. Any deficiencies with regard to these specifications shall be corrected by the manufacturer at no expense to the Owner. Prior to any corrective action, a plan of correction shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. H. During start-up the VFD manufacturer's representative shall coordinate with the motor supplier for the optimum carrier frequency to operate the VFD at to keep the audible noise of the motor to a minimum. The VFD manufacturer shall also take into account dv/dt to reduce the stresses imposed on the motor windings and efficiency of the drive. L For Final O&M manual, the Manufacturer shall provide a hard copy of the final VFD set points be provided and revised control schematics including any changes to control schematic made during start up. 3.05 SPARE PARTS Low Voltage Variable Frequency Drives 26 29 23.11-22 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion A. The following spare parts of the type and size furnished shall be provided: 1. Ten of each type of power and control fuse rated 600V or less. 2. Two of each type of panel lamp. 3. One of each type of printed circuit board, including diagnostic systems. 4. One spare EPROM chip for each VFD. 5. One microprocessor -based interface display and monitoring panel, and keypad. 6. One spare relay and timer of each type. 7. One of each fan or blower installed. 3.06 CLEAN AND ADJUST The manufacturer shall furnish sufficient touch-up paint of the same type and color used at the factory to repair damages incurred in installation. Perform touch up painting to achieve the original paint thickness, quality, and appearance. Low Voltage Variable Frequency Drives 26 29 23.11-23 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion ATTACHMENT A SUBMITTAL DATA SHEET FOR 26 29 23.11 LOW VOLTAGE VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES Submit the following data with the Bid Proposal and with the Shop Drawing submittal: Item No. Description For "PS17-PI-VFD", "PS17-P2-VFD", "PS17-P3-VFD" 1 Manufacturer Make and Model (series): 2 Total Equipment Dimensions (inches)/unit: Width x Depth x Height W x D x H 3 Total Weight (lbs.)/unit: 4 VFD Efficiency @80% Load 5 VFD Efficiency @100% load 6 True Power Factor @25% Load 7 True Power Factor @50% Load 8 True Power Factor @75% Load 9 True Power Factor @100% Load 10 Heat Loss (Watts) per unit END OF SECTION Low Voltage Variable Frequency Drives 26 29 23.11-24 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion 26 32 13 LOW VOLTAGE ENGINE GENERATORS 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Relevant Specification Sections: 1. Section 26 36 00 "Low Voltage Automatic Transfer Switches" C. This Section includes packaged engine -generator sets for standby power supply with the following features: 1. Battery charger. 2. Sub -base fuel tank. 3. Engine generator set. 4. Muffler. 5. Outdoor enclosure. 6. Remote stop switch. 7. Starting battery 8. Fuel Maintenance system 9. Generator Set Controller and Panel. D. The engine manufacturer's authorized distributor shall supply the complete power system to include the generator and related components specified in this section, so that there is one source of responsibility for coordination and testing. E. Equipment that shall be provided by the generator manufacturer that is further specified in other sections of these documents is as follows: 1. Section 26 05 19 "Low Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables" 2. Section 26 05 26 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems" 3. Section 26 05 33 "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems" 4. Section 26 22 13 "Low Voltage Distribution Transformer" 5. Section 26 24 16 "Panelboards" 6. Section 26 27 26 "Wiring Devices" 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Operational Bandwidth: The total variation from the lowest to highest value of a parameter over the range of conditions indicated, expressed as a percentage of the nominal value of the parameter. Low Voltage Engine Generators 2632 13 - 1 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion B. Standby Rating: Power output rating equal to the power the generator set delivers continuously under normally varying load factors for the duration of a power outage. C. Steady -State Voltage Modulation: The uniform cyclical variation of voltage within the operational bandwidth, expressed in Hertz or cycles per second. 1.03 SUBMITTALS Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00, "Document Management" and shall include: A. Pre -and Post -Submittal Meeting 1. Supplier shall include in his bid the cost of attending a one -day pre -submittal meeting and a one -day post -submittal meeting in the City of Lubbock office or Freese and Nichols' Lubbock office — exact location to be determined at a later date. 2. A pre -submittal meeting shall be held before any shop drawings are submitted and shall be attended by the Owner, Engineer, Electrical Contractor, and Equipment Manufacturer. 3. Representative(s) from the generator supplier shall include individuals who have technical knowledge of the equipment and will be responsible for putting together the submittal. A salesperson may attend, but not as a substitute for the individuals indicated above. Manufacturer shall determine the number of people attending the meeting and cover each person's cost. 4. A post -submittal meeting with the same parties shall be held to discuss review comments in order to resolve issues and allow equipment to be released for manufacturing upon completion of the Shop Drawing review by the Engineer. This second meeting may only be waived at the Engineer's discretion. 5. Any shop drawings submitted before the pre -submittal meeting will be rejected and sent back Not Approved, Revise and Resubmit. The Generator Supplier shall provide an unofficial draft copy of the actual submittal a minimum of 5 business days before the meeting. 6. Product Data: For each type of packaged engine generator indicated. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. In addition, include the following: 7. Dimensioned outline plan and elevation drawings of engine generator set and other components specified. 8. Thermal damage curve for generator. 9. Time -current characteristic curves for generator protective device. B. Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. Design Calculations: Calculate requirements for selecting vibration isolators and seismic restraints and for designing vibration isolation bases. Low Voltage Engine Generators 2632 13 - 2 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion 2. Vibration Isolation Base Details: Detail fabrication, including anchorages and attachments to structure and to supported equipment. Include base weights. 3. Wiring Diagrams: Detail wiring for power and control connections and differentiate between factory installed and field installed wiring. 4. Generator sizing analysis. a. Detailed sizing analysis shall clearly identify assumptions made for loads being started/operated by the generator. 1). The maximum voltage drop allowed shall be 15%. 2). The maximum frequency drop allowed shall be 10%. 3). The nominal load on the generator shall not exceed 85% of the rated load capacity. 4). The generator shall be sized to start and run the loads as indicated under Section 2.02. Manufacturer shall certify that the generator will not stall under these conditions. 5). The generator shall be sized to operate continuously at an ambient temperature of 122 degrees Fahrenheit. 6). Calculations shall be for a Diesel Fuel generator set. b. The generator manufacturer and Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all information to run the generator sizing analysis, including nameplate rating listed on the motors. The manufacturer/Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining actual load data. c. The kW rating shown on the plans is anticipated, but shall not be used to determine the actual size of the generator provided for this project. 5. Provide a detailed layout of the generator enclosure that shows the location of the low voltage terminal box, generator control panel, lights, receptacles, panelboard, etc. 6. Provide project specific interconnection diagrams for all customer connections for alarms, level, etc. Interconnections that are not specific to the project shall not be shown. Generic drawings are not acceptable. Submittals that do not include project specific diagrams will be sent back NOT APPROVED, REVISE AND RESUBMIT. 7. Provide cut sheets for all equipment being provided for the generator including but not limited to: a. Generator and Enclosure b. Panelboard c. Exhaust Fans and louvers d. Conduits e. Wiring f. Lights g. Switches Low Voltage Engine Generators 2632 13 - 3 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion h. Receptacles i. Batteries and charging system j. Service Platform (reference layout on the contract plans) k. Fuel Maintenance System I. Starters, disconnects, pushbutton, etc. m. Provide a detailed panelboard schedule for the panelboard provided in the generator enclosure. 8. Paint chip colors for options on generator enclosure color to select from. 9. Certified summary of prototype -unit test report. 10. Certified Test Reports: For components and accessories that are equivalent, but not identical, to those tested on prototype unit. 11. Report of factory test on units to be shipped for this Project, showing evidence of compliance with specified requirements. 12. Report of sound generation. 13. Report of exhaust emissions showing compliance with applicable regulations. C. Letter of Compatibility: The Generator supplier in conjunction with the ATS supplier shall issue a letter of compatibility stating that the Generator and ATS are compatible. D. Prior to Shipment: The manufacturer shall provide detailed addresses (memory map) for the software 1/0 points that are communicated over Ethernet, RS485, etc. that are applicable to this project — this would include but not be limited to the data highways associated with the generator. Coordinate with Owner/Engineer for the list of 1/0 that will be transmitted over the data highways, the manufacturer shall verify with the Owner if any changes have been made to the lists prior to submitting the memory map. E. Field quality -control test reports. Indicate and interpret test results and inspection records relative to compliance with performance requirements. Provide load bank and 3rd Party Sound testing results. All Generator Testing Report(s) shall be submitted to Engineer for approval no later than two weeks after testing has been conducted. F. Factory Test Data: Submit factory test data to Engineer for approval prior to shipping generator to job site. G. Equipment installation report. H. Operation and Maintenance Data: For packaged engine generators to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in Division 01 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following: 1. List of tools and replacement items recommended to be stored at Project for ready access. Include part and drawing numbers, current unit prices, and source of supply. 1. Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Section. Low Voltage Engine Generators 2632 13 - 4 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Manufacturer's authorized representative who is trained and approved for installation of units required for this Project. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A qualified manufacturer. Maintain, within 200 miles of Project site, a service center capable of providing training, parts, and emergency maintenance repairs. C. Source Limitations: Obtain packaged generator sets and auxiliary components through one source from a single manufacturer. D. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. E. Comply with ASME B15.1. F. Comply with NFPA 37. G. Comply with NFPA 70. H. Comply with NFPA 110 requirements I. Comply with UL 2200. J. Engine Exhaust Emissions: Comply with applicable Federal, State and Local government requirements. K. Comply with UL 1008 L. Comply with ATS Standard. M. Comply with NEMA MG-1 and SG-1 N. Submit written reports for all required factory and field tests. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver engine generator set and system components to their final locations in protective wrappings, containers, and other protection that will exclude dirt and moisture and prevent damage from construction operations. Remove protection only after equipment is safe from such hazards. B. Store the generator as recommended by manufacturer. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions: Engine -generator system shall withstand the following environmental conditions without mechanical or electrical damage or degradation of performance capability: 1. Ambient Temperature: -15 deg C. to 40 deg C. 2. Relative Humidity: 0 to 95 percent. 3. Altitude: Sea level to 3300 feet. Low Voltage Engine Generators 2632 13 - 5 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion 1.07 FACTORY INSPECTION AND TESTS A. TESTS 1. GENERAL a. Generator manufacturer shall provide to the Engineer a complete list of all tests to be performed on the generator as a formal submittal to the Engineer a minimum of 30 days prior to the generator being tested. 2. The generator manufacturer shall provide the actual test data, observations, and certification that the tests have been completed prior to shipment to the Engineer for approval 3. The witness testing shall also include an inspection of the generator enclosure once it is complete prior to the enclosure being shipped to the jobsite. Testing shall include functionality testing of all generator enclosure equipment — lights, receptacles, alarms, etc. B. Factory Testing. 1. The generator set manufacturer shall perform a complete operational test on the generator set prior to shipping from the factory. All testing shall be conducted at the factory. No exceptions. A certified test report shall be provided. All testing shall be performed with calibrated metering. 2. Generator set factory tests on the equipment shall be performed at rated load and rated power factor. Generator sets that have not been factory tested at rated power factor will not be acceptable. Tests shall include: a. Reactive Load Bank Testing, 20 minutes at 25% load, 20 minutes at 50% load, 20 minutes at 75% load, 4 hours at 100% load. b. Transient testing, 0-25-0%, 0-50-0%, 0-75-0%, 0-100-0%. c. Standard factory test procedures" maximum power, voltage regulation, transient and steady-state governing, single step load pickup, and function of safety shutdowns. d. Provide a certified copy of the testing report to the engineer after shipment. 3. Provide sound testing at the Generator Manufacturer's factory with unit operating at full load and no load. Measurements shall be at all points around the enclosure at 5.5 feet above grade to ensure compliance with sound levels specified. 1.08 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases for package engine generators. Cast anchor - bolt inserts into bases. 1.09 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver engine generator set and system components to their final locations in protective wrappings, containers, and other protection that will exclude dirt and moisture and prevent damage from construction operations. Remove protection only after equipment is safe from such hazards. Low Voltage Engine Generators 2632 13 - 6 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion B. Store the generator as recommended by manufacturer. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Equipment Manufacturer shall warrant the equipment furnished under this specification for a period of two (2) years against defects in materials and workmanship, equipment design, and operational failure. I In the event of failure in material, workmanship, or equipment design of any part or parts of the equipment during the warranty period, and provided that the equipment has been operated and maintained in accordance with good practice, the Equipment Manufacturer shall furnish, deliver, and install a replacement for the defective part or parts at its own expense. During the warranty period, the Contractor will remove and load the Goods on a vehicle provided by the Equipment Manufacturer if it is necessary to return the Goods to the Equipment Manufacturer for correction of defects during the Warranty Period. Contractor will reinstall the Goods when they are returned to the Site after defects have been corrected. Equipment Manufacturer is to provide all parts, labor and incidental cost for making repairs, shipping the Goods to the Site and providing startup services in accordance with the Specifications. C. The warranty period shall be interpreted as the 24-month period following the installation, adjusting and acceptance testing, and the start of actual operation of the equipment, or 36 months after complete delivery, whichever occurs first. 1.11 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Initial Maintenance Service: Beginning at Substantial Completion, provide 12 months' full maintenance by skilled employees of manufacturer's designated service organization. Include quarterly exercising to check for proper starting, load transfer, and running under load. Include routine preventive maintenance as recommended by manufacturer and adjusting as required for proper operation. Provide parts and supplies same as those used in the manufacture and installation of original equipment. 1. In accordance with OCA 252:565-7-4(b)(1), post a complete set of operational instructions, emergency procedures and maintenance schedules at the station. 1.12 SPARE PARTS A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Fuses: One for every 10 of each type and rating, but no fewer than one of each. 2. Indicator Lamps: Two for every six of each type used, but no fewer than two of each. 3. Filters: One set each of lubricating oil, fuel, and combustion -air filters. 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Generator manufacturers: 1. Caterpillar Low Voltage Engine Generators 2632 13 - 7 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion 2. Cummins Power Systems 3. No approved equal B. Acceptable Enclosure Manufacturer: 1. ACS 2. 3P1 3. E&CA 4. Wedlake 5. No approved equal 2.02 ENGINE -GENERATOR SET A. Factory -assembled and -tested, engine -generator set. B. Mounting Frame: Maintain alignment of mounted components without depending on concrete foundation; and have lifting attachments. 1. Rigging Diagram: Inscribed on metal plate permanently attached to mounting frame to indicate location and lifting capacity of each lifting attachment and generator -set center of gravity. C. Capacities and Characteristics: 1. Power Output Ratings: minimum of 1500kW/1875kVA but generator manufacturer shall verify rating based on loads identified below. 2. Output Connections: 480Y/277V, three-phase, four wire. 3. Nameplates: Each major system component is equipped with a conspicuous nameplate of component manufacturer. Nameplate identifies manufacturer of origin and address, and model and serial number of item. Limiting dimensions indicated for system components are not exceeded. D. Generator -Set Performance: 1. Steady State Voltage Modulation Frequency: Less than 1 Hz. 2. Steady -State Voltage Operational Bandwidth: 0.5 percent of rated output voltage from no load to full load. 3. Transient Voltage Performance: Not more than 33 percent variation for 100 percent step -load increase or decrease. Voltage shall recover and remain within the steady- state operating band within three seconds. 4. Steady -State Frequency Operational Bandwidth: 0.5 percent of rated frequency from no load to full load. 5. Steady -State Frequency Stability: When system is operating at any constant load within the rated load, there shall be no random speed variations outside the steady-state operational band and no hunting or surging of speed. Low Voltage Engine Generators 2632 13 - 8 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion 6. Transient Frequency Performance: Less than 11 percent variation for 100 percent step - load increase or decrease. Frequency shall recover and remain within the steady-state operating band within five seconds. 7. Output Waveform: At no load, harmonic content measured line to line or line to neutral shall not exceed 5 percent total and 3 percent for single harmonics. Telephone influence factor, determined according to NEMA MG 1, shall not exceed 50 percent. 8. Sustained Short -Circuit Current: For a 3-phase, bolted short circuit at system output terminals, system shall supply a minimum of 300 percent of rated full -load current for not less than 10 seconds and then clear the fault automatically, without damage to generator system components. 9. Start Time: Comply with NFPA 110, Type 10, system requirements. E. Loads and steps: 1. Generator manufacturer shall provide a detailed sizing analysis to the Engineer for approval. Detailed sizing analysis shall clearly identify assumptions made for loads being started/operated by the generator. When conducting the generator sizing analysis the voltage drop of the generator shall be set at a maximum of 15%. The generator manufacturer and Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all information to run the generator sizing analysis. Any changes to the generator size shall be brought to the Engineer's attention. Sizing analysis shall be submitted to the Engineer with the generator's initial submittal. Ambient Temperature: Minus 15 to plus 50 deg C. 2. Step 1 a. Panel HP-1 b. HVAC-1 and HVAC-2 c. Panel LP-1 3. Step 2 a. (3) Supply Fans b. (12) Unit Heaters 4. Each of the following loads shall be started on separate steps in any order: a. (3) 200HP VFD driven pump and motor. 2.03 ENGINE A. Comply with NFPA 37 B. Fuel: Fuel oil, Grade DF-2. C. Rated Engine Speed: 1800 rpm. D. Lubrication System: Pressurized by a positive displacement pump driven from engine crankshaft. The following items are mounted on engine or skid: 1. Filter and Strainer: Rated to remove 90 percent of particles 5 micrometers and smaller while passing full flow. Low Voltage Engine Generators 2632 13 - 9 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion 2. Thermostatic Control Valve: Controls flow in system to maintain optimum oil temperature. Unit is capable of full flow and is designed to be fail-safe. 3. Crankcase Drain: Arranged for complete gravity drainage to an easily removable container with no disassembly and without use of pumps or siphons or special tools or appliances. E. Engine Fuel System: Comply with NFPA 37. System includes the following: 1. Main Fuel Pump: Mounted on engine. Pump ensures adequate primary fuel flow under starting and load conditions. 2. Relief/Bypass Valve: Automatically regulates pressure in fuel line and returns excess fuel to source. F. Muffler/Silencer: Critical type, sized as recommended by engine manufacturer and selected with exhaust piping system to not exceed engine manufacturer's engine backpressure requirements and comply with the sound level specified for sound attenuation enclosure. G. Air -Intake Filter: Standard -duty, engine -mounted air cleaner with replaceable dry -filter element and "blocked filter" indicator. H. Coolant Jacket Heater: Electric -immersion type, factory installed in coolant jacket system. Comply with NFPA 110 requirements for Level 1 equipment for heater capacity. 2.04 ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM A. Description: Closed loop, liquid cooled, with radiator factory mounted on engine generator -set skid and integral engine -driven coolant pump. B. Radiator: Rated for specific coolant. C. Size of Radiator: Adequate to contain expansion of total system coolant from cold start to 110 percent load condition. D. Coolant: Solution of 50 percent ethylene -glycol -based antifreeze and 50 percent distilled water, with anticorrosion additives as recommended by engine manufacturer. E. Expansion Tank: Constructed of welded steel plate and rated to withstand maximum closed -loop coolant system pressure for engine use. Equip with gage glass and petcock. F. Temperature Control: Self-contained, thermostatic -control valve modulates coolant flow automatically to maintain optimum constant coolant temperature as recommended by engine manufacturer. G. Coolant Hose: Flexible assembly with inside surface of nonporous rubber and outer covering of aging-, ultraviolet-, and abrasion -resistant fabric. 1. Rating: 50-psig (345-kPa) maximum working pressure with 180 deg F (82 deg C) coolant, and non -collapsible under vacuum. 2. End Fittings: Flanges or steel pipe nipples with clamps to suit piping and equipment connections. 3. The generator shall be rated for continuous standby duty with a temperature rise of 125 deg C. Low Voltage Engine Generators 2632 13 - 10 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion 2.05 GOVERNOR A. The engine governor shall be an electronic Engine Control Module (ECM) with 24-volt DC Electric Actuator. The ECM shall be enclosed in an environmentally sealed, die-cast aluminum housing which isolates and protects electronic components from moisture and dirt contamination. Speed droop shall be adjustable from 0 (isochronous) to 10%, from no load to full rated load. Steady state frequency regulation shall be +/- 0.25%. Speed shall be sensed by a magnetic pickup off the engine flywheel ring gear. A provision for remote speed adjustment shall be included. The ECM shall adjust fuel delivery according to exhaust smoke, altitude, and cold mode limits. In the event of a DC power loss, the forward acting actuator will move to the minimum fuel position. 2.06 FUEL SUB -BASE STORAGE TANK A. The generator sub -base tank shall be listed and labeled as UL2085 special purpose, secondary containment generator base tank. The tank capacity shall be rated for 24 hour continuous operation at full load. B. The primary tank shall be fabricated from minimum 3/16" steel. The tank shall be designed, tested, and labeled per UL requirements to support a generator weight as required and lift lugs shall be approved by UL with a 4 to 1 safety factor. The primary fuel tank and secondary tank shall be tested at 3-5 PSI air pressure as outlined in UL 2085. C. The tank shall incorporate internal stiffeners to create a smooth tank top surface and limit the accumulation of water on top of the tank. No external support beams shall be permitted on top of the tank to maintain a clear walkway around the generator. D. The outer tank shall be abrasive blasted per SSPC-SP10 (White metal blast), then painted with one coat of a high build polyester glass flake to a minimum of 12-15 mils (DFT) thickness, and a finish coat of aliphatic polyurethane with a minimum of 3 mils (DFT). The manufacturer shall provide a 20 year external corrosion warranty. E. The tank shall be clearly labeled indicating the type of product, the volume capacity, the top loading capacity, and the manufacturer. F. Updraft and emergency venting systems shall be provided by tank manufacturer per UL 142 requirements. The primary vent shall be extended through the roof of the enclosure. G. The tank is intended for stationary installation and in accordance with NFPA 30 and NFPA 37. Comply with all federal, state and local codes. H. The following accessories shall be installed in the tank: 1. Leak sensor switch installed in interstitial space and wired to generator control panel. 2. Low level alarm switch wired to generator control panel. 3. Spill containment fill, 7.5 gallon capacity, affixed to the top of the tank. Provide a handle pull drain to allow spilled fuel to return to the tank. 4. Mechanical fill limiter, Morrison 9095A or equal, with tight fill adapter, installed inside spill containment fill area. 5. Mechanical level gauge. 6. Engine supply pick-up tube and return connections with suction drop tube. Low Voltage Engine Generators 2632 13 - 11 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion 7. Electrical stub -up, rectangular type, located directly beneath the generator terminal box and beneath the generator control panel. 8. High level alarm at tank fill with audible and visual alarms at 90% and 95% capacity. 9. Tank level transmitter with 4-20mA output signal for continuous fuel tank level monitor to SCADA. 2.07 ENGINE EXHAUST SYSTEM A. Muffler: Sized as recommended by engine manufacturer. Silencer(s) shall comply with the package sound attenuation level specified in Outdoor Generator Set Enclosure herein. B. Connection from Exhaust Pipe to Muffler: Stainless -steel expansion joint with liners. C. Generator mufflers shall be mounted inside the enclosure to reduce noise pollution. The manufacturer shall provide isolate vibration for the muffler in the enclosure and shall reduce heat build-up inside the enclosure and provide quality support. 2.08 STARTING SYSTEM A. Description: 24V electric, dual starters, with negative ground and including the following items: 1. Components: Sized so they will not be damaged during a full engine -cranking cycle with ambient temperature at maximum specified in "Environmental Conditions" paragraph in "Service Conditions" article above. 2. Cranking Motor: Heavy duty unit that automatically engages and releases from engine flywheel without binding. 3. Cranking Cycle: As required by NFPA 110 for system level specified. 4. Battery: Adequate capacity within ambient temperature range specified in "Environmental Conditions" Paragraph in "Service Conditions" Article above to provide specified cranking cycle at least three times without recharging. Battery size shall be BCI Group No. 8D minimum, and shall be rated not less than 220 amp hours. Necessary cables and clamps shall be provided. Engines equipped with dual starting motors shall have dual battery banks. 5. Battery Cable: Size as recommended by generator set manufacturer for cable length indicated. Include required interconnecting conductors and connection accessories. 6. Battery -Charging Alternator: Factory mounted on engine with solid-state voltage regulation and 45A minimum continuous rating. 7. Battery Charger: Current -limiting, automatic -equalizing and float -charging type. Unit complies with UL 1236 and includes the following features: Operation: Equalizing -charging rate of 20A is initiated automatically after battery has lost charge until an adjustable equalizing voltage is achieved at battery terminals. Unit then automatically switches to a lower float -charging mode and continues operating in that mode until battery is discharged again. Low Voltage Engine Generators 2632 13 - 12 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion b. Automatic Temperature Compensation: Adjusts float and equalizes voltages for variations in ambient temperature from minus 40 deg C to plus 60 deg C to prevent overcharging at high temperatures and undercharging at low temperatures. c. Automatic Voltage Regulation: Maintains output voltage constant regardless of input voltage variations up to plus or minus 10 percent. d. Ammeter and Voltmeter: Flush mounted in door. Meters indicate charging rates. e. Safety Functions: Include sensing of abnormally low battery voltage arranged to close contacts providing low battery voltage indication on control and monitoring panel. Also include sensing of high battery voltage and loss of ac input or do output of battery charger. Either condition closes contacts that provide a battery -charger malfunction indication at system control and monitoring panel. f. Enclosure and Mounting: NEMA 250, Type 3R, wall -mounted cabinet. g. Charger shall operate on 120V. 2.09 CONTROL AND MONITORING A. Provide a fully solid-state, microprocessor based, generator set control. The control panel shall be designed and built by the engine manufacturer. The control shall provide all operating, monitoring, and control functions for the generator set. The control panel shall provide real time digital communications to all engine and regulator controls via SAE J1939. B. Environmental: The generator set control shall be tested and certified to the following environmental conditions: 1. —40°C to +70°C Operating Range 2. 95% humidity non -condensing, 300C to 600C 3. IP22 protection 4. 5% salt spray, 48 hours, +38°C, 36.8V system voltage 5. Sinusoidal vibration 4.3G's RMS, 24-1000Hz 6. Electromagnetic Capability (89/336/EEC, 91/368/EEC, 93/44/EEC, 93/68/EEC, BS EN 50081-2, 50082-2) 7. Shock: withstand 15G C. Functional Requirements: The following functionality shall be integral to the control panel: 1. The control shall include a minimum 64 x 240 pixel, 28mm x 100mm, white backlight graphical display with text based alarm/event descriptions 2. The control shall include a minimum of 3-line data display 3. Audible horn for alarm and shutdown with horn silence switch 4. Standard ISO labeling 5. Multiple language capability 6. Remote start/stop control 7. Local run/off/auto control integral to system microprocessor Low Voltage Engine Generators 2632 13 - 13 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion 8. Cooldown timer 9. Speed adjust 10. Lamp test 11. Push button emergency stop button 12. Voltage adjust 13. Voltage regulator V/Hz slope - adjustable 14. Password protected system programming D. Digital Monitoring Capability: The controls shall provide the following digital readouts for the engine and generator. All readings shall be indicated in either metric or English units: 1. Engine a. Engine oil pressure b. Engine oil temperature c. Engine coolant temperature d. Engine RPM e. Battery volts f. Engine hours g. Engine crank attempt counter h. Engine successful start counter i. Service maintenance interval j. Real time clock 2. Generator a. Generator AC volts (Line to Line, Line to Neutral and Average) b. Generator AC current (Avg and Per Phase) c. Generator AC Frequency d. Generator kW (Total and Per Phase) e. Generator kVA (Total and Per Phase) f. Generator WAR (Total and Per Phase) g. Power Factor (Avg and Per Phase) h. Total kW-hr i. Total kVAR-hr j. % kW k. % kVA I. % WAR Low Voltage Engine Generators 2632 13 - 14 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion 3. Voltage Regulation a. Excitation voltage b. Excitation current E. Alarms and Shutdowns: The control shall monitor and provide alarm indication and subsequent shutdown for the following conditions. All alarms and shutdowns are accompanied by a time, date, and engine hour stamp that are stored by the control panel for first and last occurrence: 1. Engine Alarm/Shutdown a. Low oil pressure alarm/shutdown b. High coolant temperature alarm/shutdown c. Loss of coolant shutdown d. Overspeed shutdown e. Overcrank shutdown f. Emergency stop depressed shutdown g. Low coolant temperature alarm h. Low battery voltage alarm i. High battery voltage alarm j. Control switch not in auto position alarm k. Battery charger failure alarm 2. Generator Alarm/Shutdown a. Generator over voltage b. Generator under voltage c. Generator over frequency d. Generator under frequency e. Generator reverse power f. Generator overcurrent 3. Voltage Regulator Alarm/Shutdown a. Loss of excitation alarm/shutdown b. Instantaneous over excitation alarm/shutdown c. Time over excitation alarm/shutdown d. Rotating diode failure e. Loss of sensing f. Loss of PMG Low Voltage Engine Generators 2632 13 - 15 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion F. Inputs and Outputs 1. Digital Inputs: The Controller shall include the ability to accept six (6) to eighteen (18) programmable digital input signals. The signals may be programmed for either high or low activation using programmable Normally Open or Normally Closed contacts. 2. Digital Outputs: The control shall include the ability to operate six (6) programmable relay output signals, integral to the controller. The output relays shall be rated for 2A @ 30VDC and consist of six (6) Form A (Normally Open) contacts and two (10) Form C (Normally Open & Normally Closed) contacts. 3. Discrete Outputs: The control shall include the ability to operate two (2) discrete outputs, integral to the controller, which are capable of sinking up to 300mA. G. Maintenance: All engine, voltage regulator, control panel and accessory units shall be accessible through a single electronic service tool. The following maintenance functionality shall be integral to the generator set control 1. Engine running hours display 2. Service maintenance interval (running hours or calendar days) 3. Engine crank attempt counter 4. Engine successful starts counter 5. 20 events are stored in control panel memory H. Remote Communications 1. The control shall include Modbus TCP/IP Ethernet communication. The remote communications shall also be capable of communicating Modbus TCP/IP Ethernet. 2. Remote Monitoring Software: The control shall provide Monitoring Software with the following functionality: a. Provide access to all date and events on generator set communications network b. Provide remote control capability for the generator set c. Ability to natively communicate using Modbus TCP/IP Ethernet. 3. Remote Indication: Provide a remote indication to SCADA. a. Provide the following individual digital outputs for the following indications for protection and diagnostics 1). Overcrank 2). Low coolant temperature 3). High coolant temperature warning 4). High coolant temperature shutdown 5). Low oil pressure warning 6). Low oil pressure shutdown 7). Overspeed 8). Low coolant level Low Voltage Engine Generators 2632 13 - 16 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion 9). EPS supplying load 10).Control switch not in auto 11). High battery voltage 12). Low battery voltage 13). Battery charger AC failure 14). Emergency stop 15). Low Fuel Level 16). Fuel Leak 17).Spare 18).Spare b. The following additional metering shall be provided via Modbus TCP/IP via Ethernet for each Engine: 1). Generator kW, kVA, WAR, PF, Volts, Amps, and frequency 2). Generator AC Amperes — Phase A, Phase B and Phase C 3). Generator AC Voltage — Phase A-B, Phase B-C, Phase C-A, Phase A, Phase B and Phase C (verify phase rotation) 4). Engine RPM Meter 5). Engine Battery Voltage Meter 6). Engine Oil Pressure Gauge 7). Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge 8). Engine Running Hour Meter 9). Engine Start Counter 10).Atmospheric Pressure 11). Boost Pressure 12).Air Filter Restriction 13). Left Turbo Inlet Pressure 14). Right Turbo Inlet Pressure 15). Engine Hour meter 16).Total Fuel Burned 17). Engine Coolant Level Status 18). Local Engine Control Switch Position 19).Overspeed Switch Status 20). Remote Emergency Stop Actuated 21). Percent Engine Load Low Voltage Engine Generators 2632 13 - 17 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion 22).Oil Filter Pressure Differential 23).Fuel Filter Pressure Differential 24).Aftercoolant Temperature 25).Right Exhaust Temperature 26). Left Exhaust Temperature 27).Crankcase Air Pressure 28). Filtered Fuel Pressure 29).Right Air Filter Restriction 30). Left Air Filter Restriction 31).Fuel Consumption Rate 32).Engine Oil Temperature. 2.10 GENERATOR OVERCURRENT AND FAULT PROTECTION A. Generator Circuit Breaker: 1. Molded -case, thermal -magnetic type; 100 percent rated for breakers below 800A; complying with NEMA AB 1 and UL 489. 2. Main devices and feeder devices 800 amps and above shall be individually mounted circuit breakers (100% rated) 3. Breakers shall have solid-state adjustable trip settings with Long time, Short time, Instantaneous and Ground settings (LSIG) 4. All circuit protective devices shall have the following minimum symmetrical current interrupting capacity: 65kA. 5. Series rated feeder devices shall not be acceptable. 6. Breakers shall have trip indication of Overload, Short Circuit, and Ground Fault trip. B. All breakers shall be capable of being locked in the OFF position. C. Tripping Characteristic: Designed specifically for generator protection. D. Trip Rating: Matched to generator rating. E. Shunt Trip: Connected to trip breaker when generator set is shut down by other protective devices. F. Mounting: Adjacent to or integrated with control and monitoring panel 2.11 GENERATOR, EXCITER, AND VOLTAGE REGULATOR A. Comply with NEMA MG 1. B. Drive: Generator shaft shall be directly connected to engine shaft. Exciter shall be rotated integrally with generator rotor. C. Electrical Insulation: Class H. Temperature rise of rotor and stator shall be limited to a maximum 125 degree C in 40 degree C ambient. Low Voltage Engine Generators 2632 13 - 18 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion D. Stator -Winding Leads: Brought out to terminal box to permit future reconnection for other voltages if required. E. Construction shall prevent mechanical, electrical, and thermal damage due to vibration, overspeed up to 125 percent of rating, and heat during operation at 110 percent of rated capacity. F. Enclosure: Drip proof. G. Voltage Regulator: Solid-state type, separate from exciter, providing performance as specified. 1. Adjusting rheostat on control and monitoring panel shall provide plus or minus 5 percent adjustment of output -voltage operating band. H. Strip Heater: Thermostatically controlled unit arranged to maintain stator windings above dew point. 2.12 OUTDOOR GENERATOR -SET ENCLOSURE A. Provide a walk-in type weatherproof sound attenuated enclosure. Enclosure shall be constructed of pre -painted white formed aluminum panels. The enclosure shall be sized to adequately house the generator set and all accessories. Enclosure shall be designed for a minimum wind load rating of 100 mph (160 km/h). Provide wind load calculations and certification from an independent licensed professional engineer at time of submittal. Multiple panels are lockable and provide adequate access to components requiring maintenance. Panels are removable by one person without tools. Instruments and control are mounted within enclosure. All hinges, door locks, door handles, etc. shall be stainless steel. B. Enclosure: Sound attenuation enclosure rated for 70dB @ 23'. The manufacturer shall be responsible for visiting the site prior to bid to determine the exact field conditions and exact property line distance from the generators. The manufacturer shall have 3rd Party testing performed in the field on the equipment after installation to confirm values are met. If it does not meet the most stringent requirements herein, it is the manufacturer's responsibility to make any changes necessary to meet the values specified at no additional cost to the Owner. C. Description: Vandal -resistant, sound attenuating, weatherproof aluminum housing, wind resistant up to 100 mph. Multiple panels shall be lockable and provide adequate access to components requiring maintenance. Panels shall be removable by one person without tools. Instruments and control shall be mounted within enclosure. D. Description: Prefabricated or pre-engineered walk-in factory assembled enclosure with the following features: 1. Construction: Aluminum, metal -clad, integral structural -aluminum -framed building erected on concrete foundation. 2. Space Heater: Thermostatically controlled and sized to prevent condensation. 3. Louvers: Equipped with bird screen arranged to permit air circulation when engine is not running while excluding exterior dust, birds, and rodents. Low Voltage Engine Generators 2632 13 - 19 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion 4. Hinged Doors: With padlocking provisions or keyed latches. 5. Ventilation: Louvers equipped with bird screen arranged to permit air circulation while excluding exterior, birds, and rodents. 6. Muffler Location: Generator mufflers shall be mounted inside the enclosure to reduce noise pollution. The manufacturer shall provide isolate vibration for the muffler in the enclosure and shall reduce heat build-up inside the enclosure and provide quality support. 7. Walls shall be constructed of marine grade 0.080 minimum formed aluminum panels. Roof shall be constructed of marine grade mill finish 0.125 minimum thickness formed aluminum panels using an interlocking standing seam design capable of supporting 75 pounds per square foot. All external attaching hardware shall be stainless steel screw type mechanical fasteners. Enclosure shall be equipped with 4 point lifting means to remove the enclosure from the tank. 8. Provide a minimum of two entrance doors on each side. Doors shall be strategically located to provide easy access and serviceability. One door shall be located directly in front of the generator terminal box. Another door shall be located directly in front of the generator control panel. Door handles shall be two -point pad lockable type. All hardware shall be stainless steel. Provide drip rails above each door opening. Provide intrusion detection on each door. Intrusion detection shall be accomplished via Hermetically sealed brushed anodized aluminum housing, Rhodium plated switch contacts, industrial wide gap magnetic contacts, UL listed, surface mount, 3' stainless steel armored cable, Sentrol 2500 series. Provide with one normally open and one normally closed set of contact. The intrusion switches shall be wired in series such that if any doors is opened, an alarm signal is sent to SCADA. Provide a 24VDC power supply in a NEMA 4X 304 stainless steel enclosure next to the door contacts. 9. Intake air shall enter the enclosure through an acoustic baffle section or hood located in the rear wall of the enclosure and shall include aluminum bird screen. Air intake shall be 1250 feet per minute of less to minimize water intrusion. The radiator discharge air shall pass through a horizontal discharge plenum section, which incorporates a motorized damper and aluminum bird screen. The air handling system shall be engineered and constructed so as not to exceed a total of 0.50 inches of water gauge static pressure drop with minimal water intrusion. 10. Engine Cooling Airflow through Enclosure: Adequate to maintain temperature rise of system components within required limits when unit operates at 110 percent of rated load for two hours with ambient temperature at top of range specified in system service conditions. 11. The manufacturer shall provide a minimum of two (2) duplex receptacles in the enclosure. 12. The manufacturer shall provide a minimum of four (4) LED light fixtures that shall be switched. The switch for the light fixture shall be located near each main door for the generator unit. The light fixture shall be located such that the light illuminates the control panel in the generator. The light fixture shall be Holophane catalog number EMX-L48-6000LM-FGFL-MD-MVOLT-GZ10-40K-80CR1-DGXD, no equals. The Low Voltage Engine Generators 2632 13 - 20 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion manufacturer shall be responsible for all controls and wiring as required for a complete and operational system. 13. The manufacturer shall provide a minimum of two (2) LED light fixtures, one exterior light mounted in the center of the main exit door on each side of the generator enclosure. The exterior lights shall be controlled via a photocell and the controls shall be equipped with an On/Off/Auto selector switch to allow for manual or automatic operation of the exterior lights. The light fixture shall be Lithonia Lighting catalog number DSXW1-LED-10C-700-30K-T3M-MVOLT-DNAXD, no equals. The manufacturer shall be responsible for all controls and wiring as required for a complete and operational system. 14. Turn duct: Supply discharge air turn duct to direct sound and air upward. Provide sound dampening material on the turn duct to reduce noise. 15. GROUNDING MEANS: Provide two NEMA 2-hole stainless steel ground pads located near the base of the generator mounted 180° apart. Ground pads shall be stainless steel and suitable for terminating #4/0 ground conductor. E. Engine Cooling Airflow through Enclosure: Maintain temperature rise of system components within required limits when unit operates at with ambient temperature at top of range specified in system service conditions. 2.13 SERVICE PLATFORMS A. Description: An OSHA approved service platform shall be provided on each side of the enclosure. Platform shall be designed so that all doors can open approximately 180 degrees and the platform shall extend the full length of the generator enclosure with access stairs on each end of each platform. Construction shall consist of A-36 structural frame members, stairs on one end, and hand rails. Walk area shall have surface grating, with safety treads, shall consist of 1" x 1/8" aluminum bar grating, which shall be fastened to the frame with 316 stainless steel clips and bolts. B. Finish: Platform surfaces shall be cleaned, primed, and painted with two coats of epoxy and two coats of polane polyurethane. C. Platforms shall ship for field assembly. The configuration shall be as shown on the contract plans. Platforms shall be anchored to the foundation with %" adhesive anchors with a minimum of 4 %" embedment. D. Service platform design must be sealed by a licensed professional engineer in the state of Texas. 2.14 VIBRATION ISOLATION DEVICES 1. Supply vibration isolators as recommended by the manufacturer. 2.15 FINISHES A. Indoor Enclosures and Components: Manufacturer's standard finish over corrosion - resistant pretreatment and compatible primer. Low Voltage Engine Generators 2632 13 - 21 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion B. Outdoor Enclosure and Fuel Tank: Manufacturer's standard enamel over corrosion -resistant pretreatment and compatible standard primer. Color: Coordinate with the Owner. Manufacturer shall supply paint chips for color selection. 2.16 FUEL MAINTENANCE SYSTEM A. Each fuel storage tank shall include two stage fuel maintenance system that will remove dirt and water. The maintenance system shall be plumbed into the tank per the manufacturer's recommendations. B. The separator shall remove 99.9% of the water in the fuel line and 95% of the solids. C. The stabilizer shall decontaminate and stabilize the fuel without the use of chemical additives. D. The system shall operate on 120V, 1 phase, 60Hz, 20A circuit breaker. E. Programmable controller: 1. The controller shall be a UL 508 listed assembly. 2. Provide dry contact for general alarms. F. Enclosure: NEMA 4X 304 stainless steel. G. The system shall be capable of treating the maximum amount of fuel that the entire sub- base tank fuel system is capable of being filled with. Acceptable manufacturer is Fuel Technologies International LLC product number FTI-2.8. H. The fuel tank shall be provided with all the necessary and required pipe and fittings for installation and proper operation of the system 2.17 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Prototype Testing: Factory test engine -generator set using same engine model, constructed of identical or equivalent components and equipped with identical or equivalent accessories. 1. Tests: Comply with NFPA 110, Level 1 Energy Converters and with IEEE 115. B. Project -Specific Equipment Tests: Before shipment, factory test engine -generator set and other system components and accessories manufactured specifically for this Project. Perform tests at rated load and power factor. Include the following tests: 1. Test components and accessories furnished with installed unit that are not identical to those on tested prototype to demonstrate compatibility and reliability. 2. 4 Hour full load 3. Maximum power. 4. Voltage regulation. 5. Transient and steady-state governing. 6. Single-step load pickup. 7. Safety shutdown. Low Voltage Engine Generators 2632 13 - 22 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion 8. Provide 14 days' advance notice of tests and opportunity for observation of tests by Owner's representative. 9. Report factory test results within 10 days of completion of test. 2.18 DISTRIBUTION A. Provide a 30kVA 480VAC 3-phase to 208Y/120VAC three phase, 4 wire transformer, and associated panelboard inside each generator enclosure for distributing power to generator block heater, battery charger, lights, receptacles, and any other devices requiring 208Y/120V power. Panelboard shall be minimum 30 pole with 60-amp main breaker, in a NEMA 4X 304 stainless steel enclosure, have bolt -on breakers with a minimum 65,000 AIC rating and tin-plated copper bus. Panelboards shall comply with Specification Section 26 24 16 "Panelboards" and shall be manufactured by Square D, Eaton, ABB/General Electric or Siemens. B. Generator manufacturer shall be responsible for providing panelboard, Surge Protection Device (SPD), circuit breakers and all associated cabling and conduits to devices requiring power in the generator and the generator enclosure. Cabling shall be per Specification 26 05 19 "Low Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables", and conduit shall be per Specification 26 05 33 "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems". C. The Manufacturer shall provide the minimum number and ampacity of circuit breakers as follows: 1. One 20A/1P Circuit Breaker for Interior Lights 2. One 20A/1P Circuit Breaker for Exterior Lights 3. One 20A/1P Circuit Breaker for Receptacles 4. One 20A/1P Circuit Breaker for Battery Charger 5. One 20A/1P Circuit Breaker for Generator Control Panel 6. One 20A/1P Circuit Breaker for Fuel Maintenance System 7. One Circuit Breaker sized as required for each block heater. 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas, equipment bases, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation and other conditions affecting packaged engine -generator performance. B. Examine roughing -in of piping systems and electrical connections. Verify actual locations of connections before packaged engine -generator installation. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 CONCRETE BASES A. Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases. Verify structural requirements with structural engineer. Low Voltage Engine Generators 2632 13 - 23 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion B. Install concrete bases of dimensions indicated for packaged engine generators 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Comply with packaged engine -generator manufacturers' written installation and alignment instructions and with NFPA 110. B. Set packaged engine generator set on concrete pads. 1. Support generator set mounting feet on rectangular metal blocks and shims or on metal wedges having small taper, at points near foundation bolts to provide 3/4- to 1-1/2-inch gap between pump base and foundation for grouting. 2. Adjust metal supports or wedges until generator is level. C. Install packaged engine generator to provide access, without removing connections or accessories, for periodic maintenance. D. Electrical Wiring: Install electrical devices furnished by equipment manufacturers but not specified to be factory mounted. 1. Verify that electrical wiring is installed according to manufacturers' submittal and installation requirements in Division 26 Sections. Proceed with equipment startup only after wiring installation is satisfactory. E. The contractor shall provide all fuel for testing of the generator. The contractor shall be responsible for providing a full tank of fuel upon completion of this project. 3.04 CONNECTIONS A. Ground Equipment 1. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque -tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's representative shall be available to advise and assist the installation of the generators by the Construction Contractor. B. Furnish the services of a competent manufacturer's service representative who shall be experienced in the assembly and wiring of the generator units of similar size and character. He shall direct the installation of the equipment and shall assist and advise with the electricians or other workmen who are performing the actual work of installing the generator units. He also shall assist in the adjustment and testing of the equipment. C. Startup procedures, testing and troubleshooting of the generator shall be performed under the supervision of the manufacturer's representative. Energization of the generators shall not be permitted without the manufacturer's representative permission D. Time spent on the job by the service representative shall be adequate for performing all functions described herein. E. All costs (travel expenses, testing equipment, etc.) required for testing start-up, and training shall be the responsibility of the equipment manufacturer/Contractor Low Voltage Engine Generators 2632 13 - 24 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory -authorized service representative to inspect field -assembled components and equipment installation, including piping and electrical connections, and to assist in testing. Report results in writing. Provide on site field service for start-up. G. Testing: Perform field quality -control testing under the supervision of the manufacturer's factory -authorized service representative. H. Tests: Include the following: 1. Tests recommended by manufacturer, including under load tests. The engine distributor shall furnish all equipment and personnel required for testing, including load banks, transformer, and cable. 2. NFPA 110 Acceptance Tests: Perform tests required by NFPA 110 that are additional to those specified here including, but not limited to, the following: a. Single-step full -load pickup test. b. 4-hour reactive load bank test. 3. Battery Tests: Measure charging voltage and voltages between available battery terminals for full -charging and float -charging conditions. Check electrolyte level and specific gravity under both conditions. Test for contact integrity of all connectors. Perform an integrity load test and a capacity load test for the battery. Verify acceptance of charge for each element of battery after discharge. Verify measurements are within manufacturer's specifications. 4. Battery -Charger Tests: Verify specified rates of charge for both equalizing and float -charging conditions. 5. System Integrity Tests: Methodically verify proper installation, connection, and integrity of each element of engine generator system before and during system operation. Check for air, exhaust, and fluid leaks. 6. Voltage and Frequency Transient Stability Tests: Use recording oscilloscope to measure voltage and frequency transients for 50 and 100 percent step -load increases and decreases, and verify that performance is as specified. 7. Perform a reactive load bank test of each generator set at full load and 0.80 power factor for 4 hours at full load. Record system data at 15 minute intervals as recommended by the engine manufacturer. 8. Perform a system load bank test with the generator connected to the 480V Switchboard and operating at full load for 4 hours at 0.80 power factor. 9. Harmonic -Content Tests: Measure harmonic content of output voltage under 25 percent and at 100 percent of rated linear load. Verify that harmonic content is within 10. Perform a load test with actual designed connected loads at the site with the generator connected to the 480V Switchboard and operating at designed load for 4 hours at 0.80 power factor. 11. The Contractor shall provide fuel for the testing and any subsequent re -testing of the generator and shall top off the fuel tank upon final completion. 12. Noise Level Testing Low Voltage Engine Generators 2632 13 - 25 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion a. The manufacturer shall have 3rd Party testing performed in the field on the equipment after installation to confirm the generator noise level does not exceed the specified noise restrictions when operating at full generator capacity. If it does not meet the specified levels it is the manufacturer's responsibility to make any changes necessary to meet the values specified. b. The decibel level of the generator shall be measured while operating the generator at full rated capacity. The decibel level shall be measured from a minimum of 5 points spanned across the perimeter of the generator 10 meters from the generator enclosure. Refer to the site plan in the contract documents for the site layout. c. Testing shall be conducted as a minimum under the following operating conditions: 1). Without the generator running to document ambient noise levels 2). With the generator running at full capacity d. The Testing Report shall clearly indicate: 1). The weather conditions of when the tests were conducted this includes but is not limited to the weather conditions: temperature, wind direction/speed, barometric pressure, etc. 2). The location of where each measuring point was taken indicated on a site plan/layout. e. The Contractor shall provide fuel, a load bank for the testing and any subsequent re- testing of the generator and shall top off the fuel tank upon final completion. I. Retest: Correct deficiencies identified by tests and observations and retest until specified requirements are met. J. Report results of tests and inspections in writing. Record adjustable relay settings and measured insulation resistances, time delays, and other values and observations. Attach a label or tag to each tested component indicating satisfactory completion of tests. K. All Generator Testing Report(s) shall be submitted to Engineer for approval no later than two weeks after testing has been conducted. L. Test instruments shall have been calibrated within the last 12 months, traceable to standards of the National Institute for Standards and Technology, and adequate for making positive observation of test results. Make calibration records available for examination on request. M. Contractor shall fill fuel tank with manufacturers recommended fuel when all tests have been completed. 3.06 COMMISSIONING A. Battery Equalization: Equalize charging of battery cells according to manufacturer's written instructions. Record individual cell voltages. 3.07 CLEANING Low Voltage Engine Generators 2632 13 - 26 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion A. On completion of installation, inspect system components. Remove paint splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris. Repair damaged finish to match original finish. Clean components internally using methods and materials recommended by manufacturer. 3.08 TRAINING A. All costs (travel expenses, testing equipment, etc.) required for testing start-up, and training shall be the responsibility of the equipment manufacturer/Contractor. B. Training shall include theory of operation, application and trouble shooting. A training outline and manual of training course material shall be provided to the Owner two weeks in advance of the course. Each eight hour training session shall be broken up into two segments each of 4-hours with a 15 minute break every two hours. Lunch break will be one hour. Training session shall be conducted by Generator manufacturer personnel. Training session shall be scheduled and coordinated with the Owner. C. Instruct the operating and maintenance personnel in principle of operating of all major devices and the care and maintenance of components included in the generator units, for a period of not less than one (1) eight (8) hour day. The one -day training shall take place at the Owner's main office in Richardson, Texas. Coordinate with Owner for exact requirements and dates for training. D. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain packaged engine generators as specified below: 1. Coordinate this training with the 480V Switchboard training. 2. Train Owner's maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules for starting and stopping, troubleshooting, servicing, and maintaining equipment. 3. Review data in maintenance manuals. Review data in maintenance manuals. 4. Schedule training with Owner, with at least seven days advance notice. 5. Minimum Instruction Period: Eight hours. 6. Training shall not take place until construction is complete and generator online and fully operational. E. When requested within the equipment warranty period, provide an additional training session from that indicated above for the Owner's Representative at the jobsite or other office location chosen by the Owner. Each eight hour training session shall be broken up into two segments each of 4-hours with a 15 minute break every two hours. Lunch break will be one hour. Training sessions shall be scheduled and coordinated with the Owner. F. All costs (travel expenses, testing equipment, etc.) required for the start-up, testing and training shall be the responsibility of the equipment manufacturer. 3.09 SERVICE CONTRACT A. The Manufacturer shall provide an extended service agreement for two (2) years including all parts, labor, maintenance, testing, etc. END OF SECTION Low Voltage Engine Generators 2632 13 - 27 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion 26 36 00 LOW VOLTAGE AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCHES 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary to install a transfer switch. Electrical work shall be in accordance with Section 26 05 00, "Common Work Results for Electrical." B. Furnish and install delayed transition transfer switches (ADUS) with number of poles, amperage, voltage and withstand current ratings as shown on the plans. Each ADUS shall consist of a power transfer switch unit and a control panel interconnected to provide complete automatic operation. All transfer switches shall be the product of the same manufacturer. B. The ADUS shall transfer the load in delayed transition (break -before -make) mode. Transfer is accomplished with a user -defined load disconnect period in both directions adjustable from 1 second to 5 minutes in at least 15 increments. C. Furnish an enclosure for the ADUS that is suitable for service entry. It shall provide all of the proper disconnecting, protection, grounding and bonding required for service entrance equipment. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Work shall be performed in accordance with quality commercial practices. The appearance of the finished work shall be of equal importance with its operation. Materials and equipment shall be installed based upon the actual dimensions and conditions at the project site. Locations for materials requiring an exact fit shall be measured. B. Obtain automatic transfer switch, remote annunciator and control panels through one source from a single manufacturer. Acceptable manufacturers shall be: 1. ASCO Power Technologies (Schneider Electric). 2. GE Zenith Controls. 3. Russelectric, Inc. 4. Cummins ATS 5. No approved equal. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00, "Document Management" and shall include: 1. Shop Drawings: a. Data sheet clearly indicating what features are being provided for each switch. b. Complete bill of materials with cut sheets on all major equipment (transfer switch and the controller) clearly identifying exact model numbers of each component. c. Complete rating Low Voltage Automatic Transfer Switches 26 36 00 - 1 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion d. Device description e. List of all project specific controller and relay settings as to what each will be set to initially in the field and which clearly indicates what options are applicable to the project. Providing a generic list of factory default settings will not be acceptable. f. Warranty Information g. Spare Parts List h. Drawings shall show: 1). Overall outline dimensions, section and details showing minimum clearances, conductor entry provisions, gutter space, etc. 2). Overall weight of each unit 3). Conduit entry and exit points clearly showing dimensions of conduit entry and exit points. 4). Cable Terminal sizes 5). Provide a drawing of the inner front view elevation with designation of equipment and devices on doors, and clearly indicating the maximum mounting height of devices on doors. 6). Show vertical clearance/distance between lugs/terminating pads and bottom/top of equipment on elevation drawings. 7). Terminal strip layout showing customer field connections. The terminal strip layout shall also include a label next to each connection indicating signal description. 8). Project Specific Wiring Diagram: Detail wiring diagram and differentiate between manufacturer -installed and field -installed customer wiring. Show both power and control wiring. Show terminal strip information identifying all customer field terminations. Provide project specific wiring diagrams. Generic wiring diagrams are not acceptable. 2. Letter of Compatibility: The ATS supplier in conjunction with the Generator supplier shall issue a letter of compatibility stating that the ATS and Generator are compatible. 3. Field Quality -Control Test Reports. 4. Operation and Maintenance Data: For each type of product to include: a. Features and operating sequences, both automatic and manual. b. List of all project specific setting of relays listing how each setting was set from the manufacturer after testing; provide relay -setting and calibration instructions, including software where applicable. Providing a list of factory default settings that do not reflect changes made during construction and testing will not be acceptable. B. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include rated capacities, weights, operating characteristics, furnished specialties, and accessories. Low Voltage Automatic Transfer Switches 26 36 00 - 2 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion 1.04 STANDARDS The service entrance delayed transition transfer switches and controls shall conform to the requirements of: A. UL 1008 - Standard for Transfer Switch Equipment B. IEC 947-6-1 Low -voltage Switchgear and Control gear; Multifunction equipment; Automatic Transfer Switching Equipment C. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code D. NFPA 99 - Essential Electrical Systems for Health Care Facilities E. NFPA 110 - Emergency and Standby Power Systems F. IEEE Standard 446 - IEEE Recommended Practice for Emergency and Standby Power Systems for Commercial and Industrial Applications G. NEMA Standard ICS10-1993 (formerly ICS2-447) - AC Automatic Transfer Switches H. UL 508 Industrial Control Equipment I. International Standards Organization ISO 9001:2008 J. UL 891 According to this UL standard the equipment shall be labeled: "Suitable for use only as service equipment." 1.05 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. The manufacturer shall be responsible for delivery of the equipment, and accessories, f.o.b. to the job site or to such storage site as may be designated by the Owner or the Contractor, in good condition and undamaged. B. Unloading and storage of the equipment shall be the responsibility of the Contractor who shall inspect the equipment the equipment for apparent damage. Equipment which is found to be damaged will not be accepted until properly repaired or replaced by the equipment manufacturer. C. Handling and shipment of the equipment shall be in such a manner to prevent internal component damage, breakage, and denting and scoring of the enclosure finish. D. Equipment must be delivered and stored in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendation at all times in a licensed and bonded warehouse. Equipment shall be stored indoors in a clean, dry, climate -controlled heated and air-conditioned environment that is free from dust, No Exceptions. Store equipment indoors in a dry space with uniform temperature to prevent condensation. Protect equipment from exposure to dirt, fumes, water, corrosive substances and physical damage. E. Equipment that does not have space heaters shall have temporary space heaters placed in it and energized to eliminate the build-up of condensation in the equipment. The contactor will provide temporary wiring and power to the space heaters for the equipment. F. Deliver in sections or lengths that can be moved past obstructions in delivery path. Low Voltage Automatic Transfer Switches 26 36 00 - 3 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 MECHANICALLY HELD TRANSFER SWITCH A. Transfer switch shall combine all functions of an automatic transfer switch. The switch shall be service entrance rated, four -pole, rated for 1600 amps at 480Y/277V, as shown on plans and be able to withstand and close into a fault current of 65,000 RMS symmetrical amps without any damage or contact welding according to UL-1008. B. All bussing including ground bus ground shall tin-plated copper. C. The ADUS shall be UL listed in accordance with UL 1008 and be labeled in accordance with .025 and .050 second time -based ratings, or appropriate short time rating(s) as applicable. ADUSs which are not tested and labeled with .025 and .050 time -based ratings, or appropriate short time ratings and have series, or specific breaker ratings, are not acceptable. D. The transfer switch shall be suitable for pad -mounting. Enclosure shall be NEMA 1 steel for indoor use. E. The transfer switch unit shall be electrically operated and mechanically held. The electrical operators shall be a solenoid mechanism, momentarily energized. The transfer switch unit shall include both electrical and mechanical interlocks to prevent both sets of main contacts from being closed at the same time. Main operators which include overcurrent disconnect devices OR do not include electrical and mechanical interlocks will not be accepted. F. All transfer switch sizes shall use only one type of main operator for ease of maintenance and commonality of parts. G. The switch shall be positively locked and unaffected by momentary outages, so that contact pressure is maintained at a constant value and contact temperature rise is minimized for maximum reliability and operating life. H. All main contacts shall be silver composition. Switches rated 800 amperes and above shall have segmented, blow -on construction for high withstand and close -on capability and be protected by separate arcing contacts. I. Inspection of all contacts shall be possible from the front of the switch without disassembly of operating linkages and without disconnection of power conductors. Switches rated 800 amps and higher shall have front removable and replaceable contacts. All stationary and moveable contacts shall be replaceable without removing power conductors and/or bus bars. J. Designs utilizing components of molded -case circuit breakers, contactors, or parts thereof, which are not intended for continuous duty, repetitive switching or transfer between two active power sources, are not acceptable. K. The transfer switch shall be equipped with a safe manual operator designed to prevent injury to operating personnel. The manual operator shall provide the same contact -to - contact transfer speed as the electrical operator to prevent a flashover from switching the main contacts slowly. Main contacts shall be capable of carrying the rated current of the switch continuously and shall be capable of opening at the switch's rated current. Low Voltage Automatic Transfer Switches 26 36 00 - 4 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion L. A test switch shall be included to simulate the Source 1 power failure, and pilot lights shall be mounted on the cabinet door to indicate the switch position. Two auxiliary contacts rated 25 amps, 120 volts, shall be mounted on the main shaft; one closed on Source 1, the other closed on Source 2. In addition, one set of relay contacts shall be provided to open upon loss of the Source 1 power supply. Relays, timer control wiring and accessories shall be front accessible. Control wire terminations shall be identified by tubular sleeve -type markers. M. Heater: Equip switches exposed to outdoor temperatures and humidity with an internal heater. Provide thermostat within enclosure to control heater. Power to heater shall be derived from internal control transformers. N. Neutral Connection: Where four -pole switches are indicated, provide neutral pole switched simultaneously with phase poles. Solid and fully rated, unless otherwise indicated. O. The transfer switch shall be supplied with mechanical lugs on the normal, emergency and load bus stabs, with adequate wire bending space for cable quantity as show on plans. 2.02 MICROPROCESSOR CONTROLLER A. The controller's sensing and logic shall be provided by a single built-in microprocessor for maximum reliability, minimum maintenance, and the ability to communicate serially through an optional serial communication module. B. A single controller shall provide twelve selectable nominal voltages for maximum application flexibility and minimal spare part requirements. Voltage sensing shall be true RMS type and shall be accurate to ± 1% of nominal voltage. Frequency sensing shall be accurate to ± 0.2%. The panel shall be capable of operating over a temperature range of -20 to +60 degrees C and storage from -55 to +85 degrees C. C. The controller shall be connected to the transfer switch by an interconnecting wiring harness. The harness shall include a keyed disconnect plug to enable the controller to be disconnected from the transfer switch for routine maintenance. Sensing and control logic shall be provided on multi -layer printed circuit boards. Interfacing relays shall be industrial grade plug-in type with dust covers. The panel shall be enclosed with a protective cover and be mounted separately from the transfer switch unit for safety and ease of maintenance. The protective cover shall include a built-in pocket for storage of the operator's manuals. D. All customer connections shall be wired to a common terminal block to simplify field -wiring connections. E. The controller shall meet or exceed the requirements for Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) as follows: EN 55011:1991 Emission standard - Group 1, Class A EN 50082-2:1995 Generic immunity standard, from which: EN 61000-4-2:1995 Electrostatic discharge (ESD) immunity ENV 50140:1993 Radiated Electro-Magnetic field immunity EN 61000-4-4:1995 Electrical fast transient (EFT) immunity EN 61000-4-5:1995 Surge transient immunity Low Voltage Automatic Transfer Switches 26 36 00 - 5 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion EN 61000-4-6:1996 Conducted Radio -Frequency field immunity IEEE472 (ANSI C37.90A) Ring Wave Test 2.03 ENCLOSURE The ADUS shall be furnished in a NEMA 1 enclosure, suitable for top entry/top exit for all feeders, unless noted otherwise on the plans. Input and output sections of the transfer switch shall be suitable for terminating the number and size of conductors indicated below. See plans for additional information. Cable requirements with phase and ground conductors Utility Incoming 5 sets each Section (4- 500kcmil, 4"C.) Generator 5 sets each Incoming Section (4 — 350kcmil, 3"C.) B. The Service Entrance ADUS 600 amperes and above, shall be furnished in a multi -section switchboard as follows: a service equipment section containing the service (utility source) disconnect circuit breaker, grounding, and bonding provisions; plus, a second non -service section containing the power transfer switch and controls. C. All standard and optional door -mounted switches and pilot lights shall be LED push -to -test 30-mm industrial grade type or equivalent for easy viewing & replacement. Door controls shall be provided on a separate removable plate, which can be supplied loose for open type units. D. A pressure disconnect link shall be provided to disconnect the normal source neutral connection from the emergency and load neutral connections for 4-mm wire applications. A ground bus shall be provided for connection of the grounding conductor to the grounding electrode. A pressure disconnect link for the neutral to ground bonding jumper shall be provided to connect the normal neutral connection to the ground bus. E. DIMENSIONS: Transfer switch shall not exceed a foot print of 40"W x 52"D x 92"H and shall not require rear or side access. Equipment requiring special access or more space shall be addressed with the contractor prior to bidding the project. The contractor shall be responsible to make all the necessary adjustments to the equipment rack and the site to accommodate the changes at no additional cost to the Owner. F. Refer to one -line diagram for quantity and size of cable and conduits entering enclosure. 2.04 DISCONNECTING AND OVERCURRENT PROTECTION DEVICE A. For those service entrance delayed transition transfer switches rated 1000 to 4000 amps, the normal connection shall be provided with a 2/3 pole, stationary mounted circuit breaker with current ratings as shown on the plans. The circuit breaker shall be provided with instantaneous and ground fault trip settings. The circuit breaker shall trip open when the ground fault setting is exceeded. Low Voltage Automatic Transfer Switches 26 36 00 - 6 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion B. All circuit breakers larger than 800A shall be 100% rated, and shall have solid-state adjustable trip settings with Long time, Short time, Instantaneous and Ground settings (LSIG). 2.05 OPERATIONS A. Controller Display and Keypad 1. A four line, 20 character LCD display and keypad shall be an integral part of the controller for viewing all available data and setting desired operational parameters. Operational parameters shall also be available for viewing and limited control through the serial communications input port. The following parameters shall only be adjustable via DIP switches on the controller: a. Nominal line voltage and frequency b. Single or three phase sensing c. Operating parameter protection d. Transfer operating mode configuration (Delayed transition) All instructions and controller settings shall be easily accessible, readable and accomplished without the use of codes, calculations, or instruction manuals. B. Voltage, Frequency and Phase Rotation Sensing 1. Voltage and frequency on both the normal and emergency sources (as noted below) shall be continuously monitored, with the following pickup, dropout and trip setting capabilities (values shown as % of nominal unless otherwise specified): Parameter Sources Dropout / Trip Pickup / Reset Undervoltage N&E,30 70 to 98% 85 to 100% Overvoltage N&E,30 102 to 115% 2% below trip Underfrequency N&E 85 to 98% 90 to 100% Overfrequency N&E 102 to 110% 2% below trip Voltage unbalance N&E 5 to 20% 1% below dropout 2. Repetitive accuracy of all settings shall be within ± 0.5% over an operating temperature range of -200C to 60°C. 3. Voltage and frequency settings shall be field adjustable in 1% increments either locally with the display and keypad or remotely via serial communications port access. 4. The controller shall be capable (when activated by the keypad or through the serial port) of sensing the phase rotation of both the normal and emergency sources. The source shall be considered unacceptable if the phase rotation is not the preferred rotation selected (ABC or CBA). Low Voltage Automatic Transfer Switches 26 36 00 - 7 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion 5. Source status screens shall be provided for normal and emergency to provide digital readout of voltage on all three phases, frequency, and phase rotation. 6. The controller shall include a user selectable algorithm to prevent repeated transfer cycling to a source on an installation which experiences primary side, single phase failures on a Grounded Wye — Grounded Wye transformer which regenerates voltage when unloaded. The algorithm shall also inhibit retransfer to the normal (utility) source upon detection of a single phasing condition until a dedicated timer expires, the alternate source fails, or the normal source fails completely and is restored during this time delay period. The time delays associated with this feature shall be adjustable by the user through the controller keypad and LCD. C. Time Delays 1. An adjustable time delay of 0 to 6 seconds shall be provided to override momentary normal source outages and delay all transfer and engine starting signals. Capability shall be provided to extend this time delay to 60 minutes by providing an external 24 VDC power supply. 2. A time delay shall be provided on transfer to emergency, adjustable from 0 to 60 minutes, for controlled timing of transfer of loads to emergency. 3. An adjustable time delay of 0 to 6 seconds to override momentary emergency source outage to delay all retransfer signals during initial loading of engine generator set. 4. Two time delay modes (which are independently adjustable) shall be provided on re - transfer to normal. One time delay shall be for actual normal power failures and the other for the test mode function. The time delays shall be adjustable from 0 to 60 minutes. Time delay shall be automatically bypassed if the emergency source fails and the normal source is acceptable. 5. A time delay shall be provided on shutdown of engine generator for cool down, adjustable from 0 to 60 minutes. 6. A time delay activated output signal shall also be provided to drive an external relay(s) for selective load disconnect control. The controller shall have the ability to activate an adjustable 0 to 5 minute time delay in any of the following modes: a. Prior to transfer only b. Prior to and after transfer c. Normal to emergency only d. Emergency to normal only e. Normal to emergency and emergency to normal f. All transfer conditions or only when both sources are available 7. The controller shall also include the following built-in time delay for Delayed Transition operation: a. 0 to 5-minute time delay for the load disconnect position for delayed transition operation. Low Voltage Automatic Transfer Switches 26 36 00 - 8 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion 8. All time delays shall be adjustable in 1 second increments, except the extended parallel time, which shall be adjustable in .01 second increments. 9. All time delays shall be adjustable by using the LCD display and keypad or with a remote device connected to the serial communications port. The time delay value displayed on the LCD or remote device shall be the remaining time until the next event occurs. 2.06 ADDITIONAL FEATURES A. Three position momentary -type test switch shall be provided for the test / automatic / reset modes. The test position will simulate a normal source failure. The reset position shall bypass the time delays on either transfer to emergency or retransfer to normal. Switches which require utilizing the keypad and display function or have no manual time delay bypass means are not acceptable. B. A SPDT contact, rated 5 amps at 30 VDC, shall be provided for a low -voltage engine start signal. The start signal shall prevent dry cranking of the engine by requiring the generator set to reach proper output, and run for the duration of the cool down setting, regardless of whether the normal source restores before the load is transferred. C. Auxiliary contacts, rated 10 amps, 250 VAC shall be provided consisting of one contact, closed when the DUS is connected to the normal source and one contact closed, when the DUS is connected to the emergency source. D. LED indicating lights (30 mm industrial grade, type 12) shall be provided; one to indicate when the DUS is connected to the normal source (green) and one to indicate when the DUS is connected to the emergency source (red). E. LED indicating lights (30 mm industrial grade, type 12) shall be provided and energized by controller outputs. The lights shall provide true source availability of the normal and emergency sources, as determined by the voltage sensing trip and reset settings for each source. F. Provide the ability to select "commit/no commit to transfer" to determine whether the load should be transferred to the emergency generator if the normal source restores before the generator is ready to accept the load. G. Terminals shall be provided for a remote contact which opens to signal the DUS to transfer to emergency and for remote contacts which open to inhibit transfer to emergency and/or retransfer to normal. Both of these inhibit signals can be activated through the keypad or serial port. H. The controller shall be capable of accepting a normally open contact that will allow the transfer switch to function in a non -automatic mode using an external control device. I. Engine Exerciser -The controller shall provide an internal engine exerciser. The engine exerciser shall allow the user to program up to seven different exercise routines. For each routine, the user shall be able to: 1. Enable or disable the routine. 2. Enable or disable transfer of the load during routine. 3. Set the start time: - time of day Low Voltage Automatic Transfer Switches 26 36 00 - 9 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion - day of week - week of month (1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, alternate or every) 4. Set the duration of the run. At the end of the specified duration the switch shall transfer the load back to normal and run the generator for the specified cool down period. A 10-year life battery that supplies power to the real time clock in the event of a power loss will maintain all time and date information. J. System Status -The controller LCD display shall include a "System Status" screen which shall be readily accessible from any point in the menu by depressing the "ESU key a maximum of two times. This screen shall display a clear description of the active operating sequence and switch position. For example, Normal Failed Load on Normal TD Normal to Emerg 2min15s Controllers that require multiple screens to determine system status or display "coded" system status messages, which must be explained by references in the operator's manual, are not permissible. K. Self Diagnostics - The controller shall contain a diagnostic screen for the purpose of detecting system errors. This screen shall provide information on the status input signals to the controller which may be preventing load transfer commands from being completed. L. Data Logging —The controller shall have the ability to log data and to maintain the last 99 events, even in the event of total power loss. The following events shall be time and date stamped and maintained in a non-volatile memory: 1. Event Logging a. Date and time and reason for transfer normal to emergency. b. Date and time and reason for transfer emergency to normal. c. Date and time and reason for engine start. d. Date and time engine stopped. e. Date and time emergency source available. f. Date and time emergency source not available. 2. Statistical Data a. Total number of transfers. b. Total number of transfers due to source failure. c. Total number of days controller is energized. d. Total number of hours both normal and emergency sources are available. M. Communications Module — Shall provide remote interface module to support monitoring of transfer switch, controller and optional power meter. Module shall provide status, analog Low Voltage Automatic Transfer Switches 26 36 00 - 10 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion parameters, event logs, equipment settings & configurations over embedded webpage and open protocol. Features shall include: 1. Email notifications and SNMP traps of selectable events and alarms may be sent to a mobile device or PC. 2. Modbus TCP/IP, SNMP, HTTP, SMTP open protocols shall be simultaneously supported. 3. Web app interface requiring user credentials to monitor and control the transfer switch supporting modern smart phones, tablets and PC browsers. User will be able to view the dynamic one -line; ATS controls status, alarms, metering, event logging as well as settings. 4. Secure access shall be provided by requiring credentials for a minimum of 3 user privilege levels to the web app, monitor (view only), control (view and control) and administrator (view, control and change settings). 128-Bit AES encryption standard shall be supported for all means of connectivity. 5. Shall allow for the initiating of transfers, retransfers, bypassing of active timers and the activating/deactivating of engine start signal shall be available over the embedded webpage and to the transfer switch vendor's monitoring equipment. 6. An event log displaying a minimum of ninety-nine (99) events shall be viewable and printable from the embedded webpages and accessible from supported open protocols. 7. Four (4) 100 Mbps Ethernet copper RJ-45 ports, five (5) serial ports, Termination dip - switches and LEDs for diagnostics. 8. DIN rail mountable. N. Auxiliary contacts to indicate the following: 1. Utility Power Mode 2. Generator Power Mode 3. ATS Common Failure 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Make electrical connections to specified equipment. Install equipment in accordance with the Manufacturer's recommendations and the plans. If neither is available, install the equipment using recognized practices of the electrical industry. 1. Mounting: Each switch shall be pad mounted. 2. Set field adjustable intervals, delays, and relays. B. Time spent on the job by the service person shall be adequate for performing the above functions but shall in no case be less than that tabulated below: Field start-up/testing, days: 2 - (8-hour days which does not include travel time) Training days: 1 - (8-hour days which does not include travel time) Low Voltage Automatic Transfer Switches 26 36 00 - 11 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion C. Field start-up/testing shall include programming of the protective relay settings based on short circuit and relay coordination study provided by others. D. Training shall include theory of operation, application and troubleshooting. A training outline and manual of training course material shall be provided to the Owner two weeks in advance of the course. Training shall be for four members of the Owner's staff. Eight -hour training sessions shall be broken into two segments each of 4-hours with a 15-minute break every two hours. Lunch break shall be one hour. Training session shall be coordinated and scheduled with Owner. E. Training shall not take place until equipment is online and fully operational. When requested within the equipment warranty period, provide an additional training session from that indicated above for the Owner's Representative at the jobsite or other office location chosen by the Owner. Each eight -hour training session shall be broken up into two segments each of 4-hours with a 15 minute break every two hours. Lunch break will be one hour. Training sessions shall be scheduled and coordinated with the Owner. G. All costs (travel expenses, testing equipment, etc.) required for the start-up, testing and training shall be the responsibility of the equipment manufacturer 3.02 CONNECTIONS A. Wiring to Remote Components: Match type and number of cables and conductors to control and communication requirements of transfer switches as recommended by manufacturer. Increase raceway sizes at no additional cost to the Owner if necessary to accommodate required wiring. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Upon completion of the installation, perform continuity tests and functional checkout to assure the proper operation of equipment. B. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory -authorized service representative to inspect, test and adjust components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections. Report results in writing. C. Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports. 1. After installing equipment and after electric circuitry has been energized, test for compliance with requirements. 2. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA Acceptance Testing Specification. Comply with test parameters. 3. Measure insulation resistance phase -to phase and phase -to -ground with insulation - resistance tester. Include external annunciation and control circuits. Use test voltages and procedure recommended by manufacturer. Comply with manufacturer's specified minimum resistance. a. Check for electrical continuity of circuits and for short circuits. b. Inspect for physical damage, proper installation and connection, and integrity of barriers, covers and safety features. Low Voltage Automatic Transfer Switches 26 36 00 - 12 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion c. Verify manual transfer warnings are properly placed. d. Perform manual transfer operation. 4. After energizing circuits, demonstrate interlocking sequence and operational function for each switch at least three times. Low Voltage Automatic Transfer Switches 26 36 00 - 13 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion SUBMITTAL DATA SHEET FOR 26 36 00, LOW VOLTAGE AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCHES Submit the following data with Bid Proposal and with Shop Drawing submittal: Item No. Description LOW VOLTAGE ATS "PS17-ATS" 1 Manufacturer: Total Equipment Dimensions for 2 Automatic Transfer Switch (inches): W x D x H Length x Width x Height Total Weight for Automatic Transfer 3 Switch (lbs.): Total Heat Loss for Automatic 4 Transfer Switch (kW): END OF SECTION Low Voltage Automatic Transfer Switches 26 36 00 - 14 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Low Voltage Automatic Transfer Switches 26 36 00 - 15 LUB23203 — West Lubbock Water System Expansion Appendix A Electrical Pre -Purchase Drawings �7 z a w W N Y w Z) I� 2W --TS EACH v I 15UUKW 480Y/277V 500kcmil, 3PH,4W Emil G., 4"C.) /400AT D PS17-VFD3' � L ) 500A/400AT P 3 LSO E m o LO o N fn M U 3P5 A �l 3P5 A 70 r�/ 3P A 70 r�l 3P A 60 A r�/ 3P F- -] "PS17-XFMR1" LL 75kVA 480V-208Y/120V L - � 3PH, 4W 'F-b� 100 A �3P 70 A 'F-b� 100 A �3P 70 A Fb� 60 A �3P L ,UN 1 (F� M VFD VFD RUN R PTT / fOP Ii M VFD ILS-4 I �I❑ 'UMP OL VALVE ILS-5 I 'UMP OL VALVE MAI NT. )YMODE II H __]❑ 1 VALVE ETM VFD STOP G PTT m7oTORSPAC..E HEATER VALVE CLOSED G PTT CR8 VALVE OPEN R PTT CR9 VALVE MAINT. MODE R PTT CVLS-1 OV LS-2 CVLS-3 CVLS-4 OV LS-5 VIBRATION WARNING OCR2 3 VIBRATION SWITCHES TR VIBRATION SHUTDOWN OCR2 ■ VIBRATION SWITCHES TR NOTES: 2. � sv EVIB VIB L— Appendix A Electrical Pre -Purchase Drawings �7 z a w W N Y w Z) I� 2W --TS EACH v I 15UUKW 480Y/277V 500kcmil, 3PH,4W Emil G., 4"C.) /400AT D PS17-VFD3' � L ) 500A/400AT P 3 LSO E m o LO o N fn M U 3P5 A �l 3P5 A 70 r�/ 3P A 70 r�l 3P A 60 A r�/ 3P F- -] "PS17-XFMR1" LL 75kVA 480V-208Y/120V L - � 3PH, 4W 'F-b� 100 A �3P 70 A 'F-b� 100 A �3P 70 A Fb� 60 A �3P L ,UN 1 (F� M VFD VFD RUN R PTT / fOP Ii M VFD ILS-4 I �I❑ 'UMP OL VALVE ILS-5 I 'UMP OL VALVE MAI NT. )YMODE II H __]❑ 1 VALVE ETM VFD STOP G PTT m7oTORSPAC..E HEATER VALVE CLOSED G PTT CR8 VALVE OPEN R PTT CR9 VALVE MAINT. MODE R PTT CVLS-1 OV LS-2 CVLS-3 CVLS-4 OV LS-5 VIBRATION WARNING OCR2 3 VIBRATION SWITCHES TR VIBRATION SHUTDOWN OCR2 ■ VIBRATION SWITCHES TR NOTES: 2. � sv EVIB VIB L— Page Intentionally Left Blank